|
DataMuseum.dkPresents historical artifacts from the history of: Rational R1000/400 |
This is an automatic "excavation" of a thematic subset of
See our Wiki for more about Rational R1000/400 Excavated with: AutoArchaeologist - Free & Open Source Software. |
top - metrics - download
Length: 775318 (0xbd496)
Types: TextFile
Notes: R1k Text-file segment
└─⟦8527c1e9b⟧ Bits:30000544 8mm tape, Rational 1000, Arrival backup of disks in PAM's R1000
└─⟦cfc2e13cd⟧ »Space Info Vol 2«
└─⟦6b9fb2f43⟧
└─⟦this⟧
Rational Environment Release Information
D_12_2_4 Release
\f
Copyright 1991 by Rational
Part Number: 508-003207-004
March 1991 (Software Rev. D_12_2_4)
Rational and R1000 are registered trademarks and Rational
Environment and Rational Subsystems are trademarks of Rational.
Rational
3320 Scott Boulevard
Santa Clara, California 95054-3197
\f
D_12_2_4 Release
1. Overview
This D_12_2_4 release of the Rational Environment supports the
R1000 series 400. Previous releases of the Environment cannot be
run on the series 400 (either the System or the Coprocessor
configuration).
For the most part, the user-visible features of D_12_2_4 are
identical to the D_12_1_1 release, which supports the R1000
series 100, 200, and 300. However, there are some important
differences between the two releases. In particular, D_12_2_4:
* Introduces new Environment login tokens.
* Fixes several problems in the D_12_1_1 release.
* Provides updated training software.
This release note describes only the Environment features that
differ from the D_12_1_1 release. Therefore, you should use this
release note to supplement the D_12_1_1 release note, entitled
Rational Environment Release Information D_12_1_1 Release.
2. Supported Configurations and Upgrades
D_12_2_4 supports the following configurations of the R1000:
* Series 400, System and Coprocessor configurations.
3. Compatibility
Same as D_12_1_1.
4. Upgrade Impact
None.
5. Known Problems
Same as for D_12_1_1, except:
* The problem listed in section 5.6 of the D_12_1_1 release note
has been fixed. That is, differences between two generations
can now be displayed correctly, regardless of the nature of
the differences.
* The problem listed in section 5.14 of the D_12_1_1 release
note now has a workaround. This workaround is presented with
change bars in section 5.1.
RATIONAL March 1991 1\f
Rational Environment Release Information
5.1. Workaround for Token Management Problem
When a user session references any of a product's facilities, the
referencing session acquires one of the product's tokens. When
all of the product's tokens are in use, any session attempting to
use the product will have to wait until a token has been
released.
A problem exists in D_12_2_4 with the way tokens are released. A
session should release its token when it is finished -- that is,
when the following two conditions are met:
* The session logs out.
* All of the session's background jobs have terminated.
However, by default, the token is not released unless a third
condition also is met: namely, that another session attempts to
get the token. Because of this third condition, a single user
could effectively "lock up" a token indefinitely simply by using
the product, logging off, and then logging back in first thing
the next morning. If no other session has attempted to get the
token in the meantime, the original user automatically re-obtains
the token, even if he or she doesn't actually use the relevant
product.
| The workaround for this problem is to periodically execute the
| Show_Tokens command from another session to release any tokens
| that are implicitly attached to finished sessions. Executing
| Show_Tokens after a user's session is finished prevents the user
| from re-obtaining a token unless he or she actually uses the
| relevant product.
6. New Environment Interfaces
Same as D_12_1_1, except as noted in the following sections:
6.1. New Tokens for Managing Per-Session Pricing
Declarations for managing per-session pricing in D_12_2_4 work as
described in section 6.12 of the D_12_1_1 release note. However,
D_12_2_4 has added two new types of Environment login tokens
which represent concurrent Environment sessions on the series
400, namely:
* Full Session, which represents a series 400 Environment
session that permits complete Environment capabilities.
* Fundamental Session, which represents a series 400 Environment
session that permits only basic Environment capabilities.
Fundamental sessions are available only on systems for
European sites.
2 March 1991 RATIONAL\f
D_12_2_4 Release
The Full Session token on a series 400 is equivalent to the Login
token on a series 300. Customers cannot transfer Login tokens to
a series 400 machine; nor can they transfer Full Session (or
Fundamental Session) tokens to a series 300 machine. Login, Full
Session, and Fundamental Session may not be mixed on the same
machine.
Because Fundamental Sessions are available only in Europe, they
are not on the U.S. price list, and the number of Fundamental
Session tokens is set to 0 for all U.S. customers. The number of
Login tokens on a series 400 system is always set to 0.
RATIONAL March 1991 3\f
Rational Environment Release Information
Note that the Show_Tokens command shows all token types,
regardless of the type of machine:
Product Users Limit Current Buy_Out
-------- ------------------- ----- ------- -------
Login 0 0 12
X Interface 0 0 12
Full Session 2 2 12
OPERATOR.S_1
OPERATOR.S_2
Fundamental Session 0 0 12
Design_Facility 0 0 12
6.2. New Declarations in Package Work_Order_Implementation
Package !Implementation.Work_Order_Implementation contains two
new functions:
function Create_User_Name (The_Order : Work_Order_Handle)
return String;
function Close_User_Name (The_Order : Work_Order_Handle)
return String;
Note that this package also contains a changed declaration; see
section 7.2.
7. Changes from D_10_20_0
Same as D_12_1_1, except as noted below.
7.1. Changes to Workorders
Bugs were fixed so that using Archive.Save or Archive.Copy on
large (300 Kb to 400 Kb) workorders no longer raises
Storage_Error.
7.2. Spec Change in Package Work_Order_Implementation
A change has been made to package
!Implementation.Work_Order_Implementation'Spec. This change
affect tools you plan to port to an R1000 running D_12_2_4. In
particular, you must recompile any customer-created tools that
were created under previous Environment releases if those tools
are compiled against
!Implementation.Work_Order_Implementation'Spec. Furthermore, you
may need to modify those tools to accommodate a change to the
parameter list in the generic procedure
Work_Order_Operations.Traverse_Comments. This change fixes a
problem in D_12_1_1.
4 March 1991 RATIONAL\f
D_12_2_4 Release
The generic procedure now has the following specification, which
provides a new parameter called User_Name:
generic
with procedure Visit (The_User : User_Id;
User_Name : String;
The_Comment : String;
The_Element : Element_Name;
The_Time : Calendar.Time);
procedure Traverse_Comments
(For_Work_Order : Work_Order_Handle; Success : out
Status);
Note that package Work_Order_Implementation also contains new
declarations; see section 6.2.
8. Documentation
Hardcopy documentation is the same as for D_12_1_1.
Online documentation is the same as for D_12_1_1, except that a
few minor problems with the online help for switches have been
corrected.
9. Training
D_12_2_4 includes release 1_0_0 of the training software for
current courses. It includes software for the following courses:
Rational Environment Training: System Management
Rational Environment Training: Fundamentals
Rational Environment Training: Advanced Topics
Rational Environment Training: Subsystems and Configuration
Management
Rational Environment Training: Project Development Methods
Rational Environment Training: Toolsmithing
Rational Network Training
Rational Design Facility Training: DOD-STD-2167
Rational Design Facility Training: DOD-STD-2167 Product
Customization
Rational Design Facility Training: Fundamentals and DOD-STD-2167A
Rational Design Facility Training:
Toolsmithing and DOD-STD-2167A Customization
Rational Universal Host Training: MC68020/Bare
Cross-Development Facility
Rational Universal Host Training:
MC68020/OS-2000 Cross-Development Facility
The training software for the following course is not available
now:
RATIONAL March 1991 5\f
Rational Environment Release Information
Rational Universal Host Training: MC68020/UNIX Cross-Development
Facility
To save disk space, the courses are in archived format. See the
separate hardcopy "Training Release 1_0_0 Installation
Procedures" for instructions for restoring the archive and
installing individual courses.
6 March 1991 RATIONAL\f
D_12_2_4 Release
Contents
1. Overview 1
2. Supported Configurations and Upgrades 1
3. Compatibility 1
4. Upgrade Impact 1
5. Known Problems 1
5.1. Workaround for Token Management Problem 2
6. New Environment Interfaces 2
6.1. New Tokens for Managing Per-Session Pricing 2
6.2. New Declarations in Package Work_Order_Implementation 4
7. Changes from D_10_20_0 4
7.1. Changes to Workorders 4
7.2. Spec Change in Package Work_Order_Implementation 4
8. Documentation 5
9. Training 5
RATIONAL March 1991 iii\f
Rational Environment Release Information
iv March 1991 RATIONAL\f
%!PS-Adobe-2.0
%%Title: !DOCUMENTATION.RELEASE_NOTES.DELTA2_1.DEVEL_WORKING.UNITS.TRIGGER'V(9)
%%Creator: COMPOSE 10.7.11
%%CreationDate: March 5, 1991 at 9:28:26 AM
%%For: SJL
%%Pages: (atend)
%%DocumentFonts: (atend)
%%EndComments
/SelectFont {findfont exch dup neg 0 0 3 -1 roll 0 0 MAT astore makefont setfont} bind def
/BeginPage {/State save def /INITIAL-MATRIX matrix currentmatrix def 1 -1 scale 0.5 setlinewidth} bind def
/PositionPage {{-90 rotate pop} {0 exch neg translate} ifelse} bind def
/EndPage {State restore showpage} def
/WS {0 32 4 -1 roll widthshow} bind def
/MX {0 rmoveto} bind def
/LTAB {gsave exch (.) stringwidth pop sub exch {dup 2 div dup 0 rmoveto (.) show 0 rmoveto} repeat pop grestore} bind def
/MAT matrix def
/FINDSCALE {gsave newpath 0 0 moveto (X) false charpath
flattenpath pathbbox /CAPHEIGHT exch def pop pop pop newpath 0 0 moveto
(x) false charpath flattenpath pathbbox /XHEIGHT exch def pop pop pop
grestore XHEIGHT CAPHEIGHT XHEIGHT sub 3 div add CAPHEIGHT div } bind def
/CAP-ENCODING [ StandardEncoding aload pop ] def
8#141 1 8#172 {CAP-ENCODING exch dup 1 string dup 0 4 -1 roll 8#40 sub put cvn put} for
/COPYFONT {dup length dict /TMPDICT exch def {1 index /FID ne {TMPDICT 3 1 roll put} {pop pop} ifelse } forall TMPDICT }bind def
/SYM {save exch /newfont currentfont maxlength dict def currentfont
{exch dup /FID ne {dup /Encoding eq {exch dup length array copy newfont 3 1 roll put}
{exch newfont 3 1 roll put} ifelse } {pop pop} ifelse} forall
newfont /Encoding get 8#377 3 -1 roll put /NEWFONT newfont definefont setfont
(\377) show restore} bind def
%%EndProlog
%%Page: 1 1
BeginPage
792 false PositionPage
72 72 moveto
20 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( ) show
116.630 328 moveto
(Rational Environment Release Information) show
227.560 372 moveto
(D_12_2_4 Release) show
72 756 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( ) show
EndPage
%%Page: 2 2
BeginPage
792 false PositionPage
72 72 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( ) show
72 144 moveto
(Copyright ) show
/copyright SYM 7.470 MX
( 1991 by Rational) show
72 192 moveto
(Part Number: 508-003207-004) show
72 216 moveto
(March 1991 \050Software Rev. D_12_2_4\051) show
72 612 moveto
(Rational and R1000 are registered trademarks and Rational Environment and Rational Subsystems are) 1.375 WS
72 624 moveto
(trademarks of Rational.) show
287.480 684 moveto
(Rational) show
259.660 696 moveto
(3320 Scott Boulevard) show
229.255 708 moveto
(Santa Clara, California 95054-3197) show
72 756 moveto
( ) show
EndPage
%%Page: 1 3
BeginPage
792 false PositionPage
72 36 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
389.560 MX
(D_12_2_4 Release) show
72 76 moveto
15 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(1. Overview) show
72 100 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(This D_12_2_4 release of the) 0.555 WS
3.306 MX
(Rational Environment) 0.556 WS
/trademark SYM 10.769 MX
( supports the R1000) 0.556 WS
0 -2.750 rmoveto
8 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
/registered SYM 5.976 MX
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
0 2.750 rmoveto
( series 400. ) 0.556 WS
2.750 MX
(Previous) show
72 113 moveto
(releases of the Environment cannot be run on the series) 3.905 WS
6.654 MX
(400 \050either the System or the) 3.904 WS
72 126 moveto
(Coprocessor configuration\051.) show
72 150 moveto
(For the most part, the user-visible features of) 1.323 WS
4.074 MX
(D_12_2_4 are identical to the D_12_1_1 release,) 1.324 WS
72 163 moveto
(which supports the R1000 series 100, 200, and 300.) 3.474 WS
2.750 MX
( However, there are) 3.474 WS
6.223 MX
(some important) 3.473 WS
72 176 moveto
(differences between the two releases. In particular, D_12_2_4:) show
72 200 moveto
0 -1.100 rmoveto
6 /ZapfDingbats SelectFont
(n) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
0 1.100 rmoveto
19.434 MX
(Introduces new Environment login tokens.) show
72 215 moveto
0 -1.100 rmoveto
6 /ZapfDingbats SelectFont
(n) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
0 1.100 rmoveto
19.434 MX
(Fixes several problems in the D_12_1_1 release.) show
72 230 moveto
0 -1.100 rmoveto
6 /ZapfDingbats SelectFont
(n) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
0 1.100 rmoveto
19.434 MX
(Provides updated training software.) show
72 254 moveto
(This release note describes only) 0.229 WS
2.980 MX
(the Environment features that differ from the D_12_1_1 release.) 0.230 WS
72 267 moveto
(Therefore, you should use this release) 1.233 WS
3.982 MX
(note to supplement the D_12_1_1 release note, entitled) 1.232 WS
72 280 moveto
11 /Palatino-Italic SelectFont
(Rational Environment Release Information D_12_1_1 Release) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(.) show
72 320 moveto
15 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(2. Supported Configurations and Upgrades) show
72 344 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(D_12_2_4 supports the following configurations of the R1000:) show
72 368 moveto
0 -1.100 rmoveto
6 /ZapfDingbats SelectFont
(n) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
0 1.100 rmoveto
19.434 MX
(Series 400, System and Coprocessor configurations.) show
72 408 moveto
15 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(3. Compatibility) show
72 432 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Same as D_12_1_1.) show
72 472 moveto
15 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(4. Upgrade Impact) show
72 496 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(None.) show
72 536 moveto
15 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(5. Known Problems) show
72 560 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Same as for D_12_1_1, except:) show
72 584 moveto
0 -1.100 rmoveto
6 /ZapfDingbats SelectFont
(n) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
0 1.100 rmoveto
19.434 MX
(The problem listed in section 5.6 of the D_12_1_1 release) 1.994 WS
4.745 MX
(note has been fixed. ) 1.995 WS
2.750 MX
(That is,) 1.995 WS
96 597 moveto
(differences between two generations can now be displayed) 2.336 WS
5.085 MX
(correctly, regardless of the) 2.335 WS
96 610 moveto
(nature of the differences.) show
72 625 moveto
0 -1.100 rmoveto
6 /ZapfDingbats SelectFont
(n) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
0 1.100 rmoveto
19.434 MX
(The problem listed in section 5.14 of the D_12_1_1 release) 1.570 WS
4.321 MX
(note now has a workaround.) 1.571 WS
96 638 moveto
(This workaround is presented with change bars in section 5.1.) show
72 756 moveto
17 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(RATIONAL) show
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( March 1991) show
307.496 MX
(1) show
EndPage
%%Page: 2 4
BeginPage
792 false PositionPage
72 36 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Rational Environment Release Information) show
72 74 moveto
13 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(5.1. Workaround for Token Management Problem) show
72 98 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(When a user session references any of a product's facilities,) 0.238 WS
2.987 MX
(the referencing session acquires one) 0.237 WS
72 111 moveto
(of the product's) 0.901 WS
11 /Palatino-Italic SelectFont
( tokens) 0.901 WS
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(. ) 0.901 WS
2.750 MX
(When all of) 0.901 WS
3.652 MX
(the product's tokens are in use, any session attempting to) 0.902 WS
72 124 moveto
(use the product will have to wait until a token has been released.) show
72 148 moveto
(A problem exists in D_12_2_4 with the way tokens are) 1.331 WS
4.080 MX
(released. ) show
4.080 MX
(A session should release its) 1.330 WS
72 161 moveto
(token when it is finished -- that is, when the following two conditions are met:) show
72 185 moveto
0 -1.100 rmoveto
6 /ZapfDingbats SelectFont
(n) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
0 1.100 rmoveto
19.434 MX
(The session logs out.) show
72 203 moveto
0 -1.100 rmoveto
6 /ZapfDingbats SelectFont
(n) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
0 1.100 rmoveto
19.434 MX
(All of the session's background jobs have terminated.) show
72 227 moveto
(However, by default, the token is not released unless a third condition) 0.374 WS
3.125 MX
(also is met: namely, that) 0.375 WS
72 240 moveto
(another session attempts to get the token.) 1.105 WS
2.750 MX
( Because of this third condition,) 1.105 WS
3.854 MX
(a single user could) 1.104 WS
72 253 moveto
(effectively \252lock up\272) 1.611 WS
4.362 MX
(a token indefinitely simply by using the product, logging off, and then) 1.612 WS
72 266 moveto
(logging back in first thing the next morning.) 0.530 WS
2.750 MX
( If no other) 0.530 WS
3.279 MX
(session has attempted to get the token) 0.529 WS
72 279 moveto
(in the meantime,) 0.768 WS
3.519 MX
(the original user automatically re-obtains the token, even if he or she doesn't) 0.769 WS
72 292 moveto
(actually use the relevant product.) show
72 316 moveto
(The workaround for this problem is to periodically execute) 1.164 WS
3.913 MX
(the Show_Tokens command from) 1.163 WS
72 329 moveto
(another session to release any tokens that are implicitly attached) 0.116 WS
2.867 MX
(to finished sessions. ) 0.117 WS
2.750 MX
(Executing) show
72 342 moveto
(Show_Tokens after a user's session is finished) 2.349 WS
5.098 MX
(prevents the user from re-obtaining a token) 2.348 WS
72 355 moveto
(unless he or she actually uses the relevant product. ) show
gsave 36 303 moveto
36 355 lineto stroke grestore
72 395 moveto
15 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(6. New Environment Interfaces) show
72 419 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Same as D_12_1_1, except as noted in the following sections:) show
72 457 moveto
13 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(6.1. New Tokens for Managing Per-Session Pricing) show
72 481 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Declarations for managing per-session pricing in D_12_2_4 work as) 0.506 WS
3.257 MX
(described in section 6.12 of) 0.507 WS
72 494 moveto
(the D_12_1_1 release note.) 0.177 WS
2.750 MX
( However, D_12_2_4) 0.177 WS
2.926 MX
(has added two new types of Environment login) 0.176 WS
72 507 moveto
(tokens which represent concurrent Environment sessions on the series 400, namely:) show
72 531 moveto
0 -1.100 rmoveto
6 /ZapfDingbats SelectFont
(n) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
0 1.100 rmoveto
19.434 MX
(Full Session, which represents a) 2.348 WS
5.099 MX
(series 400 Environment session that permits complete) 2.349 WS
96 544 moveto
(Environment capabilities.) show
72 559 moveto
0 -1.100 rmoveto
6 /ZapfDingbats SelectFont
(n) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
0 1.100 rmoveto
19.434 MX
(Fundamental Session, which represents a series 400 Environment) 0.251 WS
3 MX
(session that permits only) 0.250 WS
96 572 moveto
(basic Environment capabilities. ) 1.732 WS
2.750 MX
(Fundamental sessions are available only on systems) 1.732 WS
4.483 MX
(for) show
96 585 moveto
(European sites.) show
72 609 moveto
(The Full Session) 3.175 WS
5.924 MX
(token on a series 400 is equivalent to the Login token on a series 300.) 3.174 WS
72 622 moveto
(Customers cannot transfer Login tokens to a series 400 machine; nor can they) 2.201 WS
4.952 MX
(transfer Full) 2.202 WS
72 635 moveto
(Session \050or Fundamental Session\051 tokens to a series 300) 2.458 WS
5.207 MX
(machine. ) show
5.207 MX
(Login, Full Session, and) 2.457 WS
72 648 moveto
(Fundamental Session may not be mixed on the same machine.) show
72 672 moveto
(Because Fundamental) 0.798 WS
3.549 MX
(Sessions are available only in Europe, they are not on the U.S. price list,) 0.799 WS
72 685 moveto
(and the number of Fundamental Session tokens is set to 0 for all U.S.) 0.128 WS
2.877 MX
(customers. ) show
2.877 MX
(The number of) 0.127 WS
72 698 moveto
(Login tokens on a series 400 system is always set to 0.) show
72 756 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(2) show
305.746 MX
(March 1991 ) show
17 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( RATIONAL) show
EndPage
%%Page: 3 5
BeginPage
792 false PositionPage
72 36 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
389.560 MX
(D_12_2_4 Release) show
72 72 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Note that the Show_Tokens command shows all token types, regardless of the type of machine:) show
72 107 moveto
9 /Courier SelectFont
(Product Users Limit Current Buy_Out) show
72 118 moveto
(-------- ------------------- ----- ------- -------) show
72 129 moveto
(Login 0 0 12) show
72 140 moveto
(X Interface 0 0 12) show
72 151 moveto
(Full Session 2 2 12) show
72 162 moveto
( OPERATOR.S_1) show
72 173 moveto
( OPERATOR.S_2) show
72 184 moveto
(Fundamental Session 0 0 12) show
72 195 moveto
(Design_Facility 0 0 12) show
72 233 moveto
13 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(6.2. New Declarations in Package Work_Order_Implementation) show
72 257 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Package !Implementation.Work_Order_Implementation contains two new functions:) show
72 281 moveto
9 /Courier SelectFont
(function Create_User_Name \050The_Order : Work_Order_Handle\051 return String;) show
72 303 moveto
(function Close_User_Name \050The_Order : Work_Order_Handle\051 return String;) show
72 327 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Note that this package also contains a changed declaration; see section 7.2.) show
72 367 moveto
15 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(7. Changes from D_10_20_0) show
72 391 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Same as D_12_1_1, except as noted below.) show
72 429 moveto
13 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(7.1. Changes to Workorders) show
72 453 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Bugs were fixed so that using Archive.Save or Archive.Copy on large \050300) 2.632 WS
5.383 MX
(Kb to 400 Kb\051) 2.633 WS
72 466 moveto
(workorders no longer raises Storage_Error.) show
72 504 moveto
13 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(7.2. Spec Change in Package Work_Order_Implementation) show
72 528 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(A change) 0.557 WS
3.306 MX
(has been made to package !Implementation.Work_Order_Implementation'Spec.) 0.556 WS
2.750 MX
( This) 0.556 WS
72 541 moveto
(change affect tools you plan to port to an) 1.644 WS
4.395 MX
(R1000 running D_12_2_4. ) 1.645 WS
2.750 MX
(In particular, you must) 1.645 WS
72 554 moveto
(recompile any customer-created tools that were) 0.283 WS
3.032 MX
(created under previous Environment releases if) 0.282 WS
72 567 moveto
(those tools are compiled against) 10.178 WS
12.929 MX
(!Implementation.Work_Order_Implementation'Spec.) show
72 580 moveto
(Furthermore, you may need to modify those tools to accommodate a change to the parameter) 1.010 WS
72 593 moveto
(list in) 0.370 WS
3.121 MX
(the generic procedure Work_Order_Operations.Traverse_Comments. ) 0.371 WS
2.750 MX
(This change fixes a) 0.371 WS
72 606 moveto
(problem in D_12_1_1.) show
72 756 moveto
17 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(RATIONAL) show
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( March 1991) show
307.496 MX
(3) show
EndPage
%%Page: 4 6
BeginPage
792 false PositionPage
72 36 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Rational Environment Release Information) show
72 72 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(The generic procedure now has the following specification, which provides a) 1.437 WS
4.186 MX
(new parameter) 1.436 WS
72 85 moveto
(called User_Name:) show
72 109 moveto
9 /Courier SelectFont
(generic) show
72 120 moveto
( with procedure Visit \050The_User : User_Id;) show
72 131 moveto
( User_Name : String;) show
72 142 moveto
( The_Comment : String;) show
72 153 moveto
( The_Element : Element_Name;) show
72 164 moveto
( The_Time : Calendar.Time\051;) show
72 175 moveto
(procedure Traverse_Comments) show
72 186 moveto
( \050For_Work_Order : Work_Order_Handle; Success : out Status\051;) show
72 219 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Note that package Work_Order_Implementation also contains new declarations; see section 6.2.) show
72 259 moveto
15 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(8. Documentation) show
72 283 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Hardcopy documentation is the same as for D_12_1_1.) show
72 307 moveto
(Online documentation is the same as for D_12_1_1, except that) 0.690 WS
3.441 MX
(a few minor problems with the) 0.691 WS
72 320 moveto
(online help for switches have been corrected.) show
72 360 moveto
15 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(9. Training) show
72 384 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(D_12_2_4 includes release 1_0_0 of the) 3.367 WS
6.116 MX
(training software for current courses.) 3.366 WS
2.750 MX
( It includes) 3.366 WS
72 397 moveto
(software for the following courses:) show
72 421 moveto
(Rational Environment Training: System Management) show
72 434 moveto
(Rational Environment Training: Fundamentals) show
72 447 moveto
(Rational Environment Training: Advanced Topics) show
72 460 moveto
(Rational Environment Training: Subsystems and Configuration Management) show
72 473 moveto
(Rational Environment Training: Project Development Methods) show
72 486 moveto
(Rational Environment Training: Toolsmithing) show
72 499 moveto
(Rational Network Training) show
72 512 moveto
(Rational Design Facility Training: DOD-STD-2167) show
72 525 moveto
(Rational Design Facility Training: DOD-STD-2167 Product Customization) show
72 538 moveto
(Rational Design Facility Training: Fundamentals and DOD-STD-2167A) show
72 551 moveto
(Rational Design Facility Training:) show
72 564 moveto
( Toolsmithing and DOD-STD-2167A Customization) show
72 577 moveto
(Rational Universal Host Training: MC68020/Bare Cross-Development Facility) show
72 590 moveto
(Rational Universal Host Training:) show
72 603 moveto
( MC68020/OS-2000 Cross-Development Facility) show
72 640 moveto
(The training software for the following course is not available now:) show
72 664 moveto
(Rational Universal Host Training: MC68020/UNIX Cross-Development Facility) show
72 688 moveto
(To save) 1.508 WS
4.259 MX
(disk space, the courses are in archived format. ) 1.509 WS
2.750 MX
(See the separate hardcopy \252Training) 1.509 WS
72 701 moveto
(Release 1_0_0 Installation Procedures\272 for instructions) 1.254 WS
4.003 MX
(for restoring the archive and installing) 1.253 WS
72 714 moveto
(individual courses.) show
72 756 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(4) show
305.746 MX
(March 1991 ) show
17 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( RATIONAL) show
EndPage
%%Page: iii 7
BeginPage
792 false PositionPage
72 36 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
389.560 MX
(D_12_2_4 Release) show
278.182 72 moveto
14 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Contents) show
72 108 moveto
12 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(1. Overview) show
4.272 MX
9 43 LTAB 390 MX
(1) show
72 122 moveto
(2. Supported Configurations and Upgrades) show
1.104 MX
9 25 LTAB 228 MX
(1) show
72 136 moveto
(3. Compatibility) show
1.032 MX
9 41 LTAB 372 MX
(1) show
72 150 moveto
(4. Upgrade Impact) show
5.868 MX
9 39 LTAB 354 MX
(1) show
72 164 moveto
(5. Known Problems) show
0.660 MX
9 39 LTAB 354 MX
(1) show
93.600 177 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(5.1. Workaround for Token Management Problem) show
2.352 MX
9 21 LTAB 192.500 MX
(2) show
72 191 moveto
12 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(6. New Environment Interfaces) show
2.580 MX
9 32 LTAB 291 MX
(2) show
93.600 204 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(6.1. New Tokens for Managing Per-Session Pricing) show
8.514 MX
9 20 LTAB 183.500 MX
(2) show
93.600 217 moveto
(6.2. New Declarations in Package Work_Order_Implementation) show
7.153 MX
9 13 LTAB 120.500 MX
(3) show
72 231 moveto
12 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(7. Changes from D_10_20_0) show
2.844 MX
9 34 LTAB 309 MX
(3) show
93.600 244 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(7.1. Changes to Workorders) show
2.339 MX
9 33 LTAB 300.500 MX
(3) show
93.600 257 moveto
(7.2. Spec Change in Package Work_Order_Implementation) show
4.782 MX
9 16 LTAB 147.500 MX
(3) show
72 271 moveto
12 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(8. Documentation) show
1.416 MX
9 40 LTAB 363 MX
(4) show
72 285 moveto
(9. Training) show
2.280 MX
9 44 LTAB 399 MX
(4) show
72 756 moveto
17 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(RATIONAL) show
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( March 1991) show
303.766 MX
(iii) show
EndPage
%%Page: iv 8
BeginPage
792 false PositionPage
72 36 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Rational Environment Release Information) show
72 756 moveto
(iv) show
302.186 MX
(March 1991 ) show
17 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( RATIONAL) show
EndPage
%%Trailer
%%Pages: 8 1
%%DocumentFonts: Times-Roman Courier Palatino-Roman Palatino-Bold Palatino-Italic ZapfDingbats
Rational Environment Release Information
Release D_12_5_0
Copyright 1991 by Rational
Part Number: 508-003207-005
September 1991 (Software Release D_12_5_0)
\f
ENP-100i and CMC are trademarks of CMC Corporation.
EXOS 204 is a trademark of Excelan, Inc.
IBM is a registered trademark and RISC System/6000 is a trademark
of International Business Machines Corporation.
PostScript is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems
Incorporated.
Rational and R1000 are registered trademarks and Rational
Environment is a trademark of Rational.
Sun Workstation is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems,
Inc.
UNIX is a registered trademark of AT&T.
Rational
3320 Scott Boulevard
Santa Clara, California 95054-3197
1. Overview
This D_12_5_0 release of the Rational Environment is primarily a
maintenance release that:
* Fixes a large number of problems from previous releases,
enabling existing commands to work correctly. Some of these
fixes introduce new features (see section 6); other fixes
involve changed features (see section 7). A major fix,
described in section 6.3.4, enables you to free significant
amounts of disk space on your system.
* Introduces various new Environment interfaces, including:
- Two new networking packages
(!Tools.Networking.Transport_Name.Service and
!Tools.Networking.Transport.Route); see sections 6.6 and
6.7
- A package for managing the storage of encrypted passwords
that provide access to remote systems
(!Commands.Remote_Passwords); see section 6.5
- A new subsystem (!Tools.Math_Support), which contains
implementations of two secondary standards for elementary
mathematical functions; see section 6.9
- Various new commands in !Commands.System_Maintenance and in
package !Commands.Access_List; see sections 6.3 and 6.1
September 1991 R\f
Release D_12_5_0
- New commands in !Commands.Abbreviations for printing; see
6.2
* Changes the way an R1000 is initialized at boot time to
simplify R1000 system management and layered-product
installation. See section 9.
* Provides a single release that can be installed on any R1000
configuration.
* Provides up-to-date, significantly expanded online help for 23
packages. See section 8.
2. Supported Configurations and Upgrades
D_12_5_0 supports the following configurations of the R1000:
* Series 100
* Series 200 (Models 10, 20, and 40)
* Series 300 System (300S)
* Series 300 Coprocessor (300C) for the IBM RISC System/6000
and Sun Workstation servers.
* Series 400 System (400S)
* Series 400 Coprocessor (400C) for the IBM RISC System/6000 and
Sun Workstation servers.
D_12_5_0 supports two kinds of tape drive:
* The 9-track tape drive, which is standard on the Series 100
and 200 and an optional upgrade to the Series 300S.
* The 8-millimeter cartridge tape drive, which is standard on
the Series 300S, 300C, 400S, and 400C, and an optional upgrade
to the Series 200.
D_12_5_0 also supports the optional expansion of memory from 32
megabytes to 64 megabytes to improve system performance. This
upgrade applies to all series except the Series 100.
The combinations of configurations and upgrades supported by
D_12_5_0 are shown in Table 1.
Table 1 Configurations and Upgrades Supported by D_12_5_0
R September 1991 1\f
Rational Environment Release Information
----------------------------------------
| | | | | |
| | 8-mm |9-Track|32-Mb | 64-Mb|
|Configura| Tape | Tape |Memory| Memory|
| tion | Drive | Drive | | |
----------------------------------------
| | | | | |
|Series |N/A |Standar|Standa| N/A |
|100 | |d | rd | |
----------------------------------------
| | | | | |
|Series |Upgrade|Standar|Standa| Upgrad|
|200 | |d | rd | |
----------------------------------------
| | | | | |
|Series |Standar|Upgrade|Standa| Upgrad|
|300S |d | | rd | |
----------------------------------------
| | | | | |
|Series |Standar|N/A |Standa| Upgrad|
|300C |d | | rd | |
----------------------------------------
| | | | | |
|Series |Standar|N/A |Standa| Upgrad|
|400S |d | | rd | |
----------------------------------------
| | | | | |
|Series |Standar|N/A |Standa| Upgrad|
|400C |d | | rd | |
----------------------------------------
3. Compatibility
D_12_5_0 is fully compatible with all production versions of
Rational layered software products:
Design Facility: 2167 6_0_7 or later
Design Facility: 2167A 6_2_5 or later
Documentation Tools 10_2_9 or later
Design Tools 10_2_9 or later
Rational Teamwork Interface 2_1_2 or later
Rational Publishing Interface 1_0_2 or later
CDF: Mc68020_Bare 5_1_2 or later
CDF: Mc68020_Os2000 6_1_3 or later
CDF: Mc68020_Hp_Unix 6_2_4 or later
Remote Compilation Facility 3_2_0 or later
RCF: Rs6000_Aix_Ibm 3_2_0 or later
Target Build Utility 10_0_3 or later
2 September 1991 R\f
Release D_12_5_0
RPC 1_0_2 or later
Software Analysis Workstation 6_0_0 or later
Mail 11_4_5 or later
Rational X Interface 10_5_2 or later
4. Upgrade Impact
The Environment can be upgraded from D_12_1_1 to D_12_5_0 without
forcing you to Archive.Save and Archive.Restore your
applications. You will not have to modify or recompile any of
your own tools, with the possible exception of:
* Tools written against the unit specifications listed in
"Impact of Specification Changes," below.
* Customizations of the unit bodies listed in "Impact of
Implementation Changes," below.
The new declarations listed in section 6 are all installed
upward-compatibly and therefore have no impact on user-written
tools.
Once upgraded to D_12_5_0, a system cannot be reverted to a
previous Environment release.
4.1. Impact of Specification Changes
The installation process for D_12_5_0 overwrites several
Environment unit specifications. Overwriting these specifications
causes the demotion of any customer-created tools written against
them. The installation process tries to recompile such tools
automatically; however, depending on the nature of the tools,
some may require modification before they can be recompiled.
Units that cannot be recompiled during installation are listed in
the installation log.
Following are the unit specifications that are overwritten when
D_12_5_0 is installed:
* !Commands.Abbreviations.Print'Spec (see section 7.12.2).
* !Implementation.Work_Order_Implementation'Spec (see section
7.20.5). Note that the changes to this unit affect only tools
that were created under D_12_1_1 or earlier releases; tools
created under D_12_2_4 are not affected.
Furthermore, the units !Machine.Initialize@ are either demoted or
moved to other locations to accommodate the new mechanisms for
initializing an R1000 (see section 9).
R September 1991 3\f
Rational Environment Release Information
4.2. Impact of Implementation Changes
The installation process for D_12_5_0 overwrites one unit body.
Because this body may contain user customizations, its contents
are saved in a text file in the same library as the overwritten
body. The name of the file is of the form Unit_Name_Vnn, where nn
is the unit's default version number. The customizations then can
be transferred to the new implementation.
Following is the unit whose body is overwritten when D_12_5_0 is
installed:
* !Commands.Abbreviations.Print'Body (see section 7.12.2).
5. Known Problems
5.1. Problem in Spelling Checker
The D_12_5_0 release of the Environment affects the spelling
checker. Specifically, one-character words that are not
explicitly added to a dictionary are now flagged as suspicious
spellings. To minimize the impact of this change, the
installation process adds the one-letter words "I," "A," and "a"
to the master dictionary.
For example, in the following text, the spelling checker
reports "e" and "g" as suspicious spellings:
Pick two prime numbers less than 20 (e.g., 11 and 17).
5.2. Problem for CDF Customization
The D_12_5_0 release of the Environment affects the installation
of customizations of the Mc68020_Bare CDF. Specifically, you will
not be able to install new or changed customizations without
first making a minor change to the following package body:
!Targets.Implementation.Motorola_68k_Target_Download.Exos5_0_1.
Units.-
Exos_Operations'Body
As delivered, this package cannot be promoted to the coded state
on a D_12_5_0 system because of changes made to the Environment's
compilation system that enable it to comply with validation.
Existing customizations are not affected by the problem unless
this package is demoted and an attempt is made to repromote it.
The change you need to make to the Exos_Operations'Body follows:
1. Locate the line that is indicated by >>> in the following
excerpt (this is line 126 in the unit):
4 September 1991 R\f
Release D_12_5_0
type Message_Buffer is
record
Msg_Header : Message_Header;
>>> Data : Machine_Defs.Byte_String (1 .. Natural (Max_Message_Length));
end record;
2. Replace the indicated line with the line below:
Data : Machine_Defs.Byte_String (1 .. Max_Message_Length);
Attempting to promote the package body without making this change
will cause two lines to be flagged with errors. You should leave
these lines unchanged; change only the line indicated in step 1
above.
6. New Environment Interfaces
D_12_5_0 provides a number of new interfaces, including:
* New procedures and functions; see sections 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, and
6.4
* New packages; see section 6.5, 6.6, and 6.7
* New networking features; see section 6.8
* New subsystems; see sections 6.9 and 6.10
6.1. New Procedures in Package Access_List
6.1.1. Procedure Remove
procedure Remove (Group : String := ">>SIMPLE NAME<<";
For_Object : Name := "<SELECTION>";
Response : String := "<PROFILE>");
Removes the specified group from the access list of each of the
specified objects.
6.1.2. Procedure Remove_Default
procedure Remove_Default (Group : String := ">>SIMPLE
NAME<<";
For_World : Name := "<SELECTION>";
Response : String := "<PROFILE>");
Removes the specified group from the default access list of each
of the specified worlds.
R September 1991 5\f
Rational Environment Release Information
6.2. New Procedures in !Commands.Abbreviations
The procedures in the following paragraphs allow easy reference
to networked printers. These procedures are sensitive to the new
printer-configuration mechanism described in section 9.5. If this
mechanism is not in use at your site, you should use the
Queue.Cancel, Queue.Display, and Queue.Print commands instead of
the commands described below.
6.2.1. Procedure Cancel_Print_Request
procedure Cancel_Print_Request (Printer : String :=
"<Default>";
Request_Id : Positive);
Removes the specified print request from the queue of the
specified printer.
The Printer parameter accepts any printer name that has been
defined in the printer-configuration files (see section 9.5). By
default, the parameter specifies the printer name that is
associated with the user who enters the command (this association
is established using a user-printer map).
You can obtain a print request's number from the display
generated by the Display_Queue procedure.
6.2.2. Procedure Display_Queue
procedure Display_Queue (Printer : String := "<Default>");
Displays the print requests currently queued on the specified
printer.
The display shows the identification number for each request. The
identification number can be specified as the Request_Id
parameter when using the Cancel_Print_Request command.
The Printer parameter accepts any printer name that has been
defined in the printer-configuration files (see section 9.5). By
default, the parameter specifies the printer name that is
associated with the user who enters the command (this association
is established using a user-printer map).
6.2.3. Procedure Print
procedure Print (Object_Or_Image : String := "<CURSOR>";
From_First_Page : Positive := 1;
To_Last_Page : Positive := 3000;
Display_As_Twoup : Boolean := True;
6 September 1991 R\f
Release D_12_5_0
Display_Border : Boolean := True;
Display_Filename : Boolean := True;
Display_Date : Boolean := True;
Ignore_Display_Parameters_For_Postscript :
Boolean := True;
Highlight_Reserved_Words_For_Ada :
Boolean := True;
Other_Options : String := "";
Number_Of_Copies : Positive := 1;
Printer : String := "<Default>";
Effort_Only : Boolean := False);
Prints one or more objects or images, including PostScript
files, plain text files, Ada units, mail messages, command logs,
and so on. By default, this command prints the object or image
indicated by the cursor.
The print request initiated by this command is directed to the
device specified by the Printer parameter. By default, the
command uses the device that is associated with the user who
entered the command. This association is set up by the system
manager in a user-printer map.
You can use the Print command's parameters to control various
characteristics of the print job. These parameters correspond to
one or more options that are defined by the Queue.Print command.
See the comments in the command specification for details about
the parameters.
6.3. New Procedures in System_Maintenance Subsystem
!Commands.System_Maintenance'Spec_View contains the new
procedures described in the following paragraphs.
6.3.1. Procedure Analyze_Disks_For_Backup
Locates and checks for corrupt data on disks. This procedure must
be used only by Rational personnel or under their direction. For
a detailed description, see the specification of this procedure.
The fully qualified name of this procedure is:
!Commands.System_Maintenance'Spec_View.Units.Analyze_Disks_For_
Backup
R September 1991 7\f
Rational Environment Release Information
6.3.2. Procedure Destroy_Library
procedure Destroy_Library (Existing : String := ">>OBJECT To Destroy<<";
Effort_Only : Boolean := True;
Response : String := "<PROFILE>");
Deletes a library regardless of its contents. This procedure is
useful for:
* Removing the home worlds of deleted users
* Removing any large libraries that may contain subsystems
No special capability is required to use this command. You must
have D access to a world in order to delete it.
Warning: The actions of this command are not reversible. To avoid
unintended deletions, you can execute this command first with
Effort_Only set to True and verify that the resulting list
contains only the objects you want to delete.
The fully qualified name of this procedure is:
!Commands.System_Maintenance'Spec_View.Units.Destroy_Library
6.3.3. Procedure Monitor_Performance
procedure Monitor_Performance
(Max_Samples : Natural := 500;
Sample_Interval : Duration := 60.0 * 12;
Output_File : String := ">>filename<<";
Append_To_File : Boolean := False;
Header : String := "Performance data");
Provides system performance statistics.
This procedure monitors system performance at a global level by
taking the specified number of samples, one sample per specified
interval, and writing the output to Output_File. If
Append_To_File is True, data is appended to the end of the file;
otherwise, the file is overwritten. The Header string is entered
in the file before the reported data.
The output file contains one entry per line, where each entry has
fields containing the information shown in Table 2.
Table 2 Fields in Entries of Output Files
8 September 1991 R\f
Release D_12_5_0
----------------------------------------------
| | |
|Field| Information |
----------------------------------------------
| | |
|Time |Time that the entry is written. |
----------------------------------------------
| | |
|Cpu |CPU % used during the sample interval. |
| |If the load is high, this number will be|
| |very inflated because it must be |
| |computed. Values greater than 100% are |
| |common under high loads, so this value |
| |must be considered approximate. |
----------------------------------------------
| | |
|DiskW|Number of disk waits in this sample. |
| |Roughly, the number of disk transfers, |
| |which is a function of the number of |
| |page faults. |
----------------------------------------------
| | |
|Users|Number of users logged on at the end of |
| |the interval. |
----------------------------------------------
| | |
|Jobs |Number of jobs running at the end of the|
| |interval. |
----------------------------------------------
| | |
|Jobs_|Number of jobs that terminated during |
|T |the interval. Indicates the level of |
| |command activity. |
----------------------------------------------
| | |
|Load1|CPU run load for last 15 min. |
|5 | |
----------------------------------------------
| | |
|Disk1|Disk load for last 15 min. |
|5 | |
----------------------------------------------
| | |
|Whld1|Withheld task load for last 15 min. |
|5 | |
----------------------------------------------
The fully qualified name of this procedure is:
!Commands.System_Maintenance'Spec_View.Units.Monitor_Performance
R September 1991 9\f
Rational Environment Release Information
6.3.4. Procedure Repair_Cg_Attrs
Reclaims disk space by removing lost objects that were produced
and not properly deleted by the code generator in previous
Environment releases (D_12_5_0 fixes this problem). You should
execute this command once after installation of D_12_5_0 is
complete.
The Repair_Cg_Attrs command marks the objects for removal. Their
disk space is reclaimed the next time normal disk collection
runs.
Note that:
* You can execute the Repair_Cg_Attrs command whether or not
users are logged in.
* You must belong to the Privileged group to execute this
command.
* The amount of time required by this command depends on the
number of objects to be traversed. In Rational's experience,
this command takes from 1 to 4 hours.
* The amount of disk space that is freed increases with the
length of time the system has been in use since initial
installation. More specifically, the amount of freed disk
space increases with the number of coding operations that have
been performed on unit specifications since installation.
The fully qualified name of this procedure is:
!Commands.System_Maintenance'Spec_View.Units.Repair_Cg_Attrs
6.4. New Functions in Package Work_Order_Implementation
Package !Implementation.Work_Order_Implementation contains two
new functions:
function Create_User_Name (The_Order : Work_Order_Handle) return
String;
function Close_User_Name (The_Order : Work_Order_Handle) return
String;
This package also contains a changed declaration; see section
7.20.5.
These changes and additions to Work_Order_Implementation were
previously available to users of Series 400S and 400C through the
D_12_2_4 release of the Environment.
10 September 1991 R\f
Release D_12_5_0
6.5. Package Remote_Passwords
Package !Commands.Remote_Passwords provides encrypted password
storage for efficient access to other systems from an R1000. In
previous Environment releases, this package was called
!Tools.Dtia_Rpc_Mechanisms'Spec_View.Units.Remote_Passwords and
was available only with selected optional products.
This package can be used to add, change, or delete entries in a
remote-passwords file, which is a text file that specifies the
usernames and passwords to be used when accessing remote hosts.
The commands in this package provide a convenient alternative to
locating the file in the library hierarchy and then editing it
directly. Furthermore, the commands in this package provide a way
to encrypt the passwords listed in the file.
6.6. Package Transport_Name.Service
Package !Tools.Networking.Transport_Name.Service exports
subprograms that programmers can use to translate a service name
and a machine name to a Transport_Defs.Network_Name and
Transport_Defs.Socket_Id.
This tool is intended for implementing software that forms
network client-server connections; it supports reconfiguration of
the Socket_Id that identifies the server without modifying client
or server software.
6.7. Package Transport.Route
Package !Tools.Networking.Transport.Route provides an abstract
interface to the routing table, which contains gateways and the
destinations that can be reached through them. This routing table
is used by Rational Networking for routing transport-level
datagrams.
Package Transport.Route provides a programmatic interface to the
routing table. In contrast, package
!Tools.Networking.Transport_Route provides a command interface to
it. In fact, package Transport_Route is a further layer of
abstraction on package Transport.Route.
6.8. IP Subnetting
Rational Networking supports IP subnetting as defined in RFC 950,
"Internet Standard Subnetting Procedure." IP subnetting is
supported only on the R1000 Series 400 (and not the Series 100,
200, or 300). Note that IP subnetting is different from IP
routing, which is supported in all releases of Rational
Networking in all series of R1000. For general information on
this technology, refer to RFC 950 or Internetworking with TCP/IP
R September 1991 11\f
Rational Environment Release Information
by Douglas Comer.
To configure a Series 400 for IP subnetting, you:
1. Create a text file called !Machine.Tcp_Ip_Subnet_Mask.
2. Enter into the file an IP address, in decimal-dotted notation,
in which every bit of the network number or subnet number of
this machine is 1, and all other bits (the host number of this
machine) are 0.
For example, the following commands can be used to configure a
Series 400 to operate in a class B network (in which the
network number is represented in the first 16 bits of the IP
address) with a subnet number represented in the 4 bits
immediately following the network number:
Log.Set_Output ("!Machine.Tcp_Ip_Subnet_Mask");
Io.Put_Line ("255.255.240.0"); -- 240 = 2#11110000#
Log.Reset_Output;
3. Execute !Tools.Networking.Tcp_Ip_Boot to make the
configuration take effect. This command is normally executed
when booting the Environment, but you can execute it at any
time in the Series 400.
Because Tcp_Ip_Boot abruptly disconnects any TCP/IP
connections and Telnet logins that presently exist, it is
recommended that you execute Tcp_Ip_Boot from an RS232 login
port or from the console command interpreter, with all Telnet
users logged out.
After Tcp_Ip_Boot has executed, the Series 400 will endeavor to
route IP datagrams to machines whose IP addresses differ from its
own in any of the bits of the Subnet_Mask.
IP subnetting fails in either of the following cases:
* Tcp_Ip_Boot could not read a mask from
!Machine.Tcp_Ip_Subnet_Mask.
* You attempt to install subnetting on an R1000 Series 100, 200,
or 300.
6.9. Math_Support Subsystem
A new subsystem, called !Tools.Math_Support, contains an
implementation of the two proposed secondary standards developed
by the ISO-IEC/JTC1/SC22/WG9 (Ada) Numerics Rapporteur Group.
These standards provide various elementary mathematical
functions, implemented for the R1000 target and for use with
Rational M68K Cross-Development Facilities.
12 September 1991 R\f
Release D_12_5_0
For more information about this subsystem, see the notes provided
in the subsystem itself.
6.10. Dfs Subsystem
A new subsystem, called !Machine.Dfs, contains procedures and a
package for managing Diagnostic File System (DFS) information.
The paragraph below describes a procedure of particular use to
system managers. See also section 7.14 for descriptions of DFS
changes.
6.10.1. Procedure Analyze_Crashdump
procedure Analyze_Crashdump
(Tape_Drive : Natural := 0;
Expunge : Boolean := True;
Output_File : String :=
"!Machine.Error_Logs.Crash_Summary";
Working_Directory : String :=
"!Machine.Temporary.Crash_Info";
Read_Tape : Boolean := True;
Ask_To_Read_Memory : Boolean := True;
Volume : Natural := 0);
Analyzes a crash-dump tape and produces a textual summary that
can be sent to Rational for analysis. This summary is especially
useful at secure sites, because it can be sent to Rational
instead of the crash-dump tape.
The fully qualified name of this command is:
!Machine.Dfs'Spec_View.Units.Analyze_Crashdump
7. Changes from D_12_1_1
This section describes the changes, enhancements, and
user-visible problem fixes that D_12_5_0 makes to existing
features of the Environment. The information in this section is
presented in roughly the same order in which it would be found in
the Rational Environment Reference Manual:
* General editing and screen operations (EI); see section 7.1
* Editing specific types of objects such as Ada units and
command windows (EST); see section 7.2
* Debugger information (DEB); see section 7.3
* Information on session and job management (SJM)-specifically,
session switches; see section 7.4
* Library-management information (LM), including changes to
access control (see section 7.5), library switches (7.8),
R September 1991 13\f
Rational Environment Release Information
links (7.6), compilation (7.7), and archive (7.9)
* String Tools (ST) and Programming Tools (PT); see section 7.10
* System-management information (SMU), including changes to
package Operator (see section 7.11), printing (7.12),
initializing an R1000 (7.13), the diagnostic file system (DFS)
(7.14), procedures in System_Availability (7.15), procedures
in System_Maintenance (7.16), the boot process (7.17), system
backup (7.18), and miscellaneous features (7.19)
* Information about subsystems and CMVC (PM); see section 7.20
Following these are sections about Environment changes that
pertain to networking; see section 7.21.
7.1. Editor Changes
When overwrite mode is on, Procedure Editor.Character.Delete now
replaces a character with a blank space instead of deleting it.
Editor.Character.Delete is typically bound to the [Delete] or
[Backspace] key.
A problem was fixed so that control characters copied from other
windows using RXI or RWI are properly inverted.
7.2. Changes to Package Common
The Common.Object.Delete procedure, when applied to a subsystem
or view, now generates a command window containing an appropriate
deletion command. This procedure is typically bound to the
[Object] - [D] key combination.
The Common.Definition command, when used in a debugger window,
now uses the value of <CURSOR> if there is no selection in that
window. Also, the In_Place parameter to Definition is no longer
ignored in a debugger window.
7.3. Changes to Debugging
7.3.1. Setting Breakpoints
The Debug.Break command is now able to set breakpoints properly
at nested accept statements.
The Debug.Break command now works correctly in all cases in
generic formal procedures.
The Debug.Break command in the R1000 debugger now allows two
breakpoints to be taken at the same location in a generic, such
that one Break command specifies the generic and the other
14 September 1991 R\f
Release D_12_5_0
specifies a specific instantiation.
The R1000 debugger now reports all actions pertaining to a given
location. In this respect, the R1000 debugger and CDF debuggers
now behave the same. In particular:
* If more than one break is set at the same location, then all
applicable breaks are now reported to the user when that
location is encountered.
* If you use Debug.Run to step your program to a location at
which a breakpoint is set (including a temporary breakpoint),
the R1000 debugger now reports both the step and the
breakpoint to the user.
7.3.2. Displaying Values
The Debug.Put command was changed so that if special-type image
functions return an object image containing Ascii.Lf's, all lines
in the image are indented the same amount by the debugger.
Consequently, image functions can be written without concern for
the depth of the subobjects they display within the largest
object displayed by the Put command.
The Debug.Put command was changed so that predefined special-type
image functions no longer raise exceptions when applied to
uninitialized data.
The Debug.Put command now works correctly with variables in
generic formal procedures in all cases.
7.3.3. Quitting While the Debugger Is Running
A workaround now exists for the following situation. In some
circumstances, if you quit your session while a job under control
of the debugger is running, your session won't terminate. This
will prevent you from logging back in on the same session and
will cause other users' sessions to hang (fail to terminate) when
Quit is executed. If this situation occurs, you now can kill the
debugger using Job.Kill from another session, which will allow
your original session and all other hung sessions to terminate.
This problem arises when you enter the Quit command while a job
that was started under the debugger is actively sending output to
a window. You can avoid the problem by stopping or killing such a
job before executing Quit.
7.3.4. Other Debugger Changes
Error messages have been improved for a number of debugger
commands.
R September 1991 15\f
Rational Environment Release Information
The Common.Definition command, when used in a debugger window,
now uses the value of <CURSOR> if there is no selection in that
window. Also, the In_Place parameter to Definition is no longer
ignored in a debugger window.
Problems were fixed in debugger name resolution so that:
* Instantiation names are now resolved properly in CDF products.
This problem affected release 6_2_4 CDF compilers, but not
previous CDF products.
* Debugger commands no longer fail for instantiations of generic
functions that are given operator names (for example, "+")
The Debug.Show (State_Type => Debug.Traces) command now displays
the state of machine instruction tracing.
The Debug.Show (State_Type => Debug.Histories) command now
displays the state of machine instruction history.
The Debug.Trace and Debug.History commands now perform machine
instruction tracing and history correctly.
Performance enhancements were made to the initialization of the
R1000_Debugger subsystem, causing the R1000 to boot faster.
7.4. Changes to Session Switches
There is one new session switch:
* Speller.Allow_Underscores
Controls whether underscore characters (_) cause word breaks.
When the switch is set to False (the default), underscores
embedded in a string are treated as word breaks by the
spelling checker. When the switch is set to True, underscores
are not treated as word breaks, so that a string containing
embedded underscores is treated as a single word.
7.5. Access-Control Changes
Problems were fixed so that access lists containing seven entries
are now processed correctly. That is, commands in package
Access_List no longer raise Constraint_Error when processing ACLs
with seven entries.
Changing the ACL of an object no longer changes the last update
timestamp on that object.
Access-list compaction now removes groups that were deleted from
access lists stored in Cmvc_Access_Control databases.
16 September 1991 R\f
Release D_12_5_0
7.6. Changes to Links Management
The Links.Edit, Links.Add, and Links.Delete commands now observe
ACL restrictions.
7.7. Compilation Changes
A code-generator problem was fixed so that promoting unit
specifications (and certain other units) to the coded state no
longer generates lost objects that consume disk space. That is,
the hidden objects that are generated during coding are now
automatically deleted when the operation is complete. You can
remove the lost objects that accumulated under previous
Environment releases, thereby freeing significant amounts of disk
space (see section 6.3.4).
The D_12_5_0 release of the Environment contains a number of
fixes for problems that formerly prevented units from being
installed, coded, or executed. These fixes are listed in sections
7.7.1, 7.7.2, and 7.7.3.
7.7.1. Installing Units
A problem was fixed where a library-unit generic instantiation
failed to install in a spec view if the generic contained other
instantiations in its private part.
A problem was fixed so that promote operations no longer
incorrectly demand:
* A body for a subprogram to which a pragma Interface was
applied
* A body for a package spec, all of whose subprograms had a
pragma Interface applied
A problem was fixed that prevented pragma Interface from being
applied to operators.
The R1000 compiler now:
* Handles literals that are greater than 64 bits
* Computes Standard.Character'Size correctly
Improved error messages are now displayed if you try to install a
unit for a non-R1000 target whose CDF compiler is not running.
You can no longer use incremental operations to add a
representation specification or a pragma Pack to a type that had
other types derived from it.
R September 1991 17\f
Rational Environment Release Information
7.7.2. Coding Units
The Compilation.Promote and Compilation.Make commands now code
Ada units in a different order. This new coding order causes the
coding of a unit body to follow the coding of its spec more
closely, thereby minimizing the number of units that are coded
between them. This change in coding order should improve the
effectiveness of inlining in CDF compilers.
When you promote a main unit body to the coded state, its spec is
now automatically coded as well. (This corrects a problem that
was introduced in the D_12_1_1 release.) Note that no other
compilation in the world is possible while the spec (and any
other required units) is being implicitly promoted to coded,
because the program library for the enclosing world is locked.
The R1000 code generator now handles qualified, non-infix calls
to Universal_Fixed-valued operators, such as P."/"(a,b).
The R1000 code generator now performs compile-time evaluation
correctly for the following:
* Literals greater than 64 bits
* The Storage_Size attribute
* Renames of built-in operators
The R1000 code generator now successfully ignores a pragma
Interface that is encountered while the
Semantics.Ignore_Interface_Pragmas switch is set to True.
Pragma Pack no longer causes a Write_To_Read_Only_Page exception
when applied to a record or to an array type that is introduced
in a private part and completed in a body.
A problem was fixed in which promoting main programs to the coded
state caused deadlocks in the dependency database.
A problem was fixed so that CDF debuggers no longer lose the
correspondence between code locations and Ada source locations
when debugging instantiations of macro-expanded library units.
A problem was fixed that caused certain main programs to fail to
code (and command windows to fail to promote) with the message
Unsatisfiable import requirement. This problem arose for main
programs and commands that withed units from code views in
secondary subsystems, where these code views referenced generics
defined outside subsystems. In D_12_5_0, such coding/promotion
now succeeds, generating a lengthy warning message that is
relevant only if coding fails for some other reason.
Non-R1000 code generators now refuse to promote a main program
whose closure contains a package for which a body is optional, if
a body for that package exists and is not in the coded state.
18 September 1991 R\f
Release D_12_5_0
7.7.3. Executing Units
The R1000 code generator now emits correct code so that
multidimensional array aggregates with string-literal
subaggregates no longer fail at execution time.
The R1000 code generator now correctly computes the Storage_Size
attribute of access types for which a Storage_Size representation
specification has been given.
A problem was fixed that caused very large (usually
machine-generated) programs to fail at run time with a variety of
errors. These programs are "very large" in that they contain more
than 1,024 references to units (if compiled with the
Retain_Delta1_Compatibility switch set to True) or to individual
declarations (if compiled with this switch set to False).
A problem was fixed that caused Type_Error to be raised by
renames of function-valued attributes (such as 'Pos or 'Val) when
used inside a function.
7.8. Library Switches
You must now enable privileges to use the Switches.Associate
command to change the associations of switch files within
subsystems.
7.9. Archive Changes
The Archive.Restore and Archive.List commands no longer crash the
R1000 when you use them to restore or read a multireel archive.
The Archive.Restore command no longer fails with a layout error.
The Archive.Restore command no longer causes the R1000 to run out
of action IDs, for example, when a large number of empty files
are restored.
The Archive.Save and Archive.Restore commands are now able to
save/restore work orders of any size.
The Archive.Restore command now processes switch-file
associations consistently with renaming introduced by the
For_Prefix and Use_Prefix parameters.
The Archive.Restore and Archive.Copy commands now produce
improved error messages.
When the Device parameter of the Archive.Save command specifies a
library name and that library does not exist, a world is created
outside a subsystem and a directory is created inside a
subsystem. Previously, directories were always created.
R September 1991 19\f
Rational Environment Release Information
Problems were fixed so that data containing newlines and
formfeeds is now saved and restored consistently. Previously,
such restored data caused CMVC to report inconsistencies in its
database.
7.9.1. Archiving Units with Large CDBs
Archive commands no longer fail when saving, restoring, or
copying Ada units whose compatibility database (CDB) signatures
are very large. It should now be possible to successfully save,
restore, or copy Ada units regardless of the size of their CDB
signatures.
Note, however, that an Ada unit that can be saved only on a
D_12_5_0 Environment must be restored onto a D_12_5_0 (or later)
Environment. Attempting to restore such a unit onto an earlier
Environment causes the following message to be displayed:
INTERNAL ERROR (declaration mapping): ARCHIVE_IS_BAD
restoring the !subsystem.view.Units.unit
7.9.2. Archive Options
The After option of the Archive.Save command now works correctly.
The Archive.Save, Archive.Restore, and Archive.List commands now
accept the following new option:
* Unload
A Boolean option. When True (the default), causes the tape to
be rewound and unloaded after the operation is complete.
When False, this option causes the tape to be rewound to the
beginning and to remain online and available for subsequent
requests. This is useful when you want to perform a list
operation followed by a restore operation, or if you want to
perform several restore operations in a row. Note that,
because the tape is rewound, successive save operations will
overwrite each other.
When the tape is left online, subsequent requests send a
tape-mount request to the operator's console, which must be
answered before the tape can be accessed.
The Archive.Save command now accepts the following new option:
* Starting_At = time
Delays the save operation until the specified time, which can
be a date, a time of day, or both, and can be written in any
of the styles defined by the !Tools.Time_Utilities.Date_Format
type and the !Tools.Time_Utilities.Time_Format type. The save
20 September 1991 R\f
Release D_12_5_0
operation starts only if the tape-mount request has been
answered.
7.10. Changes to String Tools and Programming Tools
The implementation of package !Tools.Unbounded_String has been
modified to improve its free-space management and performance
characteristics. This should noticeably improve the performance
of the Compose tool and RDF document generation.
The implementations of packages !Tools.Set_Generic and
!Tools.Map_Generic have been modified to improve their free-space
management and performance characteristics.
7.11. Changes to Package Operator
The Operator.Add_To_Group command now permits naming expressions
to be used in the User and Group parameters. In particular, you
can now use wildcards, set notation, and indirect files to
reference multiple user and group names. In both parameters, you
can use expressions that resolve to simple names; the expressions
are automatically evaluated in the proper context. For example:
Operator.Add_To_Group
("[Phil,Vicki,Anderson]","Project_7_@");
The Operator.Cancel_Shutdown command now sends a message
informing users that shutdown is canceled.
The Operator.Create_Group command now issues an error message
when no more groups can be created. In previous releases, the job
would "hang" and the system would go into wait service.
The Operator.Delete_Group command can no longer be used to delete
predefined groups (such as Operator and Privileged).
The Operator.Delete_User command can no longer be used to delete
predefined users (such as Operator).
The Operator.Delete_User command now generates a message in the
error log.
The Operator.Remove_From_Group command can no longer be used to
remove users from their own groups. For example, the following
command now fails:
Operator.Remove_From_Group ("Anderson","Anderson");
The Operator.Remove_From_Group command now permits naming
expressions to be used in the User and Group parameters. In
particular, you can now use wildcards, set notation, and indirect
files to reference multiple user and group names. In both
parameters, you can use expressions that resolve to simple names;
R September 1991 21\f
Rational Environment Release Information
the expressions are automatically evaluated in the proper
context. For example:
Operator.Remove_From_Group
("[Phil,Vicki,Anderson]","Project_7_@");
7.12. Changes Pertaining to Printing
The print spooler now properly honors pragma Page.
A new, file-driven mechanism exists for configuring printers.
This mechanism provides an alternative to using user-created
procedures that call package Queue. This mechanism also supports
the use of the !Commands.Abbreviations.Print command.
7.12.1. Change to Package Queue
The Queue.Add command now accepts the following new option, which
allows you to define a device that is a directory on a networked
workstation:
* Ftp
A Boolean option. When True, specifies that print requests be
sent via FTP to the directory and machine referenced by the
device. Each print request is sent as a separate file. Once
the files are on the other machine, you can use that machine's
print commands or tools to print the files.
When you specify the Ftp option, you must also specify the
Device parameter with the name of an R1000 file that contains,
on separate lines:
- The network name of the destination machine. The
destination machine can be any computer system, typically a
workstation.
- The full pathname of the destination directory. The
directory pathname must contain punctuation appropriate to
the destination machine, and must have trailing punctuation
that permits appending the name of the transferred
print-request file.
- A suffix to be appended to the filenames that are created
on the workstation. If no suffix is to be appended, leave a
blank line. The specified suffix can be used by print tools
as a way of identifying which files to print. This is
useful when several devices send files to the same
directory.
- The pathname of an Environment remote-passwords file. The
remote-passwords file must contain a username and password
suitable for accessing the destination machine.
22 September 1991 R\f
Release D_12_5_0
It is recommended that you place the device file and the
remote-passwords file in the !Machine.Queues.Ftp library.
7.12.2. Changes to !Commands.Abbreviations.Print
!Commands.Abbreviations.Print has a new parameter list and
implementation, so that it now:
* Is sensitive to the user-printer map and printer-configuration
file to determine what printer to go to. By default, the
command uses the device that is associated with the user who
enters the command.
* Provides parameters for specifying information normally
entered through options with Queue.Print.
* Is able to print PostScript files, plain text files, Ada
units, windows, and mailboxes.
Because the changes to this command are so significant, it is
described under "New Features" in this release note (see section
6.2).
7.13. Machine-Initialization Software
D_12_5_0 changes the software that is automatically executed by
the Environment during the boot process. The software is
reorganized to make it easier to:
* Install layered products
* Distinguish Rational-specific, site-specific, and
machine-specific customizations
* Configure a network of printers for large sites
See section 9 for a detailed explanation of these changes.
7.14. Changes to Diagnostic File System (DFS)
When an R1000 crashes, the DFS now creates a file in the DFS area
to preserve a synopsis of the machine state at the time of the
crash. The existence of this "tombstone" file allows you to
reboot the R1000 without losing all crash information. System
managers can access the crash-information file by:
* Using System_Report.Generate with Report_Type set to Outages
or to Everything
* Inspecting the system error log (the Environment boot process
now automatically copies a textual image of the last tombstone
file into the system error log)
R September 1991 23\f
Rational Environment Release Information
Crash messages have been streamlined so that irrelevant
information is suppressed.
The DFS recovery process now remembers the hardware memory
configuration. This greatly simplifies the Environment
installation process.
See also sections 6.10 and 7.15 for more information relating to
the DFS.
7.15. !Tools.System_Availability
The System_Report.Generate command now includes machine crash
information when Report_Type is set to Outages or to Everything.
The System_Report.Generate command now includes percentages of
disk space used when Report_Type is set to Daemons.
7.16. !Commands.System_Maintenance
The Set_Universe_Acls command is now more consistent with
Check_Universe_Acls.
7.17. Changes to the Boot Process
Performance enhancements were introduced to cause the R1000 boot
process to take 10 to 20 minutes less than it did in previous
releases.
The Environment boot process now automatically copies a textual
image of the last "tombstone" file into the system error log (a
tombstone file contains a synopsis of the machine state at the
time of the last crash).
7.18. Changes Pertaining to Backups
The R1000 now shuts down and reboots automatically after a tape
backup is restored. This makes disk collection work properly.
The Starting_At parameter is no longer ignored when you use
either of the following commands to take a secondary backup:
* !Commands.Abbreviations.Secondary_Backup
* !Commands.Abbreviations.Do_Backup
7.19. Miscellaneous System-Management Changes
The Shutdown and Snapshot commands have been removed from the
Kernel command interpreter on the operator's console.
24 September 1991 R\f
Release D_12_5_0
The Daemon.Quiesce command no longer raises an exception when the
Additional_Delay parameter is given the value Duration'Last.
7.20. CMVC Changes
7.20.1. Changes to Editing Activities
The activity editor now properly handles entries that refer to
nonexistent subsystems and views.
7.20.2. Changes to Package Cmvc
Various commands in package Cmvc now produce improved error
messages.
The Cmvc.Accept_Changes command now correctly accepts new
subunits into a view even when no stubs already exist in the
parent units.
The Cmvc.Build command no longer produces a Numeric_Error if the
configuration name does not contain an underscore character ( _
).
The Cmvc.Copy command now copies a source view correctly, even if
it contains units that contain insertion points.
The Cmvc.Copy command and its derivatives now preserve Delta1
compatibility when copying a view that contains a
Delta1-compatible loaded main program. (Such copy operations now
copy the underlying code database along with the
Delta1-compatible loaded main program.)
The Cmvc.Import command now reports all problems that result from
link-name conflicts. In previous releases, the command would
report only the first conflict it encountered. (A conflict arises
when units in different imported views have the same link name,
for example, because they have the same simple name.)
The Cmvc.Initial command no longer requires you to have D access
to the world in which a subsystem is created. Furthermore, the
remaining access requirements no longer have to come from a
single ACL entry, as was the case in previous releases.
The Cmvc.Join command no longer operates atomically when multiple
objects are specified. That is, individual failures no longer
cause the entire operation to be abandoned and its partial
effects undone. The command is now allowed to continue even if
one or more individual objects fail to join, and any objects that
are successfully joined remain that way.
The Cmvc.Make_Code_View command now causes links for code views
to be deleted. This reduces the likelihood of errors when code
R September 1991 25\f
Rational Environment Release Information
views are archived and restored.
The Cmvc.Make_Controlled command no longer operates atomically
when multiple objects are specified. That is, individual failures
no longer cause the entire operation to be abandoned and its
partial effects undone. The command is now allowed to continue
even if one or more individual objects cannot be made controlled;
any objects that have been made controlled remain that way. This
is particularly important when the Save_Source parameter is set
to True and some of the specified objects are binary (and
therefore incapable of being saved in the CMVC database).
The Cmvc.Make_Controlled command now echoes its parameters
correctly.
A problem was fixed so that the Cmvc.Make_Path,
Cmvc.Make_Subpath, and Cmvc.Copy commands can successfully cause
units to be promoted in the newly created views.
The Cmvc.Release command no longer fails if information is
missing from the View.State.Last_Release_Name file. The command
now uses default values to reconstruct the file, rather than
causing an error.
The Cmvc.Show_@ commands (such as Cmvc.Show_All_Uncontrolled) no
longer fail with errors when they encounter an open object. These
commands now persevere in this situation (provided that the
profile is set appropriately).
7.20.3. Changes to Package Cmvc_Maintenance
The Cmvc_Maintenance.Check_Consistency command now uses the
response characteristics specified in its Response profile.
The Cmvc.Show_Image_Of_Generation command now uses the response
characteristics specified in its Response profile.
7.20.4. Changes to Work Orders
Bugs were fixed so that using Archive.Save or Archive.Copy on
large (300 Kb to 400 Kb) work orders no longer raises
Storage_Error.
7.20.5. Spec Change in Package Work_Order_Implementation
A change has been made to package
!Implementation.Work_Order_Implementation'Spec. In particular,
the parameter list in the Work_Order_Operations.Traverse_Comments
generic procedure has been changed to fix a problem from
D_12_1_1.
26 September 1991 R\f
Release D_12_5_0
The generic procedure now has the following specification, which
provides a new parameter called User_Name:
generic
with procedure Visit (The_User : User_Id;
User_Name : String;
The_Comment : String;
The_Element : Element_Name;
The_Time : Calendar.Time);
procedure Traverse_Comments
(For_Work_Order : Work_Order_Handle; Success : out
Status);
You must recompile any tools created under the D_12_1_1
Environment release if those tools are compiled against
!Implementation.Work_Order_Implementation'Spec. Furthermore, you
may need to modify those tools to accommodate the new parameter
list.
Package Work_Order_Implementation also contains new declarations;
see section 6.4.
These changes and additions to Work_Order_Implementation were
previously available to users of Series 400S and 400C through the
D_12_2_4 release of the Environment.
7.21. Networking Changes
7.21.1. IP Routing
A default IP route is now supported for the Series 400 (which has
a CMC ENP-100i Ethernet controller). This change does not affect
the Series 100, 200, or 300 (which has an Excelan EXOS 204
Ethernet controller).
A default IP route must be defined in every Series 400 machine
(CMC ENP-100i) that uses IP routing (that is, communicates with
machines in other IP networks or subnets). Furthermore, the
default IP router must do at least one of the following when the
R1000 sends an IP datagram to it:
* Relay the datagram toward its target, or
* Send an ICMP Redirect message back to the R1000, directing it
to another IP router.
The default router must do one or both of these things for any IP
datagram targeted to any machine with which the R1000 must
communicate.
To define a default IP route, you:
R September 1991 27\f
Rational Environment Release Information
1. Add a line to !Machine.Transport_Routes that designates an IP
router, with no other text and no white space in that line.
The router can be designated by:
* Its IP address (in decimal-dotted notation), or
* A name that can be resolved to an IP address via
!Machine.Transport_Name_Map. You must use a name that is
defined in !Machine.Transport_Name_Map, because it is not
possible to communicate with the name server (the machine
designated in !Machine.Tcp_Ip_Name_Server) at the time the
name is resolved.
2. After editing (and closing) !Machine.Transport_Routes, execute
Tcp_Ip_Boot to load the default IP route into the CMC ENP-100i
Ethernet controller.
To change the default IP route:
1. Edit !Machine.Transport_Routes to designate the new default IP
router in a line with no white space and no other information
(see above).
2. Execute Transport_Route.Undefine to erase any default IP
routes that are presently defined. You can find them by
executing Transport_Route.Show.
3. After editing (and closing) !Machine.Transport_Routes, execute
Tcp_Ip_Boot to load the default IP route into the CMC ENP-100i
Ethernet controller.
You can define other, nondefault IP routes using other IP
routers, as described in package Transport_Route, but any
nondefault route that is not used for a period of 30 minutes is
likely to be deleted by the Series 400 (CMC ENP-100i), and
subsequent datagrams to which the route pertained will be
transmitted to the default IP router (until an ICMP Redirect
message is received).
If you must use a nondefault route in a Series 400, and the
default IP router cannot redirect you to it periodically, you can
define it in !Machine.Transport_Routes and then execute this
program to prevent its being deleted because of disuse:
Scheduler.Set_Job_Attribute
(System_Utilities.Get_Job,"Kind","Server");
loop
Transport_Route.Load;
delay 25 * 60.0;
end loop;
Transport_Route.Show will display a route that is deleted because
of disuse as though it were still in effect. The only way to
discover the contents of the Series 400 IP routing table is to
transmit test IP datagrams and observe (on the Ethernet) the IP
28 September 1991 R\f
Release D_12_5_0
routers to which they are relayed.
7.21.2. Miscellaneous Networking Changes
Package !Tools.Networking.Transport_Defs now contains additional
error codes.
Several problems were fixed, which occurred only with the CMC
ENP-100i Ethernet controller:
* It is now possible to receive a UDP datagram that contains
more than 1,472 bytes of user data.
In previous releases of the Environment, when a program was
executing the Transport.Receive command and waiting for UDP
datagrams, Transport.Receive would return Status =
CONNECTION_BROKEN and that connection would close upon
receiving a UDP datagram in multiple IP fragments.
* Transport.Receive now correctly returns Status NOT_OPEN if the
connection is not open. In previous releases, the Status
NOT_CONNECTED was returned.
In the Ftp.Get command, setting the Append_To_File parameter to
True no longer fails if the specified file already exists.
You can now use FTP to append data to an existing object on an
R1000, without incurring the following error:
*** Problem with local file - Problem opening local file.
*** Ftp transfer failed with status = FILE_ERROR.
++* <filename> was not retrieved.
8. Documentation
The D_12_5_0 release of the Environment includes new and updated
online help for the packages listed below. Many of these packages
have been significantly rewritten and the introductions of
important packages (such as Archive, Compilation, Profile,
Program, Remote_Passwords) now contain extensive introductory
material. Use the What.Does command to obtain online help.
The new and updated packages are listed by the volume in which
they appear in the Rational Environment Reference Manual:
* One package from the Debugging (DEB) book (Volume 3):
- Debug
* All packages from the Session and Job Management (SJM) book
(Volume 4):
- Job
R September 1991 29\f
Rational Environment Release Information
- Log
- Profile
- Program
- Remote_Passwords
- Search_List
- What
* All packages from the Library Management (LM) book (Volume 5):
- Access_List
- Access_List_Tools
- Archive
- Compilation
- File_Utilities
- Library
- Links
- Switches
- Xref
* Six packages from the System Management Utilities (SMU) book
(Volume 10):
- Message
- Operator
- Queue
- System_Backup
- Tape
- Terminal
9. Appendix A: !Machine.Initialization
D_12_5_0 changes the software that is automatically executed by
the Environment during the boot process. The software is
reorganized to make it easier to:
30 September 1991 R\f
Release D_12_5_0
* Install layered products
* Distinguish Rational-specific, site-specific, and
machine-specific customizations
* Configure a network of printers for large sites
The following subsections describe the new mechanisms for
initializing an R1000. See also the "Installation Procedure" for
specific steps to convert any existing initialization software to
the new mechanisms.
9.1. Overview
Each time an R1000 is booted, software is executed that
initializes layered products, sets various system parameters (for
example, disk-collection thresholds and snapshot intervals),
starts servers, enables terminals, and so on.
In previous Environment releases, the boot process automatically
executed !Machine.Initialize, which in turn executed a family of
procedures (with names of the form !Machine.Initialize_@).
In D_12_5_0, !Machine.Initialize is no longer used. Instead, all
system-initialization software resides in the world
!Machine.Initialization, which is structured as shown:
!Machine.Initialization : Library (World);
Local : Library (World);
Rational : Library (World);
Site : Library (World);
Start : Ada (Load_Proc);
The D_12_5_0 boot process automatically executes the Start
procedure, which in turn executes all the procedures that reside
in (or are referenced in) the Local, Rational, and Site worlds:
* The world Rational contains or references software that
initializes Rational products and provides standard settings
for many system parameters. Users should not modify the
objects in this world.
* The worlds Site and Local provide a place for system managers
to put objects that customize the initialization process. Such
objects can be used to override various standard system
parameter settings, to initialize customer-written
applications, and to specify terminal and printer
configurations:
- The world Site is intended for customer-written objects
that are common to two or more machines at a given site.
- The world Local is intended for customer-written objects
that apply only to the current R1000.
R September 1991 31\f
Rational Environment Release Information
The following subsections give more detail about these worlds.
9.1.1. World !Machine.Initialization.Rational
The Rational world contains objects supplied by Rational that
perform basic initialization services for the current R1000.
These objects include:
* Loaded main procedures that are executed by
!Machine.Initialization.Start whenever the system is booted.
* "_Start" files that reference procedures located elsewhere in
the Environment. These are text files whose names end with
_Start; the procedures they reference are executed by
!Machine.Initialization.Start.
On a typical system, this world contains objects such as the
following:
!Machine.Initialization.Rational : Library (World);
Clean_Machine_Temporary : C Load_Proc;
Cross_Compilers : C Load_Proc;
Design_Facilities : C Load_Proc;
Dtia : C Load_Proc;
Finish_Install : C Load_Proc;
Log_Previous_Outage_Start : Text;
Mail_Start : Text;
Network : C Load_Proc;
Parameters : C Load_Proc;
Printers : C Load_Proc;
Servers : C Load_Proc;
Teamwork_Interface : C Load_Proc;
Terminals : C Load_Proc;
The procedures that are supplied or referenced in this world:
* Perform cleanup and compaction
* Initialize the installed Rational products, such as CDFs, RDF,
Rational Networking, and so on
* Initialize servers, including the archive and FTP servers
* Set standard values for various system parameters, such as the
medium-term scheduler, snapshot intervals and warnings,
disk-collection thresholds, and so on
* Initialize terminals and printers according to user-specified
requirements (given in files in the Site and Local worlds)
For more specific information, you can browse the comments in
each object in this world.
32 September 1991 R\f
Release D_12_5_0
9.1.2. Worlds !Machine.Initialization.[Site,Local]
The Site and Local worlds are where system managers can create
objects to control sitewide or machine-specific initialization
and configuration. These objects may include:
* Ada procedures that supplement or override the basic
initialization services performed by objects in the Rational
world. All procedures in the Site and Local worlds are
executed by !Machine.Initialization.Start each time the system
is booted.
* "_Start" files that reference procedures located elsewhere in
the Environment. These are text files whose names end with
_Start; the procedures they reference are executed by
!Machine.Initialization.Start. Using a "_Start file" is
equivalent to calling Program.Run or Program.Run_Job to
execute the referenced procedure. (See section 9.3.2.)
* Configuration files that tell the Environment how to enable
and configure ports for login and ports for printing. These
are text files that are read by two of the procedures executed
by !Machine.Initialization.Start. A default file for enabling
login ports is created in the Local world during installation.
(See sections 9.4 and 9.5.)
* Text files that tell the Environment how to initialize layered
products such as the Cross-Development Facility or the
Rational Design Facility. (See the comments in the
specifications of the Cross_Compilers and Design_Facilities
procedures in !Machine.Initialization.Rational.)
At most sites, system managers will use the Site and/or Local
worlds as a place for procedures (or "_Start" files) that:
* Set password policy
* Set login limits
* Start server programs for site-specific networking, databases,
and applications (for example, a login monitor or network
security server)
At some sites, system managers may need to use these worlds for
procedures that:
* Provide nonstandard daemon settings, for example:
- The time at which daily and weekly clients run. (The
standard times are 3:00 a.m. for daily clients and 2:30
a.m. for weekly clients.)
- How often snapshots are taken. (The standard snapshot
interval is every 30 minutes.)
R September 1991 33\f
Rational Environment Release Information
- Whether (and when) to send a snapshot warning, snapshot
start messages, and snapshot finish messages. (The standard
is to send a warning 20 seconds before the next snapshot
and to notify users only when the snapshot has finished.)
- The interval for daemon warnings. (The standard is to send
a warning 2 minutes before the daily clients begin.)
- Whether to send disk-collection threshold warnings. (The
standard is to warn users when collection thresholds have
been passed.)
- What kinds of system log messages appear on the operator
console. (The standard is to route only warning, problem,
and fatal messages to the operator console.)
- Whether clients should perform access-list compaction. (The
standard is for all relevant clients to perform access-list
compaction.)
* Provide customized disk-collection thresholds (see also
section 9.3.4). Note, however, that values set by the
procedure in world Rational are calculated based on your disk
configuration and should be sufficient; see your Rational
technical representative if you want to use different
thresholds.
* Provide nonstandard medium-term scheduler settings. (You can
enter the Scheduler.Display command to see the standard
settings.) Note, however, that values set by the procedure in
world Rational should be sufficient; see your Rational
technical representative if you want to use different
settings.
9.2. Setting Up the Site and Local Worlds
If you have a new R1000, you can use the following guidelines to
set up your Site and Local worlds:
1. Decide whether you need to provide any system customizations
such as those listed in section 9.1.2. Create the appropriate
procedures and/or "_Start" files, using the hints given in
section 9.3.
2. Inspect the default Terminal_Configuration file that was
created in the Local world during installation. This file
enables ports 235 through 249 for login. Edit this file if you
want to enable a different set of ports and/or specify further
connection or communication information; see section 9.4.
3. Decide whether to implement a printer-configuration mechanism
to enable users to use the !Commands.Abbreviations.Print and
to facilitate the use of networked printers. Create the
appropriate files; see section 9.5.
34 September 1991 R\f
Release D_12_5_0
4. If you have layered products such as the CDF or RDF, inspect
the comments in the specifications of the Cross_Compilers and
Design_Facilities procedures in
!Machine.Initialization.Rational. Create any files required
for initializing these products (for example, a text file that
registers an RDF customization).
If you are upgrading from a previous release to D_12_5_0, the
Local world will already contain several objects that contain
customizations:
* A Terminal_Configuration file is automatically created in the
Local world that enables the same set of ports that were
enabled at the time of installation. This file also preserves
any nondefault communication characteristics that were in
effect for RS232 ports.
* The !Machine.Initialize_Site procedure is automatically moved
into the Local world, as described in the "Installation
Procedure."
After your R1000 has been upgraded, you can use the following
guidelines to set up your Site and Local worlds:
1. Inspect the Initialize_Site procedure that has been copied
into the Local world during installation. Edit this procedure
to preserve any system customizations that are still
appropriate. You may want to split this procedure into
separate procedures and move appropriate procedures into the
Site world. See the "Installation Procedure" for specific
recommendations for handling this procedure. See also section
9.3 for information about initialization procedures and
"_Start" files.
2. Inspect the default Terminal_Configuration file that was
created in the Local world during installation. Edit this file
if you want to enable a different set of ports and/or specify
further connection or communication information; see section
9.4.
3. Decide whether to implement a printer-configuration mechanism
to enable users to use the !Commands.Abbreviations.Print and
to facilitate the use of networked printers. Create the
appropriate files; see section 9.5.
4. If you have layered products such as the CDF or RDF, inspect
the comments in the specifications of the Cross_Compilers and
Design_Facilities procedures in
!Machine.Initialization.Rational. Create any files required
for initializing these products (for example, a text file that
registers an RDF customization).
R September 1991 35\f
Rational Environment Release Information
9.3. Hints for Implementing System Customizations
This section provides information about:
* Writing customized initialization procedures in the Site and
Local worlds; see section 9.3.1.
* Writing "_Start" files that reference procedures that reside
in other Environment libraries; see section 9.3.2.
* Controlling the order in which the customized initialization
procedures and the "_Start" files are processed by the Start
procedure; see section 9.3.3.
* Customizing disk-collection thresholds; see section 9.3.4.
9.3.1. Writing Customized Initialization Procedures
You can write procedures in the Site or Local worlds to implement
system customizations such as password policies, system daemon
settings, and so on. All procedures that appear in these worlds
are executed by the Start procedure each time the R1000 boots.
Customized initialization procedures can contain calls to
procedures in various standard Environment packages. Some useful
packages include:
* Package Daemon, which contains procedures that schedule
clients and warnings
* Package Operator, which contains procedures that set password
policy and login limits
* Package Scheduler, which contains procedures that control the
medium-term scheduler
* Package Program, which contains procedures that execute other
programs
Note that:
* You do not have to provide initialization procedures for
configuring login ports and printer ports; it is recommended
that you use configuration files instead (see sections 9.4 and
9.5).
* You do not have to write an initialization procedure "from
scratch" for customizing disk-collection thresholds; if you
must customize these thresholds, it is recommended that you
edit the sample initialization procedure provided in the Local
world (see section 9.3.4).
When writing customized initialization procedures:
36 September 1991 R\f
Release D_12_5_0
* You can create separate procedures or put all calls in a
single procedure. Separate procedures take longer to execute,
but make it easier to see what operations are being performed.
* You must not duplicate procedure names across the Rational,
Site, and Local worlds.
* You can specify the relative execution order of procedures
using annotations (see section 9.3.3).
9.3.2. Using "_Start" Files to Reference Initialization
Procedures
As an alternative to writing procedures directly in the Site and
Local worlds, you can create "_Start" files in one or both worlds
to reference customized initialization procedures that reside
elsewhere in the Environment. "_Start" files are processed by the
Start procedure each time the R1000 boots, and the procedures
they reference are executed.
When writing "_Start" files:
* You must choose filenames that end with _Start
* You must not duplicate filenames across the Rational, Site,
and Local worlds.
* You must use annotations to reference the procedure to be
executed, as illustrated below.
* You may use annotations to control the order in which the
Start procedure executes the referenced procedures (see
section 9.3.3).
Referencing a procedure in a world or directory. A "_Start" file
with the following contents illustrates the basic set of
annotations required to reference a procedure that resides in an
Environment world or directory:
--|Procedure_Name Initialize_Routine
--|Procedure_Context !Commands.Example
--|Parameters Notify => "manager",
--|Parameters Effort_Only => False
* The --|Procedure_Name annotation specifies the name of the
referenced procedure. If the procedure resides directly in a
library, you supply the procedure's simple name; if the
procedure resides in a package, you supply the name in the
form Package_Name.Procedure_Name.
* The --|Procedure_Context annotation specifies the Environment
world or directory that contains the referenced procedure.
R September 1991 37\f
Rational Environment Release Information
* Each of the --|Parameters annotations specifies the value to
be used for one of the procedure's parameters. Note that
string values must be enclosed in quotation marks, and commas
must be included to separate multiple parameters.
Referencing a procedure in a subsystem. A "_Start" file with the
following contents illustrates how to reference a procedure that
resides in an Environment subsystem. Note that you must replace
the --|Procedure_Context annotation with the --|Subsystem and
(optional) --|Activity annotations:
--|Procedure_Name Excelan_Boot_Server
--|Subsystem !Targets.Implementation.Motorola_68k_Download
--|Activity !Machine.Release.Current.Activity
--|No_Wait
* The --|Subsystem annotation specifies the name of the
subsystem that contains the procedure. (When this annotation
is specified, the --|Procedure_Context annotation is ignored.)
* The --|Activity annotation specifies the activity to be used
to obtain the view name and construct the full pathname of the
procedure. If you omit this annotation,
!Machine.Release.Current.Activity is used.
* Note that Excelan_Boot_Server is a parameterless procedure;
otherwise, one or more --|Parameters annotations would be
present.
* The --|No_Wait annotation permits concurrent execution (see
section 9.3.3). This annotation is present because this
procedure starts a server.
Specifying further information. "_Start" files may also contain
annotations that control the order in which the Start procedure
will execute the referenced procedures. See section 9.3.3.
Using a "_Start" file is equivalent to executing the referenced
procedure via Program.Run_Job or Program.Run. See the comments in
the specification of !Machine.Initialization.Start for additional
annotations that specify the equivalent of the Options parameter
in the Program.Run_Job procedure and the Context parameter in the
Program.Run and Program.Run_Job procedures.
9.3.3. Controlling the Order of Execution
You can specify the relative execution order of all
initialization procedures (including those referenced in "_Start"
files). To do this, you include annotations in the appropriate
procedure specifications or "_Start" files:
* To specify that procedure A cannot run until procedure B has
finished, you include the annotation --|Prerequisite B in the
specification of procedure A (or in the "_Start" file that
38 September 1991 R\f
Release D_12_5_0
references procedure A).
If procedure B is referenced in a "_Start" file, you specify
the filename as the annotation's argument: --|Prerequisite
B_Start.
Note that the argument of this annotation is a simple name and
that all three worlds (Rational, Local, and Site) are searched
for that simple name. Therefore, simple names must be unique
across these three worlds if you want to use this annotation.
* To specify that procedure A must finish before any other
procedure can start executing, you include the annotation
--|Wait in the specification of procedure A (or in the
"_Start" file that references procedure A).
Using this annotation is equivalent to executing procedure A
via Program.Run
* To specify that procedure A is to execute as a separate job
concurrent with other procedures, you include the annotation
--|No_Wait in the specification of procedure A (or in the
"_Start" file that references procedure A).
Using this annotation is equivalent to executing procedure A
via Program.Run_Job.
If none of the annotations listed above are present in a given
procedure or "_Start" file, the --|Wait annotation is assumed.
That is, procedures are executed sequentially unless told
otherwise.
If a circular dependency results from a combination of
annotations, it will be reported and ignored, so that each
procedure will run.
Note that you can execute the Start command with the Effort_Only
parameter set to True to test the execution order that results
from your annotations.
See the comments in the specification of the
!Machine.Initialization.Start procedure for a complete
description of annotation usage, along with examples.
9.3.4. Customizing Disk-Collection Thresholds
You can customize the disk-collection thresholds for the
particular needs of your site. To implement a change in your
disk-collection thresholds:
1. Create an empty Ada unit in the Local world.
2. Copy the contents of the following file into the empty Ada
unit:
R September 1991 39\f
Rational Environment Release Information
!Machine.Initialization.Local.Local_Gc_Thresholds_Sample.
3. In the Ada unit, edit the Thresholds1 and Thresholds2 arrays
to specify the desired thresholds.
4. Promote the Ada unit.
Note, however, that values set by the procedure in world Rational
are calculated based on your disk configuration and should be
sufficient; see your Rational technical representative if you
want to use different thresholds.
9.4. Enabling and Configuring Login Ports
D_12_5_0 provides a file-driven mechanism in
!Machine.Initialization for enabling and configuring ports for
login.
At the very least, you must ensure that this mechanism has enough
information to enable the desired login ports (see section
9.4.1). In addition, you may optionally use this mechanism to
specify:
* Connection and terminal-type characteristics for Telnet and
RS232 ports, such as logoff-on-disconnect,
disconnect-on-logoff, and so on
* Communication characteristics for RS232 ports, such as flow
control, parity, and so on
Such information is specified using the options described in
section 9.4.4.
9.4.1. Enabling Ports for Login
Ports for terminal devices must be enabled for login each time an
R1000 boots. Accordingly, the !Machine.Initialization.Start
procedure calls a procedure called Terminals in the Rational
world. This procedure in turn consults a file called
Terminal_Configuration in the Local world to determine which
ports to enable for login. This file-driven mechanism takes the
place of a procedure like !Machine.Initialize_Terminals, which
enables terminals via calls to the Operator.Enable_Terminal
procedure.
The Terminal_Configuration file is automatically created in the
Local world during installation:
* On a new machine, a Terminal_Configuration file is created
that enables ports 235 through 249 for login.
* On an R1000 that is being upgraded from a previous Environment
release, the Terminal_Configuration file contains entries for
40 September 1991 R\f
Release D_12_5_0
the same set of ports that were enabled at the time of
installation. (This file also preserves any nondefault
communication characteristics that were in effect for RS232
ports; see section 9.4.4.)
You can edit the Terminal_Configuration file at any time to
change which ports are enabled. The changes take effect the next
time you boot the R1000. Alternatively, you can execute the
Rational.Terminals procedure to make the changes take effect
without booting the R1000. Note that you must keep the
Terminal_Configuration file in the Local world, even if you want
to enable the same ports on all machines at a given site.
Following is a sample Terminal_Configuration file containing
basic enabling information:
16 => (Enable)
224 .. 249 => (Enable)
-- Ports 250 and 251 are for printers; disable them for login
250..251 => (Login_Disabled)
As shown, the Terminal_Configuration file consists of:
* Comments preceded with Ada comment notation (--)
* Entries of the general form: Port_Range => (Options), where:
- Port_Range can be a single port number or a range of port
numbers
- Options must be enclosed in parentheses
The options that pertain to enabling and disabling ports are
summarized in Table A-1.
------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
| Option | Description |
------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|Enable |When specified for a given port, enables the |
| |port for login. Note that the port cannot |
| |subsequently be enabled for any other device, |
| |such as a printer. |
------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|Login_ |When specified for a given port, prevents the |
|Disabled |port from being enabled for login-for example, |
| |by subsequent usage of the |
| |Operator.Enable_Terminal command. Note that the|
| |port can subsequently be enabled for other |
| |devices, such as printers. |
------------------------------------------------------------
R September 1991 41\f
Rational Environment Release Information
------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
| Option | Description |
------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|Disable |When specified for a given port, disables the |
| |port for all devices. Note that the port can |
| |subsequently be enabled for any device, |
| |including login. Specifying this option is |
| |equivalent to having no entry for the port in |
| |the file. |
------------------------------------------------------------
Port 16 is always enabled for login, regardless of whether an
entry exists for it. An entry for port 16 is included in the
automatically created Terminal_Configuration file for
explicitness.
Do not assign the Enable option to any port that you plan to
enable for a printer or other device (such as a CDF). Instead,
you can assign the Login_Disabled option or the Disable option to
those ports, or you can simply omit entries for them from the
file. Assigning the Login_Disabled option is recommended if you
want to ensure that printer ports cannot be enabled for login
even if the print spooler is killed.
9.4.2. Customizing Port Characteristics
You can add information to the Terminal_Configuration file to
specify connection characteristics for RS232 ports and
communication characteristics for RS232 and Telnet ports. Such
information is specified via the options listed in section 9.4.4.
The simplest way to specify multiple options is to assign them
directly to a port or range of ports:
* Multiple options in a single entry must be enclosed by
parentheses.
* Multiple options must be separated by commas.
* The options can extend over several lines, although the entry
itself must start on a new line.
For example, the following entry assigns several connection
characteristics to ports 224..249 and then enables those ports:
224..249 => (Logoff_On_Disconnect,
Disconnect_On_Logoff,
Enable)
42 September 1991 R\f
Release D_12_5_0
You can organize recurrent sets of options and improve
readability in the Terminal_Configuration file by defining an
abbreviation for each set of options and then assigning each
abbreviation to a port or range of ports:
* Abbreviation entries are of the general form Abbreviation =
Options. Note that the equals sign (=) is used to define
abbreviations, and not the => symbol, which is used for port
assignment.
* Existing abbreviations can be nested in the definition of new
abbreviations.
For example, the following entries create the abbreviations
User_Ports and Telnet_Ports, assigning the Telnet_Ports
abbreviation to ports 224..249:
-- Port settings for user login ports
User_Ports = (Logoff_On_Disconnect, Disconnect_On_Logoff)
-- Port settings for telnet ports
Telnet_Ports = (Terminal_Type => Xrterm, User_Ports)
224..249 => (Telnet_Ports, Enable)
When adding entries to a Terminal_Configuration file, bear in
mind that:
* Nondefault communication characteristics for RS232 ports must
be set each time an R1000 boots. Consequently, if a port is to
have nondefault values for any of the options listed in Table
A-4, you must include these options in the entry for that
port. Omitting an option causes its default value to be set.
* Connection and terminal-type characteristics persist across
boots, retaining the last values that were set for them. Thus,
in principle, the options listed in Tables A-2 and A-3 need to
be set only once and then can be omitted from the
Terminal_Configuration file. However, you may choose to
include values for these options in the file to ensure that
booting the system resets them to the proper values in case
they had been changed.
* The options for each port are set in the order in which they
are assigned in the Terminal_Configuration file. Similarly,
the options in an abbreviation are set in the order in which
they are declared. If a single port number is included in the
ranges of more than one entry, that port takes the options of
the last entry in which it appears.
9.4.3. A Sample Terminal_Configuration File
The following sample file shows how a system manager can use
abbreviations to organize port information meaningfully. Note
R September 1991 43\f
Rational Environment Release Information
that a number of connection options have been explicitly set to
ensure that booting the system sets them to a known value. Note
also that specifying the Disable option for the printer ports is
not absolutely necessary; however, specifying this option ensures
that no previous entry in the file had inadvertently enabled
these ports.
-- Operator line 16 settings
Operator_Port = (~Logoff_On_Disconnect,
~Disconnect_On_Logoff,
~Login_Disabled)
-- User login port settings
User_Ports = (Logoff_On_Disconnect, Disconnect_On_Logoff,
~Login_Disabled,
~Log_Failed_Logins,
~Disconnect_On_Failed_Login,
~Disconnect_On_Disconnect)
-- Dial-in port connection settings
Dialin_Ports = (Terminal_Type => VT100,
Input_Rate => Baud_2400,
Output_Rate => Baud_2400,
Parity => None,
Bits_Per_Char => Char_8,
Stop_Bits => 1,
User_Ports)
-- Telnet port settings
Telnet_Ports = (Terminal_Type => Xrterm, User_Ports)
-- Printer port settings
Printer_Ports = (Login_Disabled)
-- Ports not in use
Unused = (Login_Disabled)
16 => (Operator_Port, Enable)
17..31 => (Dialin_Ports, Enable)
224..249 => (Telnet_Ports, Enable)
250..251 => (Disable, Printer_Ports)
252..255 => (Disable, Unused)
9.4.4. Terminal-Configuration Options
Tables A-2, A-3, and A-4 summarize the connection, terminal type,
and RS232 communication options you can specify in the
Terminal_Configuration file. These options invoke corresponding
procedures in package Terminal.
Table A-2 Boolean Options for Connection Characteristics
44 September 1991 R\f
Release D_12_5_0
------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
| Option | Description |
------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|Disconnect_On_ |When specified for a given port, |
|Disconnect |causes the Environment to respond to |
| |an incoming disconnect signal |
| |received on that port by initiating |
| |an outgoing disconnect signal on that|
| |port. |
------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|Disconnect_On_Failed_ |When specified for a given port, |
|Login |causes the Environment to initiate an|
| |outgoing disconnect signal on that |
| |port when a user repeatedly fails to |
| |log in on that port (for example, by |
| |repeatedly entering an incorrect |
| |password or unrecognized username). |
------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|Disconnect_On_Logoff |When specified for a given port, |
| |causes the Environment to initiate an|
| |outgoing disconnect signal on that |
| |port when a user logs off a session |
| |running on that port. |
------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|Log_Failed_Logins |When specified for a given port, |
| |causes the Environment to write an |
| |entry to the system error log when a |
| |user repeatedly fails to log in on |
| |that port (for example, by repeatedly|
| |entering an incorrect password or |
| |unrecognized username). |
------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|Logoff_on_Disconnect |When specified for a given port, |
| |causes the Environment to respond to |
| |a disconnect received on that port by|
| |logging off that port's session. |
------------------------------------------------------------
Table A-3 Enumeration Option for Specifying Terminal Type
R September 1991 45\f
Rational Environment Release Information
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
| Option => Value | Description |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|Terminal_Type |Specifies the output driver type for a |
| |given port. Value can be any valid |
| |terminal type name, including (but not |
| |limited to): |
| |Cit500r Facit Rational Vt100 Xrterm |
-------------------------------------------------------------
Table A-4 Enumeration Options for RS232 Communication
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
| |Default| |
| Option => Value | Value | Description |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|Bits_Per_Char |Char_8 |Specifies the number of data |
| | |bits per character. Value can |
| | |be: Char_5 Char_6 Char_7 |
| | |Char_8 |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|Flow_Control | None |Specifies software flow control |
| | |for data transmitted by the |
| | |R1000 on the specified port. |
| | |Value can be: |
| | |None Xon_Xoff Dtr Rts |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|Input_Rate | Baud_ |Sets the incoming data rate for |
| | 9600 |a given port. Value can be: |
| | |Baud_50 Baud_75 Baud_110|
| | |Baud_134_5 Baud_150 Baud_200|
| | |Baud_300 Baud_600 |
| | |Baud_1200 |
| | |Baud_1800 Baud_2400 |
| | |Baud_9600 |
| | |Baud_19200 Disabled |
| | |Ext_Rec_Clk |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|Output_Rate | Baud_ |Sets the outgoing data rate for |
| | 9600 |a given port. Values are the |
| | |same as for Input_Rate. |
-------------------------------------------------------------
46 September 1991 R\f
Release D_12_5_0
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
| |Default| |
| Option => Value | Value | Description |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|Parity | None |Sets the parity for transmitted |
| | |and received data on a given |
| | |port. Value can be: None Odd |
| | |Even |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|Stop_Bits | 2 |Sets the number of stop bits for|
| | |a given port. Value is a natural|
| | |number in the range 1..2. |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|Receive_Flow_Control| None |Specifies flow control of data |
| | |received by the R1000 on the |
| | |specified port. Value can be: |
| | |None Xon_Xoff Dtr Rts |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|Receive_Xon_Xoff_ |(17,19)|Specifies flow-control bytes so |
|Bytes | |that the R1000 can regulate the |
| | |data it receives on the |
| | |specified port. Value is (n,m), |
| | |where n and m are natural |
| | |numbers in the range 0..255. |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|Xon_Xoff_Bytes |(17,19)|Specifies the flow-control bytes|
| | |that the R1000 recognizes for |
| | |the specified port. Value is: |
| | |(n,m), where n and m are natural|
| | |numbers in the range 0..255. |
-------------------------------------------------------------
9.5. Configuring Printers
D_12_5_0 provides a file-driven mechanism in
!Machine.Initialization for configuring a group of networked
and/or local printers. This mechanism allows you to define a
printer name for each printer on the network and to specify how
each printer is to be accessed. Furthermore, you can also
associate a printer name with each user, so that when a given
user enters the Print command (that is,
!Commands.Abbreviations.Print), the print job will, by default,
be sent to the device that is defined by the associated printer
name.
R September 1991 47\f
Rational Environment Release Information
This new mechanism automatically adds the specified devices to
the appropriate R1000s, creates the necessary print classes on
the appropriate R1000s, and associates each class with the
specified device, thereby creating print queues. Thus, when you
use the new mechanism, you do not need to use procedures from
package Queue (such as Add, Create, Enable, and Register) to do
these things.
Existing sites can choose whether to use this new mechanism or to
continue using procedures from package Queue to configure
printers. However, because the new mechanism combines class and
machine information, it is recommended that large sites with
multiple networked printers use the new !Machine.Initialization
mechanism. Small sites with few printers connected directly to
R1000s may want to continue using package Queue.
9.5.1. Where to Specify Printer Information
Each time an R1000 boots, the !Machine.Initialization.Start
procedure calls a procedure called Printers in the Rational
world. This procedure initializes the print spooler on that R1000
based on the information in the following user-created files:
* !Machine.Initialization.Site.Printer_Configuration, which
defines a printer name for each of the devices available on
the network and specifies how each device is to be accessed. A
copy of this file must exist on all R1000s from which users
will enter the Print command and on all R1000s that will
handle print requests for the specified devices.
* !Machine.Initialization.Local.Printer_Configuration, which
defines additional printer names for additional devices
intended only for users of the current R1000.
* !Machine.Initialization.Local.User_Printer_Map, which
associates a default printer name with individual users on the
current R1000. When a user executes the Print command with the
default Printer parameter, the command looks up the user's
name and sends the print request to the corresponding printer.
At a minimum, the Print command requires that one
Printer_Configuration file exist in either the Site or Local
world. If no User_Printer_Map file exists (or if the file exists
but contains no entry for a particular user), the Print command
uses the first printer name defined in the
Site.Printer_Configuration file. If this file doesn't exist, the
first printer name defined in the Local.Printer_Configuration
file is used.
If you choose not to create any of these files, you will have to:
* Create an initialization procedure (in either the Site or
Local world) that uses package Queue to create print queues
each time the system boots.
48 September 1991 R\f
Release D_12_5_0
* Either:
- Use the Queue.Print command instead of the
!Commands.Abbreviations.Print command.
- Use the !Commands.Abbreviations.Print command, but
explicitly specify the class name for the Printer
parameter.
9.5.2. Adding Entries to a Printer_Configuration File
During installation, an empty Printer_Configuration file is
created in the Local world. After installation, you can:
* Add entries to this file to enable the use of the Print
command.
* Move this file (or create an additional file called
Printer_Configuration) in the Site world, if you need to
define sitewide printer information.
Each entry in a Printer_Configuration file defines a printer name
and specifies the characteristics of the device it represents.
Each entry must start on a new line, but the information can
extend over several lines and can include single and in-line
comments. For readability, the entries are often formatted like
command parameters.
Each entry has the general form:
Printer_Name => (Device_Type => Device_Info,
Other_Device_Characteristics,
Laser_Comm => Boolean,
Reverse_Output_Pages => Boolean,
On_Node => R1000_Name)
where:
* Printer_Name is the name by which you want to refer to a given
device in a Print command.
* Device_Type is one of the following four kinds of printer
devices:
- Direct, which specifies a printer connected to an R1000 via
direct line.
- Telnet, which specifies a printer connected to an R1000 via
Telnet.
- File, which specifies a file on an R1000 in which
print-spooler output is collected. Subsequent processing is
required to get this output printed.
R September 1991 49\f
Rational Environment Release Information
- Workstation, which specifies a directory on a remote
workstation to which print requests are sent. Such requests
are sent via FTP as individual files; from the remote
directory, they can be printed using the workstation's
print tools.
* Device_Info is further information about the device you
specified. The information depends on the type of device
specified (see the paragraphs below).
* Other_Device_Characteristics are additional entry elements,
separated by commas, that give further information about the
chosen device (see the paragraphs below).
* The Laser_Comm option, when True, specifies that printing will
be done on a laser printer. Omitting this option implies that
printing will be done on a line printer.
For Direct and Telnet devices, setting Laser_Comm to True
specifies that a laser printer is connected; for File and
Workstation devices, setting Laser_Comm to True specifies that
the collected print requests will eventually be printed on a
laser printer.
* The Reverse_Output_Pages option allows you to adjust the order
in which pages are spooled to accommodate the way your printer
stacks pages in its output tray. This option applies only if
the Laser_Comm option is set to True.
- Setting Reverse_Output_Pages to True causes the print
spooler to reverse the order of output pages, so that the
last logical page is printed first. Omitting this option is
equivalent to specifying True.
- Setting Reverse_Output_Pages to False causes the print
spooler to keep the pages of output in the order in which
they appear in the source file.
* The On_Node option specifies the network name of the R1000
that contains the print spooler for the device. Omitting this
option is equivalent to specifying the name of the current
R1000.
The following paragraphs describe printer-configuration file
entries for each of the four kinds of devices. (See also the
comments in the specification of
!Machine.Initialization.Rational.Printers.)
9.5.3. Specifying a Directly Connected Printer
To specify a printer connected to an R1000 via direct line, you
specify an entry of the following general form:
Printer_Name => (Direct => Protocol,
50 September 1991 R\f
Release D_12_5_0
Device => Terminal_n,
Laser_Comm => Boolean,
Reverse_Output_Pages => Boolean,
On_Node => R1000_Name)
where:
* Protocol specifies the printer flow control and can be either
Xon_Xoff or Dtr. See the printer manual for details.
* Terminal_n represents the RS232C port to which the printer is
connected (n is the port number). The specified port must not
be enabled for login in the Local.Terminal_Configuration file.
* The Laser_Comm option, when True, specifies that a laser
printer is connected and enables a two-way
printer-communication protocol. Omitting the option is
equivalent to specifying False, which means that a line
printer is connected.
* The Reverse_Output_Pages option allows you to adjust the order
in which pages are spooled to accommodate the way your printer
stacks pages in its output tray, as described in section
9.5.2. This option applies only if Laser_Comm is set to True.
* The On_Node option specifies the network name of the R1000 to
which the printer is directly connected. Omitting this option
is equivalent to specifying the name of the current R1000.
The following entry creates a printer name called Lp, which
represents a line printer that is directly connected to port 30
of an R1000 called Jazmo:
-- Lineprinter connected to jazmo
Lp => (Direct => Xon_Xoff,
Device => terminal_30,
On_Node => jazmo)
9.5.4. Specifying a Networked Printer
To specify a printer connected to an R1000 via Telnet, you
specify an entry of the following general form:
Printer_Name => (Telnet => Host_Name,
Device => Terminal_n,
Laser_Comm => Boolean,
Reverse_Output_Pages => Boolean,
On_Node => R1000_Name)
where:
* Host_Name is the network name of the printer.
R September 1991 51\f
Rational Environment Release Information
* Terminal_n represents the Telnet port to which the printer is
connected (n is the port number). The specified port must not
be enabled for login in the Local.Terminal_Configuration file.
* The Laser_Comm option, when True, specifies that a laser
printer is connected and enables a two-way
printer-communication protocol. Omitting the option is
equivalent to specifying False, which means that a line
printer is connected.
* The Reverse_Output_Pages option allows you to adjust the order
in which pages are spooled to accommodate the way your printer
stacks pages in its output tray, as described in section
9.5.2. This option applies only if Laser_Comm is set to True.
* The On_Node option specifies the network name of the R1000 to
which the printer is connected via Telnet. Omitting this
option is equivalent to specifying the name of the current
R1000.
The following entry creates a printer name called Dlaser, which
represents a laser printer that is connected via Telnet to port
226 of an R1000 called Roget. Because of the way this printer
stacks its output, print requests are spooled to this device with
their pages in ascending (rather than reversed) order:
-- Documentation's laser printer
Dlaser => (Telnet => doc_laser,
Device => terminal_226,
Laser_Comm,
Reverse_Output_Pages => false,
On_Node => roget)
9.5.5. Specifying an Environment File
To specify a file in which to collect print-spooler output, you
specify an entry of the following general form:
Printer_Name => (File => Environment_Pathname,
Laser_Comm => Boolean,
Reverse_Output_Pages => Boolean,
On_Node => R1000_Name)
where:
* Environment_Pathname specifies the file to which output is
written. The pathname must name a file that exists on the
R1000 named by On_Node. Note that the group Spooler must have
access to the specified file.
* The Laser_Comm option, when True, specifies that the collected
print requests will eventually be printed on a laser printer.
Omitting the option is equivalent to specifying False, which
means that a line printer will be used.
52 September 1991 R\f
Release D_12_5_0
* The Reverse_Output_Pages option allows you to adjust the order
in which pages are spooled to accommodate the way your printer
stacks pages in its output tray, as described in section
9.5.2. This option applies only if Laser_Comm is set to True.
* The On_Node option specifies the network name of the R1000 on
which the file is located. Omitting this option is equivalent
to specifying the name of the current R1000.
The following entry creates a printer name called Hold, which
represents a file on an R1000 called Logo. Low-priority print
requests are sent to this file, where they are held until someone
prints the file using the Print command (specifying a printer
name that represents a connected printer):
-- Place to hold large requests until printers are free in
the evening
Hold => (File => !Machine.Queues.Local.Held_Print_Requests,
On_Node => Logo)
9.5.6. Specifying a Workstation Directory
To specify a directory on a workstation to which print requests
are sent, you specify an entry of the following general form:
Printer_Name => (Workstation => Host_Name,
Path => Directory_Name,
Laser_Comm => Boolean,
Suffix => String,
Reverse_Output_Pages => Boolean,
On_Node => R1000_Name)
where:
* Host_Name is the network name of the workstation to which the
files will be transferred.
* Directory_Name is the pathname of the workstation directory
into which the files will be transferred. The directory
pathname must have syntax appropriate to the workstation and
must have trailing punctuation that permits the name of the
transferred print-request file to be appended.
* The Laser_Comm option, when True, specifies that the collected
print requests will eventually be printed on a laser printer.
Omitting the option is equivalent to specifying False, which
means that a line printer will be used.
* The Suffix option allows you to specify a string to be
appended to the filenames that are created on the workstation.
Omitting this option causes no suffix to be appended to the
filenames. The specified suffix can be used by print tools as
a way of identifying which files to print. This is useful when
several printer names send files to the same directory.
R September 1991 53\f
Rational Environment Release Information
* The Reverse_Output_Pages option allows you to adjust the order
in which pages are spooled to accommodate the way your printer
stacks pages in its output tray, as described in section
9.5.2. This option applies only if Laser_Comm is set to True.
* The On_Node option specifies the network name of the R1000
whose print spooler handles the print requests. Omitting this
option is equivalent to specifying the name of the current
R1000.
When print requests are sent as files to a workstation, any FTP
messages are directed to a log file that is created in
!Machine.Queues.Ftp. This log file is automatically cleared after
each 100 print requests. Messages pertaining to creating print
classes and enabling devices are directed to the system error
log.
The following two entries create printer names Dc_Laser and
Dc_Lineprinter, both of which direct print requests to a
directory on a UNIX workstation called Enterprise. These print
requests, which are routed through the print spooler on an R1000
called Capitol, are sent as files with different suffixes,
depending on the printer name (_Lsr and _Lpt, respectively):
-- Laser printer attached to workstation in Washington,
-- D.C., office;
-- spooled on R1000 called Capitol.
Dc_Laser => (Workstation => Enterprise,
Path => /usr/spool/ratqueue/,
Laser_Comm,
Suffix => _Lsr,
On_Node => Capitol)
-- Line printer attached to workstation in Washington, D.C.,
-- office;
-- spooled on R1000 called Capitol.
Dc_Lineprinter =>
(Workstation => Enterprise,
Path => /usr/spool/ratqueue/,
Suffix => _Lpt,
On_Node => Capitol)
Print tools on the workstation, such as the following sample, are
required to actually print the requests:
# This program spools print requests placed in /usr/spool/ratqueue to
# the appropriate printer based on the suffix of the spooled file.
# It checks the spool directory at five-minute intervals to see if any
# new files need printing. This runs as a C-shell script. To execute,
# type csh and the name of this file.
54 September 1991 R\f
Release D_12_5_0
:
set xFTPxDIRx=/usr/spool/ratqueue #spool directory
#
set xFTPxSUFFIXxLSRx=_Lsr # Laser printer suffix
set xFTPxSUFFIXxLPTx=_Lpt # Line printer suffix
#
set xPRINTxLISTxLSRx=/tmp/rat_print_lsr.$$ # Laser printer list file
set xPRINTxLISTxLPTx=/tmp/rat_print_lpt.$$ # Line printer list file
#
set xPRINTxCOMMANDx=/tmp/rat_command.$$ # temporary print command file
#
set xPRINTxDELAYx=120 # interval to wait before printing
set xRECHECKxTIMEx=180 # interval for checking print requests
#
cd $xFTPxDIRx
while (1 == 1)
#
# Creates a list of files to print for each printer.
#
ls $xFTPxDIRx | grep $xFTPxSUFFIXxLSRx > $xPRINTxLISTxLSRx
ls $xFTPxDIRx | grep $xFTPxSUFFIXxLPTx > $xPRINTxLISTxLPTx
#
# Adds the laser- and line-printer files to the print-command file
# (the device name of each type of printer should be provided after the -P).
#
cat $xPRINTxLISTxLSRx | sed -e 's^.^lpr -r -Plaser &^' > $xPRINTxCOMMANDx
cat $xPRINTxLISTxLPTx | sed -e 's^.^lpr -r -Pline &^' >> $xPRINTxCOMMANDx
#
# Waits the specified amount of time before printing the requests.
# (This delay allows time for the FTP operation to complete and should
# be adjusted based on the average length of files being printed.)
#
sleep $xPRINTxDELAYx
#
# Prints the files if there are any to print.
#
set LCNT=`cat $xPRINTxCOMMANDx | wc -l `
if ( $LCNT != 0 ) then
chmod +x $xPRINTxCOMMANDx
$xPRINTxCOMMANDx
endif
#
# Waits the specified amount of time.
#
R September 1991 55\f
Rational Environment Release Information
sleep $xRECHECKxTIMEx
#
# Removes the old temporary files.
#
rm $xPRINTxLISTxLSRx
rm $xPRINTxLISTxLPTx
rm $xPRINTxCOMMANDx
#
end
9.5.7. Associating Default Printers with Individual Users
To associate a default printer with each user, you must create a
file called User_Printer_Map in the Local world and add entries
of the following form:
Username Printer_Name
where:
* Username is either:
- The username for an R1000 user
- The string Others, which represents all users not
explicitly listed by name.
* Printer_Name is defined in a Printer_Configuration file.
Following is a sample User_Printer_Map file:
phil dc_laser
sue dlaser
others lp
See also the comments in the specification of
!Machine.Initialization.Rational.Printers.
56 September 1991 R\f
Release D_12_5_0
Contents
1. Overview 0
2. Supported Configurations and Upgrades 1
3. Compatibility 2
4. Upgrade Impact 3
4.1. Impact of Specification Changes 3
4.2. Impact of Implementation Changes 4
5. Known Problems 4
5.1. Problem in Spelling Checker 4
5.2. Problem for CDF Customization 4
6. New Environment Interfaces 5
6.1. New Procedures in Package Access_List 5
6.1.1. Procedure Remove 5
6.1.2. Procedure Remove_Default 5
6.2. New Procedures in !Commands.Abbreviations 6
6.2.1. Procedure Cancel_Print_Request 6
6.2.2. Procedure Display_Queue 6
6.2.3. Procedure Print 6
6.3. New Procedures in System_Maintenance Subsystem 7
6.3.1. Procedure Analyze_Disks_For_Backup 7
6.3.2. Procedure Destroy_Library 8
6.3.3. Procedure Monitor_Performance 8
6.3.4. Procedure Repair_Cg_Attrs 10
6.4. New Functions in Package Work_Order_Implementation 10
6.5. Package Remote_Passwords 11
6.6. Package Transport_Name.Service 11
6.7. Package Transport.Route 11
6.8. IP Subnetting 11
6.9. Math_Support Subsystem 12
6.10. Dfs Subsystem 13
6.10.1. Procedure Analyze_Crashdump 13
7. Changes from D_12_1_1 13
7.1. Editor Changes 14
7.2. Changes to Package Common 14
7.3. Changes to Debugging 14
7.3.1. Setting Breakpoints 14
7.3.2. Displaying Values 15
7.3.3. Quitting While the Debugger Is Running 15
7.3.4. Other Debugger Changes 15
7.4. Changes to Session Switches 16
7.5. Access-Control Changes 16
7.6. Changes to Links Management 17
7.7. Compilation Changes 17
7.7.1. Installing Units 17
7.7.2. Coding Units 18
7.7.3. Executing Units 19
7.8. Library Switches 19
7.9. Archive Changes 19
7.9.1. Archiving Units with Large CDBs 20
7.9.2. Archive Options 20
7.10. Changes to String Tools and Programming Tools 21
7.11. Changes to Package Operator 21
7.12. Changes Pertaining to Printing 22
R September 1991 iii\f
Rational Environment Release Information
7.12.1. Change to Package Queue 22
7.12.2. Changes to !Commands.Abbreviations.Print 23
7.13. Machine-Initialization Software 23
7.14. Changes to Diagnostic File System (DFS) 23
7.15. !Tools.System_Availability 24
7.16. !Commands.System_Maintenance 24
7.17. Changes to the Boot Process 24
7.18. Changes Pertaining to Backups 24
7.19. Miscellaneous System-Management Changes 24
7.20. CMVC Changes 25
7.20.1. Changes to Editing Activities 25
7.20.2. Changes to Package Cmvc 25
7.20.3. Changes to Package Cmvc_Maintenance 26
7.20.4. Changes to Work Orders 26
7.20.5. Spec Change in Package Work_Order_Implementation26
7.21. Networking Changes 27
7.21.1. IP Routing 27
7.21.2. Miscellaneous Networking Changes 29
8. Documentation 29
9. Appendix A: !Machine.Initialization 30
9.1. Overview 31
9.1.1. World !Machine.Initialization.Rational 32
9.1.2. Worlds !Machine.Initialization.[Site,Local] 33
9.2. Setting Up the Site and Local Worlds 34
9.3. Hints for Implementing System Customizations 36
9.3.1. Writing Customized Initialization Procedures 36
9.3.2. Using "_Start" Files to Reference Initialization
Procedures 37
9.3.3. Controlling the Order of Execution 38
9.3.4. Customizing Disk-Collection Thresholds 39
9.4. Enabling and Configuring Login Ports 40
9.4.1. Enabling Ports for Login 40
9.4.2. Customizing Port Characteristics 42
9.4.3. A Sample Terminal_Configuration File 43
9.4.4. Terminal-Configuration Options 44
9.5. Configuring Printers 47
9.5.1. Where to Specify Printer Information 48
9.5.2. Adding Entries to a Printer_Configuration File 49
9.5.3. Specifying a Directly Connected Printer 50
9.5.4. Specifying a Networked Printer 51
9.5.5. Specifying an Environment File 52
9.5.6. Specifying a Workstation Directory 53
9.5.7. Associating Default Printers with Individual
Users56
iv September 1991 R\f
%!PS-Adobe-2.0
%%Title: !DOCUMENTATION.RELEASE_NOTES.DELTA2_2.DEVEL_WORKING.UNITS.TRIGGER'V(39)
%%Creator: COMPOSE 10.7.12
%%CreationDate: September 17, 1991 at 3:05:21 PM
%%For: SJL
%%Pages: (atend)
%%DocumentFonts: (atend)
%%EndComments
/SelectFont {findfont exch dup neg 0 0 3 -1 roll 0 0 MAT astore makefont setfont} bind def
/BeginPage {/State save def /INITIAL-MATRIX matrix currentmatrix def 1 -1 scale 0.5 setlinewidth} bind def
/PositionPage {{-90 rotate pop} {0 exch neg translate} ifelse} bind def
/EndPage {State restore showpage} def
/WS {0 32 4 -1 roll widthshow} bind def
/MX {0 rmoveto} bind def
/LTAB {gsave exch (.) stringwidth pop sub exch {dup 2 div dup 0 rmoveto (.) show 0 rmoveto} repeat pop grestore} bind def
/MAT matrix def
/FINDSCALE {gsave newpath 0 0 moveto (X) false charpath
flattenpath pathbbox /CAPHEIGHT exch def pop pop pop newpath 0 0 moveto
(x) false charpath flattenpath pathbbox /XHEIGHT exch def pop pop pop
grestore XHEIGHT CAPHEIGHT XHEIGHT sub 3 div add CAPHEIGHT div } bind def
/CAP-ENCODING [ StandardEncoding aload pop ] def
8#141 1 8#172 {CAP-ENCODING exch dup 1 string dup 0 4 -1 roll 8#40 sub put cvn put} for
/COPYFONT {dup length dict /TMPDICT exch def {1 index /FID ne {TMPDICT 3 1 roll put} {pop pop} ifelse } forall TMPDICT }bind def
/SYM {save exch /newfont currentfont maxlength dict def currentfont
{exch dup /FID ne {dup /Encoding eq {exch dup length array copy newfont 3 1 roll put}
{exch newfont 3 1 roll put} ifelse } {pop pop} ifelse} forall
newfont /Encoding get 8#377 3 -1 roll put /NEWFONT newfont definefont setfont
(\377) show restore} bind def
%%EndProlog
%%Page: 1 1
BeginPage
792 false PositionPage
72 72 moveto
20 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( ) show
116.630 328 moveto
(Rational Environment Release Information) show
227.560 372 moveto
(Release D_12_5_0) show
72 756 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( ) show
EndPage
%%Page: 2 2
BeginPage
792 false PositionPage
72 72 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( ) show
72 144 moveto
(Copyright ) show
/copyright SYM 7.470 MX
( 1991 by Rational) show
72 192 moveto
(Part Number: 508-003207-005) show
72 216 moveto
(September 1991 \050Software Release D_12_5_0\051) show
72 492 moveto
9 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(ENP-100i and CMC are trademarks of CMC Corporation.) show
72 514 moveto
(EXOS 204 is a trademark of Excelan, Inc.) show
72 536 moveto
(IBM is a registered trademark and RISC System/6000 is a trademark of International Business Machines Corporation.) show
72 558 moveto
(PostScript is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated.) show
72 580 moveto
(Rational and R1000 are registered trademarks and Rational Environment is a trademark of Rational.) show
72 602 moveto
(Sun Workstation is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems, Inc.) show
72 624 moveto
(UNIX is a registered trademark of AT&T.) show
287.480 684 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Rational) show
259.660 696 moveto
(3320 Scott Boulevard) show
229.255 708 moveto
(Santa Clara, California 95054-3197) show
72 756 moveto
( ) show
EndPage
%%Page: 1 3
BeginPage
792 false PositionPage
72 36 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
389.560 MX
(Release D_12_5_0) show
72 76 moveto
15 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(1. Overview) show
72 100 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(This D_12_5_0 release of the Rational Environment) show
/trademark SYM 10.769 MX
( is primarily a maintenance release that:) show
72 124 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Fixes a large number of problems from previous releases, enabling existing commands) 0.921 WS
3.670 MX
(to) show
96 137 moveto
(work correctly. Some of these fixes introduce new features \050see section 6\051; other fixes) 2.572 WS
96 150 moveto
(involve changed features \050see section 7\051. A major fix, described in section) 0.095 WS
2.844 MX
(6.3.4, enables you) 0.094 WS
96 163 moveto
(to free significant amounts of disk space on your system.) show
72 181 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Introduces various new Environment interfaces, including:) show
96 199 moveto
(\261) show
18.500 MX
(Two new networking packages) 4.870 WS
7.621 MX
(\050!Tools.Networking.Transport_Name.Service and) 4.871 WS
120 212 moveto
(!Tools.Networking.Transport.Route\051; see sections 6.6 and 6.7) show
96 230 moveto
(\261) show
18.500 MX
(A package for managing the storage of encrypted passwords that provide access) 1.385 WS
4.134 MX
(to) show
120 243 moveto
(remote systems \050!Commands.Remote_Passwords\051; see section 6.5) show
96 261 moveto
(\261) show
18.500 MX
(A new subsystem \050!Tools.Math_Support\051, which contains implementations of) 2.784 WS
5.535 MX
(two) show
120 274 moveto
(secondary standards for elementary mathematical functions; see section 6.9) show
96 292 moveto
(\261) show
18.500 MX
(Various new) 6.346 WS
9.095 MX
(commands in !Commands.System_Maintenance and in package) 6.345 WS
120 305 moveto
(!Commands.Access_List; see sections 6.3 and 6.1) show
96 323 moveto
(\261) show
18.500 MX
(New commands in !Commands.Abbreviations for printing; see 6.2) show
72 341 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Changes the way an R1000) 4.624 WS
0 -2.750 rmoveto
8 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
/registered SYM 5.976 MX
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
0 2.750 rmoveto
( is initialized) 4.624 WS
7.375 MX
(at boot time to simplify R1000 system) 4.625 WS
96 354 moveto
(management and layered-product installation. See section 9.) show
72 372 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Provides a single release that can be installed on any R1000 configuration.) show
72 390 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Provides up-to-date, significantly expanded online help for 23 packages. See section 8.) show
72 430 moveto
15 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(2. Supported Configurations and Upgrades) show
72 454 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(D_12_5_0 supports the following configurations of the R1000:) show
72 478 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Series 100) show
72 496 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Series 200 \050Models 10, 20, and 40\051) show
72 514 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Series 300 System \050300S\051) show
72 532 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Series 300) 1.584 WS
4.333 MX
(Coprocessor \050300C\051 for the IBM) 1.583 WS
0 -2.750 rmoveto
8 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
/registered SYM 5.976 MX
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
0 2.750 rmoveto
( RISC System/6000) 1.583 WS
/trademark SYM 10.769 MX
( and Sun Workstation) 1.583 WS
0 -2.750 rmoveto
8 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
/registered SYM 5.976 MX
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
0 2.750 rmoveto
96 545 moveto
(servers.) show
72 563 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Series 400 System \050400S\051) show
72 581 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Series 400 Coprocessor \050400C\051 for) 3.648 WS
6.399 MX
(the IBM RISC System/6000 and Sun Workstation) 3.649 WS
96 594 moveto
(servers.) show
72 618 moveto
(D_12_5_0 supports two kinds of tape drive:) show
72 642 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(The 9-track tape drive, which) 2.738 WS
5.487 MX
(is standard on the Series 100 and 200 and an optional) 2.737 WS
96 655 moveto
(upgrade to the Series 300S.) show
72 673 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(The 8-millimeter cartridge tape drive, which) 0.036 WS
2.787 MX
(is standard on the Series 300S, 300C, 400S, and) 0.037 WS
96 686 moveto
(400C, and an optional upgrade to the Series 200.) show
72 710 moveto
(D_12_5_0 also) 0.498 WS
3.247 MX
(supports the optional expansion of memory from 32 megabytes to 64 megabytes) 0.497 WS
72 723 moveto
(to improve system performance. This upgrade applies to all series except the Series 100.) show
72 756 moveto
17 /Rational SelectFont
(R) show
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( September 1991) show
303.501 MX
(1) show
EndPage
%%Page: 2 4
BeginPage
792 false PositionPage
72 36 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Rational Environment Release Information) show
72 72 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(The combinations of configurations and upgrades supported by D_12_5_0 are shown in Table 1.) show
0 16.500 rmoveto
165.785 101.500 moveto
10 /Palatino-BoldItalic SelectFont
(Table 1 Configurations and Upgrades Supported by D_12_5_0) show
72 114.500 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
0 -16.500 rmoveto
154 134 moveto
10 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(Configuration) show
241.445 122 moveto
(8-mm) show
228.805 134 moveto
(Tape Drive) show
299.280 122 moveto
(9-Track) show
290.805 134 moveto
(Tape Drive) show
360.780 122 moveto
(32-Mb) show
356.050 134 moveto
(Memory) show
418.280 122 moveto
(64-Mb) show
413.550 134 moveto
(Memory) show
newpath 149.500 140 moveto
313 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 149.500 110 moveto
313 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 149.500 140 moveto
0 -30 rlineto stroke
newpath 462.500 140 moveto
0 -30 rlineto stroke
newpath 223.500 140 moveto
0 -30 rlineto stroke
newpath 285.500 140 moveto
0 -30 rlineto stroke
newpath 347.500 140 moveto
0 -30 rlineto stroke
newpath 403.500 140 moveto
0 -30 rlineto stroke
newpath 149.500 140 moveto
313 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 149.500 110 moveto
313 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 149.500 140 moveto
0 -30 rlineto stroke
newpath 462.500 140 moveto
0 -30 rlineto stroke
newpath 223.500 140 moveto
0 -30 rlineto stroke
newpath 285.500 140 moveto
0 -30 rlineto stroke
newpath 347.500 140 moveto
0 -30 rlineto stroke
newpath 403.500 140 moveto
0 -30 rlineto stroke
153.500 152 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Series 100) show
227.500 152 moveto
(N/A) show
289.500 152 moveto
(Standard) show
355.250 152 moveto
(Standard) show
407.500 152 moveto
(N/A) show
newpath 149.500 158 moveto
313 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 149.500 140 moveto
313 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 149.500 158 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 462.500 158 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 223.500 158 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 285.500 158 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 347.500 158 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 403.500 158 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
153.500 170 moveto
(Series 200) show
227.500 170 moveto
(Upgrade) show
289.500 170 moveto
(Standard) show
355.250 170 moveto
(Standard) show
407.500 170 moveto
(Upgrade) show
newpath 149.500 176 moveto
313 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 149.500 158 moveto
313 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 149.500 176 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 462.500 176 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 223.500 176 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 285.500 176 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 347.500 176 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 403.500 176 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
153.500 188 moveto
(Series 300S) show
227.500 188 moveto
(Standard) show
289.500 188 moveto
(Upgrade) show
355.250 188 moveto
(Standard) show
407.500 188 moveto
(Upgrade) show
newpath 149.500 194 moveto
313 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 149.500 176 moveto
313 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 149.500 194 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 462.500 194 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 223.500 194 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 285.500 194 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 347.500 194 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 403.500 194 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
153.500 206 moveto
(Series 300C) show
227.500 206 moveto
(Standard) show
289.500 206 moveto
(N/A) show
355.250 206 moveto
(Standard) show
407.500 206 moveto
(Upgrade) show
newpath 149.500 212 moveto
313 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 149.500 194 moveto
313 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 149.500 212 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 462.500 212 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 223.500 212 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 285.500 212 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 347.500 212 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 403.500 212 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
153.500 224 moveto
(Series 400S) show
227.500 224 moveto
(Standard) show
289.500 224 moveto
(N/A) show
355.250 224 moveto
(Standard) show
407.500 224 moveto
(Upgrade) show
newpath 149.500 230 moveto
313 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 149.500 212 moveto
313 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 149.500 230 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 462.500 230 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 223.500 230 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 285.500 230 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 347.500 230 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 403.500 230 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
153.500 242 moveto
(Series 400C) show
227.500 242 moveto
(Standard) show
289.500 242 moveto
(N/A) show
355.250 242 moveto
(Standard) show
407.500 242 moveto
(Upgrade) show
newpath 149.500 248 moveto
313 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 149.500 230 moveto
313 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 149.500 248 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 462.500 248 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 223.500 248 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 285.500 248 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 347.500 248 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 403.500 248 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 149.500 248 moveto
313 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 149.500 230 moveto
313 0 rlineto stroke
72 312 moveto
15 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(3. Compatibility) show
72 336 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(D_12_5_0 is fully compatible with all production) 4.321 WS
7.072 MX
(versions of Rational layered software) 4.322 WS
72 349 moveto
(products:) show
72 373 moveto
(Design Facility: 2167) show
79.779 MX
(6_0_7 or later) show
72 386 moveto
(Design Facility: 2167A) show
71.221 MX
(6_2_5 or later) show
72 399 moveto
(Documentation Tools) show
74.928 MX
(10_2_9 or later) show
72 412 moveto
(Design Tools) show
116.464 MX
(10_2_9 or later) show
72 425 moveto
(Rational Teamwork Interface) show
38.265 MX
(2_1_2 or later) show
72 438 moveto
(Rational Publishing Interface) show
38.584 MX
(1_0_2 or later) show
72 456 moveto
(CDF: Mc68020_Bare) show
81.946 MX
(5_1_2 or later) show
72 469 moveto
(CDF: Mc68020_Os2000) show
68.471 MX
(6_1_3 or later) show
72 482 moveto
(CDF: Mc68020_Hp_Unix) show
58.681 MX
(6_2_4 or later) show
72 500 moveto
(Remote Compilation Facility) show
40.278 MX
(3_2_0 or later) show
72 513 moveto
(RCF: Rs6000_Aix_Ibm) show
71.287 MX
(3_2_0 or later) show
72 531 moveto
(Target Build Utility) show
85.015 MX
(10_0_3 or later) show
72 549 moveto
(RPC) show
158.209 MX
(1_0_2 or later) show
72 567 moveto
(Software Analysis Workstation) show
28.464 MX
(6_0_0 or later) show
72 585 moveto
(Mail) show
157.692 MX
(11_4_5 or later) show
72 603 moveto
(Rational X Interface) show
83.794 MX
(10_5_2 or later) show
72 756 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(2) show
301.309 MX
(September 1991 ) show
17 /Rational SelectFont
( R) show
EndPage
%%Page: 3 5
BeginPage
792 false PositionPage
72 36 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
389.560 MX
(Release D_12_5_0) show
72 76 moveto
15 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(4. Upgrade Impact) show
72 100 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(The Environment can be upgraded from D_12_1_1 to) 3.948 WS
6.697 MX
(D_12_5_0 without forcing you to) 3.947 WS
72 113 moveto
(Archive.Save and) 0.555 WS
3.306 MX
(Archive.Restore your applications. You will not have to modify or recompile) 0.556 WS
72 126 moveto
(any of your own tools, with the possible exception of:) show
72 150 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Tools written against the unit specifications listed in) 1.617 WS
4.366 MX
(\252Impact of Specification Changes,\272) 1.616 WS
96 163 moveto
(below.) show
72 181 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Customizations of the unit bodies listed in \252Impact of Implementation Changes,\272 below.) show
72 205 moveto
(The new declarations listed) 0.421 WS
3.172 MX
(in section 6 are all installed upward-compatibly and therefore have) 0.422 WS
72 218 moveto
(no impact on user-written tools.) show
72 242 moveto
(Once upgraded to D_12_5_0, a system cannot be reverted to a previous Environment release.) show
72 280 moveto
13 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(4.1. Impact of Specification Changes) show
72 304 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(The installation process for D_12_5_0) 3.757 WS
6.506 MX
(overwrites several Environment unit specifications.) 3.756 WS
72 317 moveto
(Overwriting these) 2.424 WS
5.175 MX
(specifications causes the demotion of any customer-created tools written) 2.425 WS
72 330 moveto
(against them. The installation process tries) 2.341 WS
5.090 MX
(to recompile such tools automatically; however,) 2.340 WS
72 343 moveto
(depending on the) 2.986 WS
5.737 MX
(nature of the tools, some may require modification before they can be) 2.987 WS
72 356 moveto
(recompiled. Units that cannot be recompiled during installation are listed in the installation log.) show
72 380 moveto
(Following are the unit specifications that are overwritten when D_12_5_0 is installed:) show
72 404 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(!Commands.Abbreviations.Print'Spec \050see section 7.12.2\051.) show
72 422 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(!Implementation.Work_Order_Implementation'Spec \050see section 7.20.5\051.) 4.475 WS
7.224 MX
(Note that the) 4.474 WS
96 435 moveto
(changes to this) 0.695 WS
3.446 MX
(unit affect only tools that were created under D_12_1_1 or earlier releases;) 0.696 WS
96 448 moveto
(tools created under D_12_2_4 are not affected.) show
72 472 moveto
(Furthermore, the units !Machine.Initialize@ are either demoted or moved to) 1.053 WS
3.802 MX
(other locations to) 1.052 WS
72 485 moveto
(accommodate the new mechanisms for initializing an R1000 \050see section 9\051.) show
72 523 moveto
13 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(4.2. Impact of Implementation Changes) show
72 547 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(The installation process for D_12_5_0 overwrites) 0.433 WS
3.184 MX
(one unit body. Because this body may contain) 0.434 WS
72 560 moveto
(user customizations, its contents are saved in a text file in) 1.056 WS
3.805 MX
(the same library as the overwritten) 1.055 WS
72 573 moveto
(body. The name of the file is of the form) 0.345 WS
11 /Palatino-Italic SelectFont
( Unit_Name) 0.345 WS
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(_V) show
11 /Palatino-Italic SelectFont
(nn) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(, where) 0.345 WS
11 /Palatino-Italic SelectFont
( nn) 0.345 WS
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( is the) 0.345 WS
3.096 MX
(unit's default version) 0.346 WS
72 586 moveto
(number. The customizations then can be transferred to the new implementation.) show
72 610 moveto
(Following is the unit whose body is overwritten when D_12_5_0 is installed:) show
72 634 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(!Commands.Abbreviations.Print'Body \050see section 7.12.2\051.) show
72 756 moveto
17 /Rational SelectFont
(R) show
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( September 1991) show
303.501 MX
(3) show
EndPage
%%Page: 4 6
BeginPage
792 false PositionPage
72 36 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Rational Environment Release Information) show
72 76 moveto
15 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(5. Known Problems) show
72 114 moveto
13 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(5.1. Problem in Spelling Checker) show
72 138 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(The D_12_5_0 release of the Environment) 0.022 WS
2.771 MX
(affects the spelling checker. Specifically, one-character) 0.021 WS
72 151 moveto
(words that are not explicitly) 0.752 WS
3.503 MX
(added to a dictionary are now flagged as suspicious spellings. To) 0.753 WS
72 164 moveto
(minimize the impact of this change, the installation process adds the one-letter words \252I,\272) 0.530 WS
3.279 MX
(\252A,\272) show
72 177 moveto
(and \252a\272 to the master dictionary.) show
72 201 moveto
(For example, in the) 2.649 WS
5.400 MX
(following text, the spelling checker reports \252e\272 and \252g\272 as suspicious) 2.650 WS
72 214 moveto
(spellings:) show
108 238 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(Pick two prime numbers less than 20 \050e.g., 11 and 17\051.) show
72 276 moveto
13 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(5.2. Problem for CDF Customization) show
72 300 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(The D_12_5_0 release) 3.150 WS
5.899 MX
(of the Environment affects the installation of customizations of the) 3.149 WS
72 313 moveto
(Mc68020_Bare CDF. Specifically, you will not be able to install) 0.644 WS
3.395 MX
(new or changed customizations) 0.645 WS
72 326 moveto
(without first making a minor change to the following package body:) show
72 350 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(!Targets.Implementation.Motorola_68k_Target_Download.Exos5_0_1.Units.-) show
72 362 moveto
(Exos_Operations'Body) show
72 386 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(As delivered, this package cannot be promoted to the) 0.003 WS
2.752 MX
(coded state on a D_12_5_0 system because) 0.002 WS
72 399 moveto
(of changes made to the Environment's compilation system that enable it) 3.147 WS
5.898 MX
(to comply with) 3.148 WS
72 412 moveto
(validation. Existing customizations are not affected by) 2.893 WS
5.642 MX
(the problem unless this package is) 2.892 WS
72 425 moveto
(demoted and an attempt is made to repromote it.) show
72 449 moveto
(The change you need to make to the Exos_Operations'Body follows:) show
72 473 moveto
(1.) show
15.750 MX
(Locate the line that is indicated by ) show
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(>>>) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( in the following excerpt \050this is line 126 in the unit\051:) show
96 497 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
( type Message_Buffer is) show
96 509 moveto
( record) show
96 521 moveto
( Msg_Header : Message_Header;) show
96 533 moveto
(>>> Data : Machine_Defs.Byte_String \0501 .. Natural \050Max_Message_Length\051\051;) show
96 545 moveto
( end record;) show
72 569 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(2.) show
15.750 MX
(Replace the indicated line with the line below:) show
96 593 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
( Data : Machine_Defs.Byte_String \0501 .. Max_Message_Length\051;) show
72 617 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Attempting to) 0.171 WS
2.922 MX
(promote the package body without making this change will cause two lines to be) 0.172 WS
72 630 moveto
(flagged with errors. You should leave these lines unchanged; change only) 0.718 WS
3.467 MX
(the line indicated in) 0.717 WS
72 643 moveto
(step 1 above.) show
72 756 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(4) show
301.309 MX
(September 1991 ) show
17 /Rational SelectFont
( R) show
EndPage
%%Page: 5 7
BeginPage
792 false PositionPage
72 36 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
389.560 MX
(Release D_12_5_0) show
72 76 moveto
15 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(6. New Environment Interfaces) show
72 100 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(D_12_5_0 provides a number of new interfaces, including:) show
72 124 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(New procedures and functions; see sections 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, and 6.4) show
72 142 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(New packages; see section 6.5, 6.6, and 6.7) show
72 160 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(New networking features; see section 6.8) show
72 178 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(New subsystems; see sections 6.9 and 6.10) show
72 216 moveto
13 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(6.1. New Procedures in Package Access_List) show
72 253 moveto
12 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(6.1.1. Procedure Remove) show
72 277 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(procedure Remove \050Group : String := ">>SIMPLE NAME<<";) show
72 289 moveto
( For_Object : Name := "<SELECTION>";) show
72 301 moveto
( Response : String := "<PROFILE>"\051;) show
72 325 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Removes the speci\256ed group from the access list of each of the speci\256ed objects.) show
72 362 moveto
12 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(6.1.2. Procedure Remove_Default) show
72 386 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(procedure Remove_Default \050Group : String := ">>SIMPLE NAME<<";) show
72 398 moveto
( For_World : Name := "<SELECTION>";) show
72 410 moveto
( Response : String := "<PROFILE>"\051;) show
72 434 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Removes the speci\256ed group from the default access list of each of the speci\256ed worlds.) show
72 472 moveto
13 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(6.2. New Procedures in !Commands.Abbreviations) show
72 496 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(The procedures in the) 0.755 WS
3.506 MX
(following paragraphs allow easy reference to networked printers. These) 0.756 WS
72 509 moveto
(procedures are) 0.269 WS
3.018 MX
(sensitive to the new printer-configuration mechanism described in section 9.5. If) 0.268 WS
72 522 moveto
(this mechanism is not in use at your site, you should use the Queue.Cancel, Queue.Display, and) 0.125 WS
72 535 moveto
(Queue.Print commands instead of the commands described below.) show
72 572 moveto
12 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(6.2.1. Procedure Cancel_Print_Request) show
72 596 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(procedure Cancel_Print_Request \050Printer : String := "<Default>";) show
72 608 moveto
( Request_Id : Positive\051;) show
72 756 moveto
17 /Rational SelectFont
(R) show
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( September 1991) show
303.501 MX
(5) show
EndPage
%%Page: 6 8
BeginPage
792 false PositionPage
72 36 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Rational Environment Release Information) show
72 72 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Removes the specified print request from the queue of the specified printer.) show
72 96 moveto
(The Printer parameter accepts any printer) 0.012 WS
2.761 MX
(name that has been defined in the) 0.011 WS
11 /Palatino-Italic SelectFont
( printer-configuration) 0.011 WS
72 109 moveto
(files) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( \050see section 9.5\051. By default, the parameter specifies the printer) 0.253 WS
3.004 MX
(name that is associated with) 0.254 WS
72 122 moveto
(the user who enters the command \050this association is established using a) show
11 /Palatino-Italic SelectFont
( user-printer map) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(\051.) show
72 146 moveto
(You can obtain a print request's number from the display generated by) 2.022 WS
4.771 MX
(the Display_Queue) 2.021 WS
72 159 moveto
(procedure.) show
72 196 moveto
12 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(6.2.2. Procedure Display_Queue) show
72 220 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(procedure Display_Queue \050Printer : String := "<Default>"\051;) show
72 244 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Displays the print requests currently queued on the specified printer.) show
72 268 moveto
(The display shows the identification number for each request. The identification number can be) 0.294 WS
72 281 moveto
(specified as the Request_Id parameter when using the Cancel_Print_Request command.) show
72 305 moveto
(The Printer parameter accepts any printer) 0.012 WS
2.761 MX
(name that has been defined in the) 0.011 WS
11 /Palatino-Italic SelectFont
( printer-configuration) 0.011 WS
72 318 moveto
(files) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( \050see section 9.5\051. By default, the parameter specifies the printer) 0.253 WS
3.004 MX
(name that is associated with) 0.254 WS
72 331 moveto
(the user who enters the command \050this association is established using a) show
11 /Palatino-Italic SelectFont
( user-printer map) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(\051.) show
72 368 moveto
12 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(6.2.3. Procedure Print) show
72 392 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(procedure Print \050Object_Or_Image : String := "<CURSOR>";) show
72 416 moveto
( From_First_Page : Positive := 1;) show
72 428 moveto
( To_Last_Page : Positive := 3000;) show
72 452 moveto
( Display_As_Twoup : Boolean := True;) show
72 464 moveto
( Display_Border : Boolean := True;) show
72 476 moveto
( Display_Filename : Boolean := True;) show
72 488 moveto
( Display_Date : Boolean := True;) show
72 512 moveto
( Ignore_Display_Parameters_For_Postscript : Boolean := True;) show
72 524 moveto
( Highlight_Reserved_Words_For_Ada : Boolean := True;) show
72 548 moveto
( Other_Options : String := "";) show
72 572 moveto
( Number_Of_Copies : Positive := 1;) show
72 584 moveto
( Printer : String := "<Default>";) show
72 596 moveto
( Effort_Only : Boolean := False\051;) show
72 632 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Prints one or more objects or images, including PostScript) 0.248 WS
0 -2.750 rmoveto
8 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
/registered SYM 5.976 MX
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
0 2.750 rmoveto
( files, plain text files, Ada units, mail) 0.248 WS
72 645 moveto
(messages, command logs,) 2.513 WS
5.264 MX
(and so on. By default, this command prints the object or image) 2.514 WS
72 658 moveto
(indicated by the cursor.) show
72 682 moveto
(The print request) 1.308 WS
4.057 MX
(initiated by this command is directed to the device specified by the Printer) 1.307 WS
72 695 moveto
(parameter. By default, the command uses the device) 2.654 WS
5.405 MX
(that is associated with the user who) 2.655 WS
72 708 moveto
(entered the command. This association is set up by the system manager in a) show
11 /Palatino-Italic SelectFont
( user-printer map) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(.) show
72 756 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(6) show
301.309 MX
(September 1991 ) show
17 /Rational SelectFont
( R) show
EndPage
%%Page: 7 9
BeginPage
792 false PositionPage
72 36 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
389.560 MX
(Release D_12_5_0) show
72 72 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(You can use the Print command's parameters to) 0.664 WS
3.413 MX
(control various characteristics of the print job.) 0.663 WS
72 85 moveto
(These parameters correspond) 2.780 WS
5.531 MX
(to one or more options that are defined by the Queue.Print) 2.781 WS
72 98 moveto
(command.) show
72 122 moveto
(See the comments in the command specification for details about the parameters.) show
72 160 moveto
13 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(6.3. New Procedures in System_Maintenance Subsystem) show
72 184 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(!Commands.System_Maintenance'Spec_View contains) 3.256 WS
6.005 MX
(the new procedures described in the) 3.255 WS
72 197 moveto
(following paragraphs.) show
72 234 moveto
12 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(6.3.1. Procedure Analyze_Disks_For_Backup) show
72 258 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Locates and checks for corrupt data on disks. This) 1.468 WS
4.219 MX
(procedure must be used only by Rational) 1.469 WS
72 271 moveto
(personnel or) 2.852 WS
5.601 MX
(under their direction. For a detailed description, see the specification of this) 2.851 WS
72 284 moveto
(procedure.) show
72 308 moveto
(The fully qualified name of this procedure is:) show
72 321 moveto
(!Commands.System_Maintenance'Spec_View.Units.Analyze_Disks_For_Backup) show
72 358 moveto
12 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(6.3.2. Procedure Destroy_Library) show
72 382 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(procedure Destroy_Library \050Existing : String := ">>OBJECT To Destroy<<";) show
72 394 moveto
( Effort_Only : Boolean := True;) show
72 406 moveto
( Response : String := "<PROFILE>"\051;) show
72 430 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Deletes a library regardless of its contents. This procedure is useful for:) show
72 454 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Removing the home worlds of deleted users) show
72 472 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Removing any large libraries that may contain subsystems) show
72 496 moveto
(No special) 1.111 WS
3.862 MX
(capability is required to use this command. You must have D access to a world in) 1.112 WS
72 509 moveto
(order to delete it.) show
72 533 moveto
11 /Palatino-Italic SelectFont
(Warning:) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( The actions of this command are not reversible.) 1.193 WS
3.942 MX
(To avoid unintended deletions, you) 1.192 WS
72 546 moveto
(can execute this command) 1.398 WS
4.149 MX
(first with Effort_Only set to True and verify that the resulting list) 1.399 WS
72 559 moveto
(contains only the objects you want to delete.) show
72 583 moveto
(The fully qualified name of this procedure is:) show
72 596 moveto
(!Commands.System_Maintenance'Spec_View.Units.Destroy_Library) show
72 633 moveto
12 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(6.3.3. Procedure Monitor_Performance) show
72 657 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(procedure Monitor_Performance) show
72 669 moveto
( \050Max_Samples : Natural := 500;) show
72 681 moveto
( Sample_Interval : Duration := 60.0 * 12;) show
72 693 moveto
( Output_File : String := ">>filename<<";) show
72 705 moveto
( Append_To_File : Boolean := False;) show
72 717 moveto
( Header : String := "Performance data"\051;) show
72 756 moveto
17 /Rational SelectFont
(R) show
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( September 1991) show
303.501 MX
(7) show
EndPage
%%Page: 8 10
BeginPage
792 false PositionPage
72 36 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Rational Environment Release Information) show
72 72 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Provides system performance statistics.) show
72 96 moveto
(This procedure monitors system performance at a global level by taking the specified number) 0.046 WS
2.795 MX
(of) show
72 109 moveto
(samples, one sample) 4.846 WS
7.597 MX
(per specified interval, and writing the output to Output_File. If) 4.847 WS
72 122 moveto
(Append_To_File is True, data is appended to the end) 3.853 WS
6.602 MX
(of the file; otherwise, the file is) 3.852 WS
72 135 moveto
(overwritten. The Header string is entered in the file before the reported data.) show
72 159 moveto
(The output file contains one entry per line, where each) 3.795 WS
6.546 MX
(entry has fields containing the) 3.796 WS
72 172 moveto
(information shown in Table 2.) show
0 16.500 rmoveto
214.850 201.500 moveto
10 /Palatino-BoldItalic SelectFont
(Table 2 Fields in Entries of Output Files) show
72 214.500 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
0 -16.500 rmoveto
146.335 222 moveto
10 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(Field) show
302.020 222 moveto
(Information) show
newpath 134.200 228 moveto
343.600 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 134.200 210 moveto
343.600 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 134.200 228 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 477.800 228 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 181.800 228 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 134.200 228 moveto
343.600 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 134.200 210 moveto
343.600 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 134.200 228 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 477.800 228 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 181.800 228 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
138.200 240 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(Time) show
185.800 240 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Time that the entry is written.) show
newpath 134.200 246 moveto
343.600 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 134.200 228 moveto
343.600 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 134.200 246 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 477.800 246 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 181.800 246 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
138.200 258 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(Cpu) show
185.800 258 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(CPU % used during the sample interval. If the load is high, this) show
185.800 270 moveto
(number will be very inflated because it must be computed.) show
185.800 282 moveto
(Values greater than 100% are common under high loads, so this) show
185.800 294 moveto
(value must be considered approximate.) show
newpath 134.200 300 moveto
343.600 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 134.200 246 moveto
343.600 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 134.200 300 moveto
0 -54 rlineto stroke
newpath 477.800 300 moveto
0 -54 rlineto stroke
newpath 181.800 300 moveto
0 -54 rlineto stroke
138.200 312 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(DiskW) show
185.800 312 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Number of disk waits in this sample. Roughly, the number of) show
185.800 324 moveto
(disk transfers, which is a function of the number of page faults.) show
newpath 134.200 330 moveto
343.600 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 134.200 300 moveto
343.600 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 134.200 330 moveto
0 -30 rlineto stroke
newpath 477.800 330 moveto
0 -30 rlineto stroke
newpath 181.800 330 moveto
0 -30 rlineto stroke
138.200 342 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(Users) show
185.800 342 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Number of users logged on at the end of the interval.) show
newpath 134.200 348 moveto
343.600 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 134.200 330 moveto
343.600 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 134.200 348 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 477.800 348 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 181.800 348 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
138.200 360 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(Jobs) show
185.800 360 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Number of jobs running at the end of the interval.) show
newpath 134.200 366 moveto
343.600 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 134.200 348 moveto
343.600 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 134.200 366 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 477.800 366 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 181.800 366 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
138.200 378 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(Jobs_T) show
185.800 378 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Number of jobs that terminated during the interval. Indicates the) show
185.800 390 moveto
(level of command activity.) show
newpath 134.200 396 moveto
343.600 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 134.200 366 moveto
343.600 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 134.200 396 moveto
0 -30 rlineto stroke
newpath 477.800 396 moveto
0 -30 rlineto stroke
newpath 181.800 396 moveto
0 -30 rlineto stroke
138.200 408 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(Load15) show
185.800 408 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(CPU run load for last 15 min.) show
newpath 134.200 414 moveto
343.600 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 134.200 396 moveto
343.600 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 134.200 414 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 477.800 414 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 181.800 414 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
138.200 426 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(Disk15) show
185.800 426 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Disk load for last 15 min.) show
newpath 134.200 432 moveto
343.600 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 134.200 414 moveto
343.600 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 134.200 432 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 477.800 432 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 181.800 432 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
138.200 444 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(Whld15) show
185.800 444 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Withheld task load for last 15 min.) show
newpath 134.200 450 moveto
343.600 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 134.200 432 moveto
343.600 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 134.200 450 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 477.800 450 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 181.800 450 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 134.200 450 moveto
343.600 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 134.200 432 moveto
343.600 0 rlineto stroke
72 498 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(The fully qualified name of this procedure is:) show
72 511 moveto
(!Commands.System_Maintenance'Spec_View.Units.Monitor_Performance) show
72 548 moveto
12 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(6.3.4. Procedure Repair_Cg_Attrs) show
72 572 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Reclaims disk space by removing lost objects) 0.888 WS
3.637 MX
(that were produced and not properly deleted by) 0.887 WS
72 585 moveto
(the code generator in previous Environment releases \050D_12_5_0 fixes) 0.232 WS
2.983 MX
(this problem\051. You should) 0.233 WS
72 598 moveto
(execute this command once after installation of D_12_5_0 is complete.) show
72 622 moveto
(The Repair_Cg_Attrs command marks the objects for removal. Their disk space) 0.191 WS
2.940 MX
(is reclaimed the) 0.190 WS
72 635 moveto
(next time normal disk collection runs.) show
72 659 moveto
(Note that:) show
72 683 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(You can execute the Repair_Cg_Attrs command whether or not users are logged in.) show
72 701 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(You must belong to the Privileged group to execute this command.) show
72 719 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(The amount of) 1.511 WS
4.262 MX
(time required by this command depends on the number of objects to be) 1.512 WS
96 732 moveto
(traversed. In Rational's experience, this command takes from 1 to 4 hours.) show
72 756 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(8) show
301.309 MX
(September 1991 ) show
17 /Rational SelectFont
( R) show
EndPage
%%Page: 9 11
BeginPage
792 false PositionPage
72 36 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
389.560 MX
(Release D_12_5_0) show
72 72 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(The amount of disk space that is freed increases with the length of time the) 1.511 WS
4.260 MX
(system has) 1.510 WS
96 85 moveto
(been in use since initial) 2.331 WS
5.082 MX
(installation. More specifically, the amount of freed disk space) 2.332 WS
96 98 moveto
(increases with the number of coding) 3.875 WS
6.624 MX
(operations that have been performed on unit) 3.874 WS
96 111 moveto
(specifications since installation.) show
72 135 moveto
(The fully qualified name of this procedure is:) show
72 148 moveto
(!Commands.System_Maintenance'Spec_View.Units.Repair_Cg_Attrs) show
72 186 moveto
13 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(6.4. New Functions in Package Work_Order_Implementation) show
72 210 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Package !Implementation.Work_Order_Implementation contains two new functions:) show
72 234 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(function Create_User_Name \050The_Order : Work_Order_Handle\051 return String;) show
72 258 moveto
(function Close_User_Name \050The_Order : Work_Order_Handle\051 return String;) show
72 282 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(This package also contains a changed declaration; see section 7.20.5.) show
72 306 moveto
(These changes) 2.878 WS
5.629 MX
(and additions to Work_Order_Implementation were previously available to) 2.879 WS
72 319 moveto
(users of Series 400S and 400C through the D_12_2_4 release of the Environment.) show
72 357 moveto
13 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(6.5. Package Remote_Passwords) show
72 381 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Package !Commands.Remote_Passwords provides encrypted password storage for efficient) 3.252 WS
72 394 moveto
(access to) 1.949 WS
4.700 MX
(other systems from an R1000. In previous Environment releases, this package was) 1.950 WS
72 407 moveto
(called !Tools.Dtia_Rpc_Mechanisms'Spec_View.Units.Remote_Passwords) 4.688 WS
7.437 MX
(and was available) 4.687 WS
72 420 moveto
(only with selected optional products.) show
72 444 moveto
(This package can be used to add,) 0.802 WS
3.553 MX
(change, or delete entries in a) 0.803 WS
11 /Palatino-Italic SelectFont
( remote-passwords file) 0.803 WS
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(, which is a) 0.803 WS
72 457 moveto
(text file that specifies the usernames and passwords to be used when accessing remote hosts.) show
72 481 moveto
(The commands in this package provide a convenient alternative to locating the file in) 0.065 WS
2.814 MX
(the library) 0.064 WS
72 494 moveto
(hierarchy and then editing it directly. Furthermore, the commands in this package provide) 1.476 WS
4.227 MX
(a) show
72 507 moveto
(way to encrypt the passwords listed in the file.) show
72 545 moveto
13 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(6.6. Package Transport_Name.Service) show
72 569 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Package !Tools.Networking.Transport_Name.Service) 2.424 WS
5.173 MX
(exports subprograms that programmers) 2.423 WS
72 582 moveto
(can use to translate a service name and) 1.248 WS
3.999 MX
(a machine name to a Transport_Defs.Network_Name) 1.249 WS
72 595 moveto
(and Transport_Defs.Socket_Id.) show
72 619 moveto
(This tool is intended) 0.245 WS
2.994 MX
(for implementing software that forms network client-server connections; it) 0.244 WS
72 632 moveto
(supports reconfiguration) 0.632 WS
3.383 MX
(of the Socket_Id that identifies the server without modifying client or) 0.633 WS
72 645 moveto
(server software.) show
72 756 moveto
17 /Rational SelectFont
(R) show
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( September 1991) show
303.501 MX
(9) show
EndPage
%%Page: 10 12
BeginPage
792 false PositionPage
72 36 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Rational Environment Release Information) show
72 74 moveto
13 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(6.7. Package Transport.Route) show
72 98 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Package !Tools.Networking.Transport.Route provides an abstract interface to the routing table,) 0.685 WS
72 111 moveto
(which contains gateways and the) 0.955 WS
3.706 MX
(destinations that can be reached through them. This routing) 0.956 WS
72 124 moveto
(table is used by Rational Networking for routing transport-level datagrams.) show
72 148 moveto
(Package Transport.Route provides a programmatic interface) 1.673 WS
4.422 MX
(to the routing table. In contrast,) 1.672 WS
72 161 moveto
(package !Tools.Networking.Transport_Route provides a command interface to it.) 4.107 WS
6.858 MX
(In fact,) 4.108 WS
72 174 moveto
(package Transport_Route is a further layer of abstraction on package Transport.Route.) show
72 212 moveto
13 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(6.8. IP Subnetting) show
72 236 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Rational Networking supports IP subnetting as) 4.191 WS
6.940 MX
(defined in RFC 950, \252Internet Standard) 4.190 WS
72 249 moveto
(Subnetting Procedure.\272 IP subnetting is supported only on the R1000) 1.441 WS
4.192 MX
(Series 400 \050and not the) 1.442 WS
72 262 moveto
(Series 100, 200, or 300\051. Note) 0.430 WS
3.179 MX
(that IP subnetting is different from IP routing, which is supported) 0.429 WS
72 275 moveto
(in all releases of Rational Networking in all series of R1000. For general information on) 1.717 WS
4.468 MX
(this) show
72 288 moveto
(technology, refer to RFC 950 or) show
11 /Palatino-Italic SelectFont
( Internetworking with TCP/IP) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( by Douglas Comer.) show
72 312 moveto
(To configure a Series 400 for IP subnetting, you:) show
72 336 moveto
(1.) show
15.750 MX
(Create a text file called !Machine.Tcp_Ip_Subnet_Mask.) show
72 354 moveto
(2.) show
15.750 MX
(Enter into the file an IP address, in decimal-dotted notation, in which every bit of the) 2.133 WS
96 367 moveto
(network number or) 0.157 WS
2.908 MX
(subnet number of this machine is 1, and all other bits \050the host number) 0.158 WS
96 380 moveto
(of this machine\051 are 0.) show
96 398 moveto
(For example, the following commands can be) 0.274 WS
3.023 MX
(used to configure a Series 400 to operate in a) 0.273 WS
96 411 moveto
(class B) 0.884 WS
3.635 MX
(network \050in which the network number is represented in the first 16 bits of the IP) 0.885 WS
96 424 moveto
(address\051 with a subnet number represented in the 4 bits immediately following) 3.429 WS
6.178 MX
(the) show
96 437 moveto
(network number:) show
96 461 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(Log.Set_Output \050"!Machine.Tcp_Ip_Subnet_Mask"\051;) show
96 473 moveto
(Io.Put_Line \050"255.255.240.0"\051; -- 240 = 2#11110000#) show
96 485 moveto
(Log.Reset_Output;) show
72 509 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(3.) show
15.750 MX
(Execute !Tools.Networking.Tcp_Ip_Boot to make the) 4.949 WS
7.700 MX
(configuration take effect. This) 4.950 WS
96 522 moveto
(command is normally executed when booting the Environment, but you) 0.957 WS
3.706 MX
(can execute it at) 0.956 WS
96 535 moveto
(any time in the Series 400.) show
96 553 moveto
(Because Tcp_Ip_Boot abruptly disconnects any TCP/IP connections and) 0.524 WS
3.275 MX
(Telnet logins that) 0.525 WS
96 566 moveto
(presently exist, it is recommended that you) 0.436 WS
3.185 MX
(execute Tcp_Ip_Boot from an RS232 login port) 0.435 WS
96 579 moveto
(or from the console command interpreter, with all Telnet users logged out.) show
72 603 moveto
(After Tcp_Ip_Boot has executed, the Series 400 will) 0.124 WS
2.875 MX
(endeavor to route IP datagrams to machines) 0.125 WS
72 616 moveto
(whose IP addresses differ from its own in any of the bits of the Subnet_Mask.) show
72 640 moveto
(IP subnetting fails in either of the following cases:) show
72 664 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Tcp_Ip_Boot could not read a mask from !Machine.Tcp_Ip_Subnet_Mask.) show
72 682 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(You attempt to install subnetting on an R1000 Series 100, 200, or 300.) show
72 756 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(10) show
296.309 MX
(September 1991 ) show
17 /Rational SelectFont
( R) show
EndPage
%%Page: 11 13
BeginPage
792 false PositionPage
72 36 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
389.560 MX
(Release D_12_5_0) show
72 74 moveto
13 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(6.9. Math_Support Subsystem) show
72 98 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(A new) 4.815 WS
7.564 MX
(subsystem, called !Tools.Math_Support, contains an implementation of the two) 4.814 WS
72 111 moveto
(proposed secondary standards developed by) 1.734 WS
4.485 MX
(the ISO-IEC/JTC1/SC22/WG9 \050Ada\051 Numerics) 1.735 WS
72 124 moveto
(Rapporteur Group. These standards provide various elementary) 4.339 WS
7.088 MX
(mathematical functions,) 4.338 WS
72 137 moveto
(implemented for the R1000 target and for) 4.261 WS
7.012 MX
(use with Rational M68K Cross-Development) 4.262 WS
72 150 moveto
(Facilities.) show
72 174 moveto
(For more information about this subsystem, see the notes provided in the subsystem itself.) show
72 212 moveto
13 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(6.10. Dfs Subsystem) show
72 236 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(A new subsystem, called !Machine.Dfs, contains) 3.227 WS
5.976 MX
(procedures and a package for managing) 3.226 WS
72 249 moveto
(Diagnostic File System \050DFS\051 information. The paragraph) 3.166 WS
5.917 MX
(below describes a procedure of) 3.167 WS
72 262 moveto
(particular use to system managers. See also section 7.14 for descriptions of DFS changes.) show
72 299 moveto
12 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(6.10.1. Procedure Analyze_Crashdump) show
72 323 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(procedure Analyze_Crashdump) show
72 335 moveto
( \050Tape_Drive : Natural := 0;) show
72 347 moveto
( Expunge : Boolean := True;) show
72 359 moveto
( Output_File : String := "!Machine.Error_Logs.Crash_Summary";) show
72 371 moveto
( Working_Directory : String := "!Machine.Temporary.Crash_Info";) show
72 383 moveto
( Read_Tape : Boolean := True;) show
72 395 moveto
( Ask_To_Read_Memory : Boolean := True;) show
72 407 moveto
( Volume : Natural := 0\051;) show
72 431 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Analyzes a crash-dump tape and) 1.005 WS
3.754 MX
(produces a textual summary that can be sent to Rational for) 1.004 WS
72 444 moveto
(analysis. This summary is especially useful at secure sites, because it can be sent to) 1.563 WS
4.314 MX
(Rational) show
72 457 moveto
(instead of the crash-dump tape.) show
72 481 moveto
(The fully qualified name of this command is:) show
72 494 moveto
(!Machine.Dfs'Spec_View.Units.Analyze_Crashdump) show
72 534 moveto
15 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(7. Changes from D_12_1_1) show
72 558 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(This section describes the changes, enhancements,) 0.278 WS
3.027 MX
(and user-visible problem fixes that D_12_5_0) 0.277 WS
72 571 moveto
(makes to existing features) 1.153 WS
3.904 MX
(of the Environment. The information in this section is presented in) 1.154 WS
72 584 moveto
(roughly the same) 2.873 WS
5.622 MX
(order in which it would be found in the) 2.872 WS
11 /Palatino-Italic SelectFont
( Rational Environment Reference) 2.872 WS
72 597 moveto
(Manual) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(:) show
72 621 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(General editing and screen operations \050EI\051; see section 7.1) show
72 639 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Editing specific) 2.423 WS
5.174 MX
(types of objects such as Ada units and command windows \050EST\051; see) 2.424 WS
96 652 moveto
(section 7.2) show
72 670 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Debugger information \050DEB\051; see section 7.3) show
72 688 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Information on) 2.968 WS
5.717 MX
(session and job management \050SJM\051\320specifically, session switches; see) 2.967 WS
96 701 moveto
(section 7.4) show
72 719 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Library-management information \050LM\051, including changes) 1.979 WS
4.730 MX
(to access control \050see section) 1.980 WS
96 732 moveto
(7.5\051, library switches \0507.8\051, links \0507.6\051, compilation \0507.7\051, and archive \0507.9\051) show
72 756 moveto
17 /Rational SelectFont
(R) show
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( September 1991) show
298.501 MX
(11) show
EndPage
%%Page: 12 14
BeginPage
792 false PositionPage
72 36 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Rational Environment Release Information) show
72 72 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(String Tools \050ST\051 and Programming Tools \050PT\051; see section 7.10) show
72 90 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(System-management information) 3.519 WS
6.268 MX
(\050SMU\051, including changes to package Operator \050see) 3.518 WS
96 103 moveto
(section 7.11\051, printing \0507.12\051, initializing) 1.352 WS
4.103 MX
(an R1000 \0507.13\051, the diagnostic file system \050DFS\051) 1.353 WS
96 116 moveto
(\0507.14\051, procedures in System_Availability \0507.15\051,) 0.462 WS
3.211 MX
(procedures in System_Maintenance \0507.16\051,) 0.461 WS
96 129 moveto
(the boot process \0507.17\051, system backup \0507.18\051, and miscellaneous features \0507.19\051) show
72 147 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Information about subsystems and CMVC \050PM\051; see section 7.20) show
72 171 moveto
(Following these are sections) 0.260 WS
3.011 MX
(about Environment changes that pertain to networking; see section) 0.261 WS
72 184 moveto
(7.21.) show
72 222 moveto
13 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(7.1. Editor Changes) show
72 246 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(When overwrite mode is on,) 0.288 WS
3.037 MX
(Procedure Editor.Character.Delete now replaces a character with a) 0.287 WS
72 259 moveto
(blank space instead) 1.009 WS
3.760 MX
(of deleting it. Editor.Character.Delete is typically bound to the [Delete] or) 1.010 WS
72 272 moveto
([Backspace] key.) show
72 296 moveto
(A problem was fixed so that) 0.958 WS
3.707 MX
(control characters copied from other windows using RXI or RWI) 0.957 WS
72 309 moveto
(are properly inverted.) show
72 347 moveto
13 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(7.2. Changes to Package Common) show
72 371 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(The Common.Object.Delete procedure, when applied to a subsystem or view, now generates) 0.763 WS
3.514 MX
(a) show
72 384 moveto
(command window containing an appropriate deletion command. This procedure) 1.698 WS
4.447 MX
(is typically) 1.697 WS
72 397 moveto
(bound to the [Object] - [D] key combination.) show
72 421 moveto
(The Common.Definition command, when used) 1.087 WS
3.838 MX
(in a debugger window, now uses the value of) 1.088 WS
72 434 moveto
(<CURSOR> if there is no selection in) 0.185 WS
2.934 MX
(that window. Also, the In_Place parameter to Definition is) 0.184 WS
72 447 moveto
(no longer ignored in a debugger window.) show
72 485 moveto
13 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(7.3. Changes to Debugging) show
72 522 moveto
12 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(7.3.1. Setting Breakpoints) show
72 546 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(The Debug.Break command is now able to set breakpoints properly at nested accept statements.) show
72 570 moveto
(The Debug.Break command now works correctly in all cases in generic formal procedures.) show
72 594 moveto
(The Debug.Break command in the R1000 debugger now) 0.806 WS
3.557 MX
(allows two breakpoints to be taken at) 0.807 WS
72 607 moveto
(the same location in a generic, such that) 0.225 WS
2.974 MX
(one Break command specifies the generic and the other) 0.224 WS
72 620 moveto
(specifies a specific instantiation.) show
72 644 moveto
(The R1000 debugger now reports all actions pertaining to a given location. In this) 0.988 WS
3.739 MX
(respect, the) 0.989 WS
72 657 moveto
(R1000 debugger and CDF debuggers now behave the same. In particular:) show
72 675 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(If more) 2.233 WS
4.982 MX
(than one break is set at the same location, then all applicable breaks are now) 2.232 WS
96 688 moveto
(reported to the user when that location is encountered.) show
72 706 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(If you use Debug.Run to step your program to a location at which a breakpoint is) 2.067 WS
4.818 MX
(set) show
96 719 moveto
(\050including a temporary) 0.185 WS
2.934 MX
(breakpoint\051, the R1000 debugger now reports both the step and the) 0.184 WS
96 732 moveto
(breakpoint to the user.) show
72 756 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(12) show
296.309 MX
(September 1991 ) show
17 /Rational SelectFont
( R) show
EndPage
%%Page: 13 15
BeginPage
792 false PositionPage
72 36 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
389.560 MX
(Release D_12_5_0) show
72 73 moveto
12 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(7.3.2. Displaying Values) show
72 97 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(The Debug.Put command was changed so that if special-type) 0.825 WS
3.576 MX
(image functions return an object) 0.826 WS
72 110 moveto
(image containing Ascii.Lf's, all lines in) 3.301 WS
6.050 MX
(the image are indented the same amount by the) 3.300 WS
72 123 moveto
(debugger. Consequently, image functions can be written without concern for the depth of) 1.091 WS
3.842 MX
(the) show
72 136 moveto
(subobjects they display within the largest object displayed by the Put command.) show
72 160 moveto
(The Debug.Put command was changed so) 2.555 WS
5.304 MX
(that predefined special-type image functions no) 2.554 WS
72 173 moveto
(longer raise exceptions when applied to uninitialized data.) show
72 197 moveto
(The Debug.Put command now works correctly with variables in) 1.057 WS
3.808 MX
(generic formal procedures in) 1.058 WS
72 210 moveto
(all cases.) show
72 247 moveto
12 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(7.3.3. Quitting While the Debugger Is Running) show
72 271 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(A workaround now exists for the following situation. In some circumstances, if) 0.989 WS
3.738 MX
(you quit your) 0.988 WS
72 284 moveto
(session while) 0.149 WS
2.900 MX
(a job under control of the debugger is running, your session won't terminate. This) 0.150 WS
72 297 moveto
(will prevent you from logging back in) 0.619 WS
3.368 MX
(on the same session and will cause other users' sessions) 0.618 WS
72 310 moveto
(to hang \050fail to terminate\051 when Quit is executed. If this situation occurs, you now can kill the) 0.846 WS
72 323 moveto
(debugger using Job.Kill from another session, which will allow your original session and) 1.642 WS
4.391 MX
(all) show
72 336 moveto
(other hung sessions to terminate.) show
72 360 moveto
(This problem arises when you enter the Quit command while a job that was started under the) 0.804 WS
72 373 moveto
(debugger is actively sending output) 1.159 WS
3.908 MX
(to a window. You can avoid the problem by stopping or) 1.158 WS
72 386 moveto
(killing such a job before executing Quit.) show
72 423 moveto
12 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(7.3.4. Other Debugger Changes) show
72 447 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Error messages have been improved for a number of debugger commands.) show
72 471 moveto
(The Common.Definition command, when used) 1.087 WS
3.838 MX
(in a debugger window, now uses the value of) 1.088 WS
72 484 moveto
(<CURSOR> if there is no selection in) 0.185 WS
2.934 MX
(that window. Also, the In_Place parameter to Definition is) 0.184 WS
72 497 moveto
(no longer ignored in a debugger window.) show
72 521 moveto
(Problems were fixed in debugger name resolution so that:) show
72 539 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Instantiation names are now resolved) 1.867 WS
4.618 MX
(properly in CDF products. This problem affected) 1.868 WS
96 552 moveto
(release 6_2_4 CDF compilers, but not previous CDF products.) show
72 570 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Debugger commands no longer fail for instantiations) 1.487 WS
4.236 MX
(of generic functions that are given) 1.486 WS
96 583 moveto
(operator names \050for example, \252+\272\051) show
72 607 moveto
(The Debug.Show \050State_Type => Debug.Traces\051 command now) 1.375 WS
4.126 MX
(displays the state of machine) 1.376 WS
72 620 moveto
(instruction tracing.) show
72 644 moveto
(The Debug.Show \050State_Type => Debug.Histories\051 command) 0.223 WS
2.972 MX
(now displays the state of machine) 0.222 WS
72 657 moveto
(instruction history.) show
72 681 moveto
(The Debug.Trace and Debug.History) 0.684 WS
3.435 MX
(commands now perform machine instruction tracing and) 0.685 WS
72 694 moveto
(history correctly.) show
72 718 moveto
(Performance enhancements were made to the initialization of the R1000_Debugger subsystem,) 0.864 WS
72 731 moveto
(causing the R1000 to boot faster.) show
72 756 moveto
17 /Rational SelectFont
(R) show
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( September 1991) show
298.501 MX
(13) show
EndPage
%%Page: 14 16
BeginPage
792 false PositionPage
72 36 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Rational Environment Release Information) show
72 74 moveto
13 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(7.4. Changes to Session Switches) show
72 98 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(There is one new session switch:) show
72 122 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Speller.Allow_Underscores) show
96 140 moveto
(Controls whether underscore characters \050_\051 cause word breaks. When the switch is set) 1.070 WS
3.821 MX
(to) show
96 153 moveto
(False \050the default\051,) 1.517 WS
4.266 MX
(underscores embedded in a string are treated as word breaks by the) 1.516 WS
96 166 moveto
(spelling checker. When the switch is set to) 2.354 WS
5.105 MX
(True, underscores are not treated as word) 2.355 WS
96 179 moveto
(breaks, so that a string containing embedded underscores is treated as a single word.) show
72 217 moveto
13 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(7.5. Access-Control Changes) show
72 241 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Problems were) 1.235 WS
3.984 MX
(fixed so that access lists containing seven entries are now processed correctly.) 1.234 WS
72 254 moveto
(That is, commands in package Access_List no) 1.474 WS
4.225 MX
(longer raise Constraint_Error when processing) 1.475 WS
72 267 moveto
(ACLs with seven entries.) show
72 291 moveto
(Changing the ACL of an object no longer changes the last update timestamp on that object.) show
72 315 moveto
(Access-list compaction now) 3.106 WS
5.855 MX
(removes groups that were deleted from access lists stored in) 3.105 WS
72 328 moveto
(Cmvc_Access_Control databases.) show
72 366 moveto
13 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(7.6. Changes to Links Management) show
72 390 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(The Links.Edit, Links.Add, and Links.Delete commands now observe ACL restrictions.) show
72 428 moveto
13 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(7.7. Compilation Changes) show
72 452 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(A code-generator problem was fixed so that promoting unit specifications \050and certain other) 1.633 WS
72 465 moveto
(units\051 to the) 1.062 WS
3.811 MX
(coded state no longer generates lost objects that consume disk space. That is, the) 1.061 WS
72 478 moveto
(hidden objects that are generated during coding are now automatically deleted) 2.995 WS
5.746 MX
(when the) 2.996 WS
72 491 moveto
(operation is) 3.305 WS
6.054 MX
(complete. You can remove the lost objects that accumulated under previous) 3.304 WS
72 504 moveto
(Environment releases, thereby freeing significant amounts of disk space \050see section 6.3.4\051.) show
72 528 moveto
(The D_12_5_0 release of the Environment contains a number of fixes for problems that) 0.214 WS
2.965 MX
(formerly) show
72 541 moveto
(prevented units from being installed, coded, or executed. These fixes are listed in sections 7.7.1,) 0.405 WS
72 554 moveto
(7.7.2, and 7.7.3.) show
72 591 moveto
12 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(7.7.1. Installing Units) show
72 615 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(A problem was fixed where a library-unit generic instantiation failed to install in a spec view if) 0.452 WS
72 628 moveto
(the generic contained other instantiations in its private part.) show
72 652 moveto
(A problem was fixed so that promote operations no longer incorrectly demand:) show
72 676 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(A body for a subprogram to which a pragma Interface was applied) show
72 694 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(A body for a package spec, all of whose subprograms had a pragma Interface applied) show
72 718 moveto
(A problem was fixed that prevented pragma Interface from being applied to operators.) show
72 756 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(14) show
296.309 MX
(September 1991 ) show
17 /Rational SelectFont
( R) show
EndPage
%%Page: 15 17
BeginPage
792 false PositionPage
72 36 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
389.560 MX
(Release D_12_5_0) show
72 72 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(The R1000 compiler now:) show
72 96 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Handles literals that are greater than 64 bits) show
72 114 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Computes Standard.Character'Size correctly) show
72 138 moveto
(Improved error messages are now displayed if you try) 1.030 WS
3.779 MX
(to install a unit for a non-R1000 target) 1.029 WS
72 151 moveto
(whose CDF compiler is not running.) show
72 175 moveto
(You can no longer use incremental operations to add a representation specification or) 0.276 WS
3.027 MX
(a pragma) 0.277 WS
72 188 moveto
(Pack to a type that had other types derived from it.) show
72 225 moveto
12 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(7.7.2. Coding Units) show
72 249 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(The Compilation.Promote and Compilation.Make commands now) 0.305 WS
3.054 MX
(code Ada units in a different) 0.304 WS
72 262 moveto
(order. This new coding order causes) 0.838 WS
3.589 MX
(the coding of a unit body to follow the coding of its spec) 0.839 WS
72 275 moveto
(more closely, thereby minimizing the number of) 2.745 WS
5.494 MX
(units that are coded between them. This) 2.744 WS
72 288 moveto
(change in coding order should improve the effectiveness of inlining in CDF compilers.) show
72 312 moveto
(When you promote a main unit body to the coded state, its spec is now) 0.488 WS
3.239 MX
(automatically coded as) 0.489 WS
72 325 moveto
(well. \050This corrects a problem that was introduced in the D_12_1_1) 0.580 WS
3.329 MX
(release.\051 Note that no other) 0.579 WS
72 338 moveto
(compilation in the world is possible while the spec \050and any other required units\051 is) 2.113 WS
4.864 MX
(being) show
72 351 moveto
(implicitly promoted to coded, because the program library for the enclosing world is locked.) show
72 375 moveto
(The R1000 code) 2.429 WS
5.178 MX
(generator now handles qualified, non-infix calls to Universal_Fixed-valued) 2.428 WS
72 388 moveto
(operators, such as ) show
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(P."/"\050a,b\051) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(.) show
72 412 moveto
(The R1000 code generator now performs compile-time evaluation correctly for the following:) show
72 436 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Literals greater than 64 bits) show
72 454 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(The Storage_Size attribute) show
72 472 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Renames of built-in operators) show
72 496 moveto
(The R1000 code generator now) 2.318 WS
5.069 MX
(successfully ignores a pragma Interface that is encountered) 2.319 WS
72 509 moveto
(while the Semantics.Ignore_Interface_Pragmas switch is set to True.) show
72 533 moveto
(Pragma Pack no longer causes a Write_To_Read_Only_Page exception when) 0.031 WS
2.780 MX
(applied to a record) 0.030 WS
72 546 moveto
(or to an array type that is introduced in a private part and completed in a body.) show
72 570 moveto
(A problem was fixed in which promoting main programs) 0.876 WS
3.627 MX
(to the coded state caused deadlocks) 0.877 WS
72 583 moveto
(in the dependency database.) show
72 607 moveto
(A problem was fixed so) 0.951 WS
3.700 MX
(that CDF debuggers no longer lose the correspondence between code) 0.950 WS
72 620 moveto
(locations and Ada source locations when debugging instantiations of) 1.185 WS
3.936 MX
(macro-expanded library) 1.186 WS
72 633 moveto
(units.) show
72 657 moveto
(A problem was fixed that caused certain main programs to fail to code) 0.057 WS
2.806 MX
(\050and command windows) 0.056 WS
72 670 moveto
(to fail) 2.499 WS
5.250 MX
(to promote\051 with the message ) 2.500 WS
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(Unsatisfiable import requirement) 2.500 WS
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(. This problem) 2.500 WS
72 683 moveto
(arose for main programs and commands) 2.905 WS
5.654 MX
(that) show
11 /Palatino-Italic SelectFont
( with) 2.904 WS
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(ed units from code views in secondary) 2.904 WS
72 696 moveto
(subsystems, where these code views referenced) 4.081 WS
6.832 MX
(generics defined outside subsystems. In) 4.082 WS
72 709 moveto
(D_12_5_0, such coding/promotion now succeeds, generating) 0.195 WS
2.944 MX
(a lengthy warning message that is) 0.194 WS
72 722 moveto
(relevant only if coding fails for some other reason.) show
72 756 moveto
17 /Rational SelectFont
(R) show
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( September 1991) show
298.501 MX
(15) show
EndPage
%%Page: 16 18
BeginPage
792 false PositionPage
72 36 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Rational Environment Release Information) show
72 72 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Non-R1000 code generators now refuse) 1.164 WS
3.915 MX
(to promote a main program whose closure contains a) 1.165 WS
72 85 moveto
(package for which a body is optional, if a body for that package exists and) 0.829 WS
3.578 MX
(is not in the coded) 0.828 WS
72 98 moveto
(state.) show
72 135 moveto
12 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(7.7.3. Executing Units) show
72 159 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(The R1000 code generator now emits correct code so that multidimensional array) 1.555 WS
4.306 MX
(aggregates) show
72 172 moveto
(with string-literal subaggregates no longer fail at execution time.) show
72 196 moveto
(The R1000 code generator now correctly computes) 0.347 WS
3.096 MX
(the Storage_Size attribute of access types for) 0.346 WS
72 209 moveto
(which a Storage_Size representation specification has been given.) show
72 233 moveto
(A problem was fixed that caused) 0.072 WS
2.823 MX
(very large \050usually machine-generated\051 programs to fail at run) 0.073 WS
72 246 moveto
(time with a variety of errors. These programs are) 1.085 WS
3.834 MX
(\252very large\272 in that they contain more than) 1.084 WS
72 259 moveto
(1,024 references to units \050if compiled with the Retain_Delta1_Compatibility switch set to) 0.807 WS
3.558 MX
(True\051) show
72 272 moveto
(or to individual declarations \050if compiled with this switch set to False\051.) show
72 296 moveto
(A problem was fixed) 2.939 WS
5.688 MX
(that caused Type_Error to be raised by renames of function-valued) 2.938 WS
72 309 moveto
(attributes \050such as 'Pos or 'Val\051 when used inside a function.) show
72 347 moveto
13 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(7.8. Library Switches) show
72 371 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(You must now enable) 3.934 WS
6.685 MX
(privileges to use the Switches.Associate command to change the) 3.935 WS
72 384 moveto
(associations of switch files within subsystems.) show
72 422 moveto
13 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(7.9. Archive Changes) show
72 446 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(The Archive.Restore and Archive.List) 0.156 WS
2.905 MX
(commands no longer crash the R1000 when you use them) 0.155 WS
72 459 moveto
(to restore or read a multireel archive.) show
72 483 moveto
(The Archive.Restore command no longer fails with a layout error.) show
72 507 moveto
(The Archive.Restore command no longer causes the R1000 to) 0.082 WS
2.833 MX
(run out of action IDs, for example,) 0.083 WS
72 520 moveto
(when a large number of empty files are restored.) show
72 544 moveto
(The Archive.Save and Archive.Restore commands are now able to save/restore work orders) 0.589 WS
3.338 MX
(of) show
72 557 moveto
(any size.) show
72 581 moveto
(The Archive.Restore command now processes switch-file associations consistently with) 5.381 WS
72 594 moveto
(renaming introduced by the For_Prefix and Use_Prefix parameters.) show
72 618 moveto
(The Archive.Restore and Archive.Copy commands now produce improved error messages.) show
72 642 moveto
(When the Device parameter of the) 1.684 WS
4.433 MX
(Archive.Save command specifies a library name and that) 1.683 WS
72 655 moveto
(library does not exist, a world is created outside a subsystem and a directory is created inside) 0.371 WS
3.122 MX
(a) show
72 668 moveto
(subsystem. Previously, directories were always created.) show
72 692 moveto
(Problems were) 0.292 WS
3.041 MX
(fixed so that data containing newlines and formfeeds is now saved and restored) 0.291 WS
72 705 moveto
(consistently. Previously, such restored data caused CMVC) 3.341 WS
6.092 MX
(to report inconsistencies in its) 3.342 WS
72 718 moveto
(database.) show
72 756 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(16) show
296.309 MX
(September 1991 ) show
17 /Rational SelectFont
( R) show
EndPage
%%Page: 17 19
BeginPage
792 false PositionPage
72 36 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
389.560 MX
(Release D_12_5_0) show
72 73 moveto
12 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(7.9.1. Archiving Units with Large CDBs) show
72 97 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Archive commands) 3.998 WS
6.747 MX
(no longer fail when saving, restoring, or copying Ada units whose) 3.997 WS
72 110 moveto
(compatibility database \050CDB\051 signatures are very large. It should now) 4.930 WS
7.681 MX
(be possible to) 4.931 WS
72 123 moveto
(successfully save, restore, or copy Ada units regardless of the size of their CDB signatures.) show
72 147 moveto
(Note, however, that an Ada unit that can be saved only on) 1.113 WS
3.862 MX
(a D_12_5_0 Environment must be) 1.112 WS
72 160 moveto
(restored onto a D_12_5_0 \050or) 1.905 WS
4.656 MX
(later\051 Environment. Attempting to restore such a unit onto an) 1.906 WS
72 173 moveto
(earlier Environment causes the following message to be displayed:) show
108 197 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(INTERNAL ERROR \050declaration mapping\051: ARCHIVE_IS_BAD) show
108 209 moveto
(restoring the !) show
10 /Courier-BoldOblique SelectFont
(subsystem) show
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(.) show
10 /Courier-BoldOblique SelectFont
(view) show
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(.Units.) show
10 /Courier-BoldOblique SelectFont
(unit) show
72 246 moveto
12 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(7.9.2. Archive Options) show
72 270 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(The After option of the Archive.Save command now works correctly.) show
72 294 moveto
(The Archive.Save, Archive.Restore,) 0.669 WS
3.418 MX
(and Archive.List commands now accept the following new) 0.668 WS
72 307 moveto
(option:) show
72 331 moveto
(\267) show
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
17.334 MX
(Unload) show
96 349 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(A Boolean option. When True \050the default\051, causes the tape) 0.921 WS
3.672 MX
(to be rewound and unloaded) 0.922 WS
96 362 moveto
(after the operation is complete.) show
96 380 moveto
(When False, this option causes the) 1.767 WS
4.516 MX
(tape to be rewound to the beginning and to remain) 1.766 WS
96 393 moveto
(online and available for subsequent requests. This is useful when) 1.097 WS
3.848 MX
(you want to perform a) 1.098 WS
96 406 moveto
(list operation followed by a restore operation, or if you want to perform several) 1.550 WS
4.299 MX
(restore) show
96 419 moveto
(operations in a row. Note that, because the tape) 1.552 WS
4.303 MX
(is rewound, successive save operations) 1.553 WS
96 432 moveto
(will overwrite each other.) show
96 450 moveto
(When the tape is left online, subsequent requests send a tape-mount request) 3.376 WS
6.125 MX
(to the) 3.375 WS
96 463 moveto
(operator's console, which must be answered before the tape can be accessed.) show
72 487 moveto
(The Archive.Save command now accepts the following new option:) show
72 511 moveto
(\267) show
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
17.334 MX
(Starting_At =) show
10 /Courier-BoldOblique SelectFont
( time) show
96 529 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Delays the save operation until the speci\256ed) 1.199 WS
11 /Palatino-Italic SelectFont
( time) 1.199 WS
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(, which can be) 1.199 WS
3.950 MX
(a date, a time of day, or) 1.200 WS
96 542 moveto
(both, and can be written in any of the styles) 13.276 WS
16.025 MX
(de\256ned by the) 13.275 WS
96 555 moveto
(!Tools.Time_Utilities.Date_Format type and the) 2.597 WS
5.348 MX
(!Tools.Time_Utilities.Time_Format type.) 2.598 WS
96 568 moveto
(The save operation starts only if the tape-mount request has been answered.) show
72 606 moveto
13 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(7.10. Changes to String Tools and Programming Tools) show
72 630 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(The implementation of package !Tools.Unbounded_String has been) 2.213 WS
4.962 MX
(modified to improve its) 2.212 WS
72 643 moveto
(free-space management and) 1.871 WS
4.622 MX
(performance characteristics. This should noticeably improve the) 1.872 WS
72 656 moveto
(performance of the Compose tool and RDF document generation.) show
72 680 moveto
(The implementations of packages !Tools.Set_Generic) 4.672 WS
7.421 MX
(and !Tools.Map_Generic have been) 4.671 WS
72 693 moveto
(modified to improve their free-space management and performance characteristics.) show
72 756 moveto
17 /Rational SelectFont
(R) show
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( September 1991) show
298.501 MX
(17) show
EndPage
%%Page: 18 20
BeginPage
792 false PositionPage
72 36 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Rational Environment Release Information) show
72 74 moveto
13 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(7.11. Changes to Package Operator) show
72 98 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(The Operator.Add_To_Group command now permits naming expressions) 2.130 WS
4.881 MX
(to be used in the) 2.131 WS
72 111 moveto
(User and Group parameters. In particular, you can now use wildcards, set) 3.089 WS
5.838 MX
(notation, and) 3.088 WS
72 124 moveto
(indirect files to reference) 2.198 WS
4.949 MX
(multiple user and group names. In both parameters, you can use) 2.199 WS
72 137 moveto
(expressions that resolve to simple names; the) 1.760 WS
4.509 MX
(expressions are automatically evaluated in the) 1.759 WS
72 150 moveto
(proper context. For example:) show
108 174 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(Operator.Add_To_Group \050"[Phil,Vicki,Anderson]","Project_7_@"\051;) show
72 198 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(The Operator.Cancel_Shutdown command now sends a message) 5.543 WS
8.294 MX
(informing users that) 5.544 WS
72 211 moveto
(shutdown is canceled.) show
72 235 moveto
(The Operator.Create_Group command now issues an error message when) 0.592 WS
3.341 MX
(no more groups can) 0.591 WS
72 248 moveto
(be created. In previous releases, the) 2.240 WS
4.991 MX
(job would \252hang\272 and the system would go into wait) 2.241 WS
72 261 moveto
(service.) show
72 285 moveto
(The Operator.Delete_Group command can no longer be) 0.319 WS
3.068 MX
(used to delete predefined groups \050such) 0.318 WS
72 298 moveto
(as Operator and Privileged\051.) show
72 322 moveto
(The Operator.Delete_User command can no longer be) 0.681 WS
3.432 MX
(used to delete predefined users \050such as) 0.682 WS
72 335 moveto
(Operator\051.) show
72 359 moveto
(The Operator.Delete_User command now generates a message in the error log.) show
72 383 moveto
(The Operator.Remove_From_Group command can no longer) 2.134 WS
4.883 MX
(be used to remove users from) 2.133 WS
72 396 moveto
(their own groups. For example, the following command now fails:) show
108 420 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(Operator.Remove_From_Group \050"Anderson","Anderson"\051;) show
72 444 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(The Operator.Remove_From_Group command now permits naming expressions to be used) 1.019 WS
3.770 MX
(in) show
72 457 moveto
(the User and Group parameters. In particular, you can now use wildcards, set notation, and) 1.582 WS
72 470 moveto
(indirect files to reference) 2.198 WS
4.949 MX
(multiple user and group names. In both parameters, you can use) 2.199 WS
72 483 moveto
(expressions that resolve to simple names; the) 1.760 WS
4.509 MX
(expressions are automatically evaluated in the) 1.759 WS
72 496 moveto
(proper context. For example:) show
108 520 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(Operator.Remove_From_Group \050"[Phil,Vicki,Anderson]","Project_7_@"\051;) show
72 558 moveto
13 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(7.12. Changes Pertaining to Printing) show
72 582 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(The print spooler now properly honors pragma Page.) show
72 606 moveto
(A new, file-driven mechanism exists for configuring) 2.526 WS
5.277 MX
(printers. This mechanism provides an) 2.527 WS
72 619 moveto
(alternative to using user-created procedures that) 2.454 WS
5.203 MX
(call package Queue. This mechanism also) 2.453 WS
72 632 moveto
(supports the use of the !Commands.Abbreviations.Print command.) show
72 669 moveto
12 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(7.12.1. Change to Package Queue) show
72 693 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(The Queue.Add command now accepts the following) 0.296 WS
3.047 MX
(new option, which allows you to define a) 0.297 WS
72 706 moveto
(device that is a directory on a networked workstation:) show
72 756 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(18) show
296.309 MX
(September 1991 ) show
17 /Rational SelectFont
( R) show
EndPage
%%Page: 19 21
BeginPage
792 false PositionPage
72 36 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
389.560 MX
(Release D_12_5_0) show
72 72 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(\267) show
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
17.334 MX
(Ftp) show
96 90 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(A Boolean option. When) 0.365 WS
3.114 MX
(True, specifies that print requests be sent via FTP to the directory) 0.364 WS
96 103 moveto
(and machine referenced by the device.) 0.030 WS
2.781 MX
(Each print request is sent as a separate file. Once the) 0.031 WS
96 116 moveto
(files are) 0.121 WS
2.870 MX
(on the other machine, you can use that machine's print commands or tools to print) 0.120 WS
96 129 moveto
(the files.) show
96 147 moveto
(When you specify the Ftp option, you must also specify the Device) 1.688 WS
4.439 MX
(parameter with the) 1.689 WS
96 160 moveto
(name of an R1000 file that contains, on separate lines:) show
96 178 moveto
(\261) show
18.500 MX
(The network name of the destination machine. The destination machine can be any) 1.395 WS
120 191 moveto
(computer system, typically a workstation.) show
96 209 moveto
(\261) show
18.500 MX
(The full pathname) 0.592 WS
3.343 MX
(of the destination directory. The directory pathname must contain) 0.593 WS
120 222 moveto
(punctuation appropriate to the destination machine,) 5.840 WS
8.589 MX
(and must have trailing) 5.839 WS
120 235 moveto
(punctuation that permits appending the name of the transferred print-request file.) show
96 253 moveto
(\261) show
18.500 MX
(A suffix to be appended to the filenames that) 1.491 WS
4.242 MX
(are created on the workstation. If no) 1.492 WS
120 266 moveto
(suffix is to be appended, leave a blank line.) 0.725 WS
3.474 MX
(The specified suffix can be used by print) 0.724 WS
120 279 moveto
(tools as a way of identifying which files to print. This is useful when) 0.791 WS
3.542 MX
(several devices) 0.792 WS
120 292 moveto
(send files to the same directory.) show
96 310 moveto
(\261) show
18.500 MX
(The pathname of an Environment remote-passwords) 1.088 WS
3.837 MX
(file. The remote-passwords file) 1.087 WS
120 323 moveto
(must contain a username and password suitable for accessing the destination) 4.479 WS
120 336 moveto
(machine.) show
96 354 moveto
(It is recommended) 2.166 WS
4.915 MX
(that you place the device file and the remote-passwords file in the) 2.165 WS
96 367 moveto
(!Machine.Queues.Ftp library.) show
72 404 moveto
12 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(7.12.2. Changes to !Commands.Abbreviations.Print) show
72 428 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(!Commands.Abbreviations.Print has a new parameter list and implementation, so that it now:) show
72 452 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Is sensitive to the user-printer map and printer-configuration file) 0.003 WS
2.754 MX
(to determine what printer) 0.004 WS
96 465 moveto
(to go to. By default, the command uses the device that is associated with the user) 1.656 WS
4.405 MX
(who) show
96 478 moveto
(enters the command.) show
72 496 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Provides parameters for specifying information normally) 2.171 WS
4.922 MX
(entered through options with) 2.172 WS
96 509 moveto
(Queue.Print.) show
72 527 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Is able to print PostScript files, plain text files, Ada units, windows, and mailboxes.) show
72 551 moveto
(Because the changes to this command) 0.056 WS
2.805 MX
(are so significant, it is described under \252New Features\272 in) 0.055 WS
72 564 moveto
(this release note \050see section 6.2\051.) show
72 602 moveto
13 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(7.13. Machine-Initialization Software) show
72 626 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(D_12_5_0 changes the software that is automatically executed by the) 1.168 WS
3.919 MX
(Environment during the) 1.169 WS
72 639 moveto
(boot process. The software is reorganized to make it easier to:) show
72 663 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Install layered products) show
72 681 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Distinguish Rational-specific, site-specific, and machine-specific customizations) show
72 699 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Configure a network of printers for large sites) show
72 723 moveto
(See section 9 for a detailed explanation of these changes.) show
72 756 moveto
17 /Rational SelectFont
(R) show
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( September 1991) show
298.501 MX
(19) show
EndPage
%%Page: 20 22
BeginPage
792 false PositionPage
72 36 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Rational Environment Release Information) show
72 74 moveto
13 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(7.14. Changes to Diagnostic File System \050DFS\051) show
72 98 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(When an R1000 crashes, the DFS now creates a file in the DFS) 0.271 WS
3.020 MX
(area to preserve a synopsis of the) 0.270 WS
72 111 moveto
(machine state) 2.033 WS
4.784 MX
(at the time of the crash. The existence of this \252tombstone\272 file allows you to) 2.034 WS
72 124 moveto
(reboot the R1000 without losing all crash) 3.993 WS
6.742 MX
(information. System managers can access the) 3.992 WS
72 137 moveto
(crash-information file by:) show
72 161 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Using System_Report.Generate with Report_Type set to Outages or to Everything) show
72 179 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Inspecting the system error log \050the Environment boot process now automatically) 0.467 WS
3.218 MX
(copies a) 0.468 WS
96 192 moveto
(textual image of the last tombstone file into the system error log\051) show
72 216 moveto
(Crash messages have been streamlined so that irrelevant information is suppressed.) show
72 240 moveto
(The DFS recovery process now remembers) 1.480 WS
4.229 MX
(the hardware memory configuration. This greatly) 1.479 WS
72 253 moveto
(simplifies the Environment installation process.) show
72 277 moveto
(See also sections 6.10 and 7.15 for more information relating to the DFS.) show
72 315 moveto
13 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(7.15. !Tools.System_Availability) show
72 339 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(The System_Report.Generate command now includes machine crash information) 5.385 WS
8.136 MX
(when) show
72 352 moveto
(Report_Type is set to Outages or to Everything.) show
72 376 moveto
(The System_Report.Generate) 2.428 WS
5.177 MX
(command now includes percentages of disk space used when) 2.427 WS
72 389 moveto
(Report_Type is set to Daemons.) show
72 427 moveto
13 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(7.16. !Commands.System_Maintenance) show
72 451 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(The Set_Universe_Acls command is now more consistent with Check_Universe_Acls.) show
72 489 moveto
13 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(7.17. Changes to the Boot Process) show
72 513 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Performance enhancements were introduced to cause the R1000 boot process) 1.353 WS
4.104 MX
(to take 10 to 20) 1.354 WS
72 526 moveto
(minutes less than it did in previous releases.) show
72 550 moveto
(The Environment) 5.395 WS
8.144 MX
(boot process now automatically copies a textual image of the last) 5.394 WS
72 563 moveto
(\252tombstone\272 file into the) 0.694 WS
3.445 MX
(system error log \050a tombstone file contains a synopsis of the machine) 0.695 WS
72 576 moveto
(state at the time of the last crash\051.) show
72 614 moveto
13 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(7.18. Changes Pertaining to Backups) show
72 638 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(The R1000 now shuts down and reboots automatically after a tape backup is restored.) 2.015 WS
4.764 MX
(This) show
72 651 moveto
(makes disk collection work properly.) show
72 675 moveto
(The Starting_At parameter is no longer ignored) 4.256 WS
7.007 MX
(when you use either of the following) 4.257 WS
72 688 moveto
(commands to take a secondary backup:) show
72 712 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(!Commands.Abbreviations.Secondary_Backup) show
72 730 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(!Commands.Abbreviations.Do_Backup) show
72 756 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(20) show
296.309 MX
(September 1991 ) show
17 /Rational SelectFont
( R) show
EndPage
%%Page: 21 23
BeginPage
792 false PositionPage
72 36 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
389.560 MX
(Release D_12_5_0) show
72 74 moveto
13 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(7.19. Miscellaneous System-Management Changes) show
72 98 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(The Shutdown and Snapshot commands have) 3.739 WS
6.488 MX
(been removed from the Kernel command) 3.738 WS
72 111 moveto
(interpreter on the operator's console.) show
72 135 moveto
(The Daemon.Quiesce command no longer raises an exception when the Additional_Delay) 3.053 WS
72 148 moveto
(parameter is given the value Duration'Last.) show
72 186 moveto
13 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(7.20. CMVC Changes) show
72 223 moveto
12 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(7.20.1. Changes to Editing Activities) show
72 247 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(The activity editor now properly handles entries that refer to) 2.791 WS
5.540 MX
(nonexistent subsystems and) 2.790 WS
72 260 moveto
(views.) show
72 297 moveto
12 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(7.20.2. Changes to Package Cmvc) show
72 321 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Various commands in package Cmvc now produce improved error messages.) show
72 345 moveto
(The Cmvc.Accept_Changes command now correctly accepts new) 2.141 WS
4.892 MX
(subunits into a view even) 2.142 WS
72 358 moveto
(when no stubs already exist in the parent units.) show
72 382 moveto
(The Cmvc.Build command no longer produces a Numeric_Error if the configuration name) 0.281 WS
3.030 MX
(does) show
72 395 moveto
(not contain an underscore character \050 _ \051.) show
72 419 moveto
(The Cmvc.Copy command now copies a source) 1.748 WS
4.499 MX
(view correctly, even if it contains units that) 1.749 WS
72 432 moveto
(contain insertion points.) show
72 456 moveto
(The Cmvc.Copy command and its derivatives) 0.149 WS
2.898 MX
(now preserve Delta1 compatibility when copying) 0.148 WS
72 469 moveto
(a view that contains a Delta1-compatible loaded main) 1.947 WS
4.698 MX
(program. \050Such copy operations now) 1.948 WS
72 482 moveto
(copy the underlying code database along with the Delta1-compatible loaded main program.\051) show
72 506 moveto
(The Cmvc.Import command now reports) 1.234 WS
3.983 MX
(all problems that result from link-name conflicts. In) 1.233 WS
72 519 moveto
(previous releases, the command would report) 0.895 WS
3.646 MX
(only the first conflict it encountered. \050A conflict) 0.896 WS
72 532 moveto
(arises when) 1.128 WS
3.877 MX
(units in different imported views have the same link name, for example, because) 1.127 WS
72 545 moveto
(they have the same simple name.\051) show
72 569 moveto
(The Cmvc.Initial command no longer requires you to have D access to the world in which) 1.455 WS
4.206 MX
(a) show
72 582 moveto
(subsystem is created. Furthermore, the) 0.827 WS
3.576 MX
(remaining access requirements no longer have to come) 0.826 WS
72 595 moveto
(from a single ACL entry, as was the case in previous releases.) show
72 619 moveto
(The Cmvc.Join command no longer operates atomically) 1.889 WS
4.640 MX
(when multiple objects are specified.) 1.890 WS
72 632 moveto
(That is, individual failures no longer cause the entire operation) 0.528 WS
3.277 MX
(to be abandoned and its partial) 0.527 WS
72 645 moveto
(effects undone. The command is now) 0.018 WS
2.769 MX
(allowed to continue even if one or more individual objects) 0.019 WS
72 658 moveto
(fail to join, and any objects that are successfully joined remain that way.) show
72 682 moveto
(The Cmvc.Make_Code_View) 1.974 WS
4.723 MX
(command now causes links for code views to be deleted. This) 1.973 WS
72 695 moveto
(reduces the likelihood of errors when code views are archived and restored.) show
72 756 moveto
17 /Rational SelectFont
(R) show
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( September 1991) show
298.501 MX
(21) show
EndPage
%%Page: 22 24
BeginPage
792 false PositionPage
72 36 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Rational Environment Release Information) show
72 72 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(The Cmvc.Make_Controlled command no longer operates atomically when multiple) 0.371 WS
3.122 MX
(objects are) 0.372 WS
72 85 moveto
(specified. That is, individual failures no longer cause the entire operation to be abandoned and) 0.559 WS
72 98 moveto
(its partial effects undone.) 2.729 WS
5.480 MX
(The command is now allowed to continue even if one or more) 2.730 WS
72 111 moveto
(individual objects) 2.821 WS
5.570 MX
(cannot be made controlled; any objects that have been made controlled) 2.820 WS
72 124 moveto
(remain that) 0.694 WS
3.445 MX
(way. This is particularly important when the Save_Source parameter is set to True) 0.695 WS
72 137 moveto
(and some of the specified objects are binary \050and therefore) 2.079 WS
4.828 MX
(incapable of being saved in the) 2.078 WS
72 150 moveto
(CMVC database\051.) show
72 174 moveto
(The Cmvc.Make_Controlled command now echoes its parameters correctly.) show
72 198 moveto
(A problem was fixed so that the Cmvc.Make_Path,) 2.880 WS
5.631 MX
(Cmvc.Make_Subpath, and Cmvc.Copy) 2.881 WS
72 211 moveto
(commands can successfully cause units to be promoted in the newly created views.) show
72 235 moveto
(The Cmvc.Release command no longer fails) 8.077 WS
10.826 MX
(if information is missing from the) 8.076 WS
72 248 moveto
11 /Palatino-Italic SelectFont
(View) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(.State.Last_Release_Name file. The command now uses default values to) 1.669 WS
4.420 MX
(reconstruct the) 1.670 WS
72 261 moveto
(file, rather than causing an error.) show
72 285 moveto
(The Cmvc.Show_@ commands \050such as Cmvc.Show_All_Uncontrolled\051 no longer fail) 3.088 WS
5.837 MX
(with) show
72 298 moveto
(errors when they encounter) 1.345 WS
4.096 MX
(an open object. These commands now persevere in this situation) 1.346 WS
72 311 moveto
(\050provided that the profile is set appropriately\051.) show
72 348 moveto
12 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(7.20.3. Changes to Package Cmvc_Maintenance) show
72 372 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(The Cmvc_Maintenance.Check_Consistency command now uses) 2.363 WS
5.112 MX
(the response characteristics) 2.362 WS
72 385 moveto
(specified in its Response profile.) show
72 409 moveto
(The Cmvc.Show_Image_Of_Generation command now uses the) 5.568 WS
8.319 MX
(response characteristics) 5.569 WS
72 422 moveto
(specified in its Response profile.) show
72 459 moveto
12 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(7.20.4. Changes to Work Orders) show
72 483 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Bugs were fixed so that using) 0.694 WS
3.443 MX
(Archive.Save or Archive.Copy on large \050300 Kb to 400 Kb\051 work) 0.693 WS
72 496 moveto
(orders no longer raises Storage_Error.) show
72 533 moveto
12 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(7.20.5. Spec Change in Package Work_Order_Implementation) show
72 557 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(A change has been made) 2.262 WS
5.013 MX
(to package !Implementation.Work_Order_Implementation'Spec. In) 2.263 WS
72 570 moveto
(particular, the) 4.576 WS
7.325 MX
(parameter list in the Work_Order_Operations.Traverse_Comments generic) 4.575 WS
72 583 moveto
(procedure has been changed to fix a problem from D_12_1_1.) show
72 607 moveto
(The generic procedure) 1.436 WS
4.187 MX
(now has the following specification, which provides a new parameter) 1.437 WS
72 620 moveto
(called User_Name:) show
72 644 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(generic) show
72 656 moveto
( with procedure Visit \050The_User : User_Id;) show
72 668 moveto
( User_Name : String;) show
72 680 moveto
( The_Comment : String;) show
72 692 moveto
( The_Element : Element_Name;) show
72 704 moveto
( The_Time : Calendar.Time\051;) show
72 716 moveto
(procedure Traverse_Comments) show
72 728 moveto
( \050For_Work_Order : Work_Order_Handle; Success : out Status\051;) show
72 756 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(22) show
296.309 MX
(September 1991 ) show
17 /Rational SelectFont
( R) show
EndPage
%%Page: 23 25
BeginPage
792 false PositionPage
72 36 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
389.560 MX
(Release D_12_5_0) show
72 72 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(You must recompile any tools created) 1.266 WS
4.015 MX
(under the D_12_1_1 Environment release if those tools) 1.265 WS
72 85 moveto
(are compiled against !Implementation.Work_Order_Implementation'Spec.) 3.349 WS
6.100 MX
(Furthermore, you) 3.350 WS
72 98 moveto
(may need to modify those tools to accommodate the new parameter list.) show
72 122 moveto
(Package Work_Order_Implementation also contains new declarations; see section 6.4.) show
72 146 moveto
(These changes and additions to Work_Order_Implementation were previously available) 2.879 WS
5.628 MX
(to) show
72 159 moveto
(users of Series 400S and 400C through the D_12_2_4 release of the Environment.) show
72 197 moveto
13 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(7.21. Networking Changes) show
72 234 moveto
12 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(7.21.1. IP Routing) show
72 258 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(A default IP route) 0.654 WS
3.405 MX
(is now supported for the Series 400 \050which has a CMC ENP-100i) 0.655 WS
/trademark SYM 10.769 MX
( Ethernet) 0.655 WS
72 271 moveto
(controller\051. This change does) 0.756 WS
3.505 MX
(not affect the Series 100, 200, or 300 \050which has an Excelan EXOS) 0.755 WS
72 284 moveto
(204) show
/trademark SYM 10.769 MX
( Ethernet controller\051.) show
72 308 moveto
(A default IP route must be defined in every Series 400 machine \050CMC ENP-100i\051) 1.151 WS
3.902 MX
(that uses IP) 1.152 WS
72 321 moveto
(routing \050that is,) 1.379 WS
4.128 MX
(communicates with machines in other IP networks or subnets\051. Furthermore,) 1.378 WS
72 334 moveto
(the default IP router must do at least) 0.062 WS
2.813 MX
(one of the following when the R1000 sends an IP datagram) 0.063 WS
72 347 moveto
(to it:) show
72 371 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Relay the datagram toward its target,) show
11 /Palatino-Italic SelectFont
( or) show
72 389 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Send an ICMP Redirect message back to the R1000, directing it to another IP router.) show
72 413 moveto
(The default router must do one) 1.651 WS
4.400 MX
(or both of these things for any IP datagram targeted to any) 1.650 WS
72 426 moveto
(machine with which the R1000 must communicate.) show
72 450 moveto
(To define a default IP route, you:) show
72 474 moveto
(1.) show
15.750 MX
(Add a line) 1.065 WS
3.816 MX
(to !Machine.Transport_Routes that designates an IP router, with no other text) 1.066 WS
96 487 moveto
(and no white space in that line. The router can be designated by:) show
96 505 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Its IP address \050in decimal-dotted notation\051,) show
11 /Palatino-Italic SelectFont
( or) show
96 523 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(A name that can be resolved to an IP address) 1.709 WS
4.458 MX
(via !Machine.Transport_Name_Map.) 1.708 WS
120 536 moveto
(You must use a name) 0.397 WS
3.148 MX
(that is defined in !Machine.Transport_Name_Map, because it is) 0.398 WS
120 549 moveto
(not possible to communicate with the name server \050the machine) 3.702 WS
6.451 MX
(designated in) 3.701 WS
120 562 moveto
(!Machine.Tcp_Ip_Name_Server\051 at the time the name is resolved.) show
72 580 moveto
(2.) show
15.750 MX
(After editing \050and) 1.815 WS
4.566 MX
(closing\051 !Machine.Transport_Routes, execute Tcp_Ip_Boot to load the) 1.816 WS
96 593 moveto
(default IP route into the CMC ENP-100i Ethernet controller.) show
72 617 moveto
(To change the default IP route:) show
72 641 moveto
(1.) show
15.750 MX
(Edit !Machine.Transport_Routes to designate the new) 1.344 WS
4.093 MX
(default IP router in a line with no) 1.343 WS
96 654 moveto
(white space and no other information \050see above\051.) show
72 672 moveto
(2.) show
15.750 MX
(Execute Transport_Route.Undefine to) 3.994 WS
6.745 MX
(erase any default IP routes that are presently) 3.995 WS
96 685 moveto
(defined. You can find them by executing Transport_Route.Show.) show
72 756 moveto
17 /Rational SelectFont
(R) show
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( September 1991) show
298.501 MX
(23) show
EndPage
%%Page: 24 26
BeginPage
792 false PositionPage
72 36 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Rational Environment Release Information) show
72 72 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(3.) show
15.750 MX
(After editing \050and closing\051 !Machine.Transport_Routes, execute Tcp_Ip_Boot to) 1.816 WS
4.565 MX
(load the) 1.815 WS
96 85 moveto
(default IP route into the CMC ENP-100i Ethernet controller.) show
72 109 moveto
(You can define other, nondefault IP) 2.294 WS
5.045 MX
(routes using other IP routers, as described in package) 2.295 WS
72 122 moveto
(Transport_Route, but any nondefault route that is not used for a period) 0.761 WS
3.510 MX
(of 30 minutes is likely) 0.760 WS
72 135 moveto
(to be deleted by the Series 400 \050CMC ENP-100i\051, and subsequent datagrams) 0.597 WS
3.348 MX
(to which the route) 0.598 WS
72 148 moveto
(pertained will be transmitted to the default IP router) 2.794 WS
5.543 MX
(\050until an ICMP Redirect message is) 2.793 WS
72 161 moveto
(received\051.) show
72 185 moveto
(If you must use a nondefault route in a Series 400, and the default IP router cannot redirect you) 0.304 WS
72 198 moveto
(to it periodically, you can define it in !Machine.Transport_Routes and then) 3.780 WS
6.529 MX
(execute this) 3.779 WS
72 211 moveto
(program to prevent its being deleted because of disuse:) show
108 235 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(Scheduler.Set_Job_Attribute \050System_Utilities.Get_Job,"Kind","Server"\051;) show
108 247 moveto
(loop) show
108 259 moveto
( Transport_Route.Load;) show
108 271 moveto
( delay 25 * 60.0;) show
108 283 moveto
(end loop;) show
72 307 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Transport_Route.Show will display a route that is) 0.890 WS
3.641 MX
(deleted because of disuse as though it were) 0.891 WS
72 320 moveto
(still in effect. The only way to discover the contents of the Series 400 IP routing) 2.022 WS
4.771 MX
(table is to) 2.021 WS
72 333 moveto
(transmit test IP datagrams and observe \050on the Ethernet\051 the IP routers) 2.467 WS
5.218 MX
(to which they are) 2.468 WS
72 346 moveto
(relayed.) show
72 383 moveto
12 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(7.21.2. Miscellaneous Networking Changes) show
72 407 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Package !Tools.Networking.Transport_Defs now contains additional error codes.) show
72 431 moveto
(Several problems were fixed, which occurred only with the CMC ENP-100i Ethernet controller:) show
72 455 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(It is now) 0.959 WS
3.708 MX
(possible to receive a UDP datagram that contains more than 1,472 bytes of user) 0.958 WS
96 468 moveto
(data.) show
96 486 moveto
(In previous releases of the) 6.687 WS
9.438 MX
(Environment, when a program was executing the) 6.688 WS
96 499 moveto
(Transport.Receive command and waiting for UDP datagrams, Transport.Receive would) 2.073 WS
96 512 moveto
(return Status = CONNECTION_BROKEN and that connection would close upon) 0.291 WS
3.042 MX
(receiving) show
96 525 moveto
(a UDP datagram in multiple IP fragments.) show
72 543 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Transport.Receive now correctly returns Status NOT_OPEN if the) 0.809 WS
3.558 MX
(connection is not open.) 0.808 WS
96 556 moveto
(In previous releases, the Status NOT_CONNECTED was returned.) show
72 580 moveto
(In the Ftp.Get command, setting the Append_To_File parameter to True no longer fails if the) 1.252 WS
72 593 moveto
(specified file already exists.) show
72 617 moveto
(You can now use) 0.885 WS
3.634 MX
(FTP to append data to an existing object on an R1000, without incurring the) 0.884 WS
72 630 moveto
(following error:) show
108 654 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(*** Problem with local file - Problem opening local file.) show
108 666 moveto
(*** Ftp transfer failed with status = FILE_ERROR.) show
108 678 moveto
(++* <filename> was not retrieved.) show
72 756 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(24) show
296.309 MX
(September 1991 ) show
17 /Rational SelectFont
( R) show
EndPage
%%Page: 25 27
BeginPage
792 false PositionPage
72 36 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
389.560 MX
(Release D_12_5_0) show
72 76 moveto
15 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(8. Documentation) show
72 100 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(The D_12_5_0 release of the Environment includes new) 3.184 WS
5.935 MX
(and updated online help for the) 3.185 WS
72 113 moveto
(packages listed) 3.140 WS
5.889 MX
(below. Many of these packages have been significantly rewritten and the) 3.139 WS
72 126 moveto
(introductions of important packages \050such as) 5.758 WS
8.509 MX
(Archive, Compilation, Profile, Program,) 5.759 WS
72 139 moveto
(Remote_Passwords\051 now contain extensive introductory material. Use the What.Does command) 0.014 WS
72 152 moveto
(to obtain online help.) show
72 176 moveto
(The new and updated packages are listed by the volume in which) 1.034 WS
3.785 MX
(they appear in the) 1.035 WS
11 /Palatino-Italic SelectFont
( Rational) 1.035 WS
72 189 moveto
(Environment Reference Manual) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(:) show
72 213 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(One package from the Debugging \050DEB\051 book \050Volume 3\051:) show
96 231 moveto
(\261) show
18.500 MX
(Debug) show
72 255 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(All packages from the Session and Job Management \050SJM\051 book \050Volume 4\051:) show
96 273 moveto
(\261) show
18.500 MX
(Job) show
96 291 moveto
(\261) show
18.500 MX
(Log) show
96 309 moveto
(\261) show
18.500 MX
(Profile) show
96 327 moveto
(\261) show
18.500 MX
(Program) show
96 345 moveto
(\261) show
18.500 MX
(Remote_Passwords) show
96 363 moveto
(\261) show
18.500 MX
(Search_List) show
96 381 moveto
(\261) show
18.500 MX
(What) show
72 405 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(All packages from the Library Management \050LM\051 book \050Volume 5\051:) show
96 423 moveto
(\261) show
18.500 MX
(Access_List) show
96 441 moveto
(\261) show
18.500 MX
(Access_List_Tools) show
96 459 moveto
(\261) show
18.500 MX
(Archive) show
96 477 moveto
(\261) show
18.500 MX
(Compilation) show
96 495 moveto
(\261) show
18.500 MX
(File_Utilities) show
96 513 moveto
(\261) show
18.500 MX
(Library) show
96 531 moveto
(\261) show
18.500 MX
(Links) show
96 549 moveto
(\261) show
18.500 MX
(Switches) show
96 567 moveto
(\261) show
18.500 MX
(Xref) show
72 591 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Six packages from the System Management Utilities \050SMU\051 book \050Volume 10\051:) show
96 609 moveto
(\261) show
18.500 MX
(Message) show
96 627 moveto
(\261) show
18.500 MX
(Operator) show
96 645 moveto
(\261) show
18.500 MX
(Queue) show
96 663 moveto
(\261) show
18.500 MX
(System_Backup) show
96 681 moveto
(\261) show
18.500 MX
(Tape) show
96 699 moveto
(\261) show
18.500 MX
(Terminal) show
72 756 moveto
17 /Rational SelectFont
(R) show
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( September 1991) show
298.501 MX
(25) show
EndPage
%%Page: 26 28
BeginPage
792 false PositionPage
72 36 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Rational Environment Release Information) show
72 72 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( ) show
72 756 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(26) show
296.309 MX
(September 1991 ) show
17 /Rational SelectFont
( R) show
EndPage
%%Page: 27 29
BeginPage
792 false PositionPage
72 36 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
389.560 MX
(Release D_12_5_0) show
72 76 moveto
15 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(9. Appendix A: !Machine.Initialization) show
72 100 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(D_12_5_0 changes the software) 1.169 WS
3.918 MX
(that is automatically executed by the Environment during the) 1.168 WS
72 113 moveto
(boot process. The software is reorganized to make it easier to:) show
72 137 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Install layered products) show
72 155 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Distinguish Rational-specific, site-specific, and machine-specific customizations) show
72 173 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Configure a network of printers for large sites) show
72 197 moveto
(The following) 0.937 WS
3.688 MX
(subsections describe the new mechanisms for initializing an R1000. See also the) 0.938 WS
72 210 moveto
(\252Installation Procedure\272 for specific) 1.048 WS
3.797 MX
(steps to convert any existing initialization software to the) 1.047 WS
72 223 moveto
(new mechanisms.) show
72 261 moveto
13 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(9.1. Overview) show
72 285 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Each time an R1000 is booted,) 0.138 WS
2.889 MX
(software is executed that initializes layered products, sets various) 0.139 WS
72 298 moveto
(system parameters \050for) 3.657 WS
6.406 MX
(example, disk-collection thresholds and snapshot intervals\051, starts) 3.656 WS
72 311 moveto
(servers, enables terminals, and so on.) show
72 335 moveto
(In previous Environment releases, the boot process automatically executed) 0.922 WS
3.673 MX
(!Machine.Initialize,) show
72 348 moveto
(which in turn executed a family of procedures \050with names of the form !Machine.Initialize_@\051.) show
72 372 moveto
(In D_12_5_0, !Machine.Initialize is no longer used. Instead,) 2.027 WS
4.776 MX
(all system-initialization software) 2.026 WS
72 385 moveto
(resides in the world !Machine.Initialization, which is structured as shown:) show
108 409 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(!Machine.Initialization : Library \050World\051;) show
108 421 moveto
( Local : Library \050World\051;) show
108 433 moveto
( Rational : Library \050World\051;) show
108 445 moveto
( Site : Library \050World\051;) show
108 457 moveto
( Start : Ada \050Load_Proc\051;) show
72 481 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(The D_12_5_0 boot process automatically executes) 0.900 WS
3.651 MX
(the Start procedure, which in turn executes) 0.901 WS
72 494 moveto
(all the procedures that reside in \050or are referenced in\051 the Local, Rational, and Site worlds:) show
72 518 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(The world Rational contains or references software that) 1.250 WS
3.999 MX
(initializes Rational products and) 1.249 WS
96 531 moveto
(provides standard settings for many) 2.607 WS
5.358 MX
(system parameters. Users should not modify the) 2.608 WS
96 544 moveto
(objects in this world.) show
72 562 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(The worlds Site and Local provide) 3.342 WS
6.091 MX
(a place for system managers to put objects that) 3.341 WS
96 575 moveto
(customize the initialization process. Such objects can be used to) 0.521 WS
3.272 MX
(override various standard) 0.522 WS
96 588 moveto
(system parameter settings, to) 3.772 WS
6.521 MX
(initialize customer-written applications, and to specify) 3.771 WS
96 601 moveto
(terminal and printer configurations:) show
96 619 moveto
(\261) show
18.500 MX
(The world Site is) 1.545 WS
4.296 MX
(intended for customer-written objects that are common to two or) 1.546 WS
120 632 moveto
(more machines at a given site.) show
96 650 moveto
(\261) show
18.500 MX
(The world Local is intended for customer-written objects that apply only) 3.025 WS
5.774 MX
(to the) 3.024 WS
120 663 moveto
(current R1000.) show
72 687 moveto
(The following subsections give more detail about these worlds.) show
72 756 moveto
17 /Rational SelectFont
(R) show
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( September 1991) show
298.501 MX
(27) show
EndPage
%%Page: 28 30
BeginPage
792 false PositionPage
72 36 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Rational Environment Release Information) show
72 73 moveto
12 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(9.1.1. World !Machine.Initialization.Rational) show
72 97 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(The Rational world contains objects supplied by) 3.139 WS
5.890 MX
(Rational that perform basic initialization) 3.140 WS
72 110 moveto
(services for the current R1000. These objects include:) show
72 134 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Loaded main procedures that) 1.539 WS
4.288 MX
(are executed by !Machine.Initialization.Start whenever the) 1.538 WS
96 147 moveto
(system is booted.) show
72 165 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(\252_Start\272 files that reference procedures) 1.505 WS
4.256 MX
(located elsewhere in the Environment. These are) 1.506 WS
96 178 moveto
(text files whose names) 1.605 WS
4.354 MX
(end with ) 1.604 WS
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(_Start) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(; the procedures they reference are executed by) 1.604 WS
96 191 moveto
(!Machine.Initialization.Start.) show
72 215 moveto
(On a typical system, this world contains objects such as the following:) show
108 239 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(!Machine.Initialization.Rational : Library \050World\051;) show
108 251 moveto
( Clean_Machine_Temporary : C Load_Proc;) show
108 263 moveto
( Cross_Compilers : C Load_Proc;) show
108 275 moveto
( Design_Facilities : C Load_Proc;) show
108 287 moveto
( Dtia : C Load_Proc;) show
108 299 moveto
( Finish_Install : C Load_Proc;) show
108 311 moveto
( Log_Previous_Outage_Start : Text;) show
108 323 moveto
( Mail_Start : Text;) show
108 335 moveto
( Network : C Load_Proc;) show
108 347 moveto
( Parameters : C Load_Proc;) show
108 359 moveto
( Printers : C Load_Proc;) show
108 371 moveto
( Servers : C Load_Proc;) show
108 383 moveto
( Teamwork_Interface : C Load_Proc;) show
108 395 moveto
( Terminals : C Load_Proc;) show
72 419 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(The procedures that are supplied or referenced in this world:) show
72 443 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Perform cleanup and compaction) show
72 461 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Initialize the installed Rational products, such as CDFs, RDF, Rational Networking, and) 0.402 WS
3.153 MX
(so) show
96 474 moveto
(on) show
72 492 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Initialize servers, including the archive and FTP servers) show
72 510 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Set standard values for various system parameters, such) 1.463 WS
4.212 MX
(as the medium-term scheduler,) 1.462 WS
96 523 moveto
(snapshot intervals and warnings, disk-collection thresholds, and so on) show
72 541 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Initialize terminals and printers according) 0.674 WS
3.425 MX
(to user-specified requirements \050given in files in) 0.675 WS
96 554 moveto
(the Site and Local worlds\051) show
72 578 moveto
(For more specific information, you can browse the comments in each object in this world.) show
72 615 moveto
12 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(9.1.2. Worlds !Machine.Initialization.[Site,Local]) show
72 639 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(The Site and) 0.681 WS
3.430 MX
(Local worlds are where system managers can create objects to control sitewide or) 0.680 WS
72 652 moveto
(machine-specific initialization and configuration. These objects may include:) show
72 676 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Ada procedures that supplement or) 0.503 WS
3.254 MX
(override the basic initialization services performed by) 0.504 WS
96 689 moveto
(objects in the Rational world. All procedures in the Site) 0.655 WS
3.404 MX
(and Local worlds are executed by) 0.654 WS
96 702 moveto
(!Machine.Initialization.Start each time the system is booted.) show
72 756 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(28) show
296.309 MX
(September 1991 ) show
17 /Rational SelectFont
( R) show
EndPage
%%Page: 29 31
BeginPage
792 false PositionPage
72 36 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
389.560 MX
(Release D_12_5_0) show
72 72 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(\252_Start\272 files that reference procedures) 1.505 WS
4.256 MX
(located elsewhere in the Environment. These are) 1.506 WS
96 85 moveto
(text files whose names) 1.605 WS
4.354 MX
(end with ) 1.604 WS
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(_Start) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(; the procedures they reference are executed by) 1.604 WS
96 98 moveto
(!Machine.Initialization.Start. Using a \252_Start file\272 is equivalent) 1.152 WS
3.903 MX
(to calling Program.Run or) 1.153 WS
96 111 moveto
(Program.Run_Job to execute the referenced procedure. \050See section 9.3.2.\051) show
72 129 moveto
(\267) show
11 /Palatino-Italic SelectFont
17.334 MX
(Configuration files) 0.011 WS
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( that tell the Environment how to enable and configure) 0.011 WS
2.760 MX
(ports for login and) 0.010 WS
96 142 moveto
(ports for printing. These are text files that are read by two of the procedures executed) 0.901 WS
3.652 MX
(by) show
96 155 moveto
(!Machine.Initialization.Start. A default file for) 1.104 WS
3.853 MX
(enabling login ports is created in the Local) 1.103 WS
96 168 moveto
(world during installation. \050See sections 9.4 and 9.5.\051) show
72 186 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Text files) 3.985 WS
6.736 MX
(that tell the Environment how to initialize layered products such as the) 3.986 WS
96 199 moveto
(Cross-Development Facility or the Rational Design Facility. \050See) 2.850 WS
5.599 MX
(the comments in the) 2.849 WS
96 212 moveto
(specifications of) 12.119 WS
14.870 MX
(the Cross_Compilers and Design_Facilities procedures in) 12.120 WS
96 225 moveto
(!Machine.Initialization.Rational.\051) show
72 249 moveto
(At most sites, system managers will use the Site) 0.491 WS
3.240 MX
(and/or Local worlds as a place for procedures) 0.490 WS
72 262 moveto
(\050or \252_Start\272 files\051 that:) show
72 286 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Set password policy) show
72 304 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Set login limits) show
72 322 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Start server programs for site-specific networking,) 4.778 WS
7.529 MX
(databases, and applications \050for) 4.779 WS
96 335 moveto
(example, a login monitor or network security server\051) show
72 359 moveto
(At some sites, system managers may need to use these worlds for procedures that:) show
72 383 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Provide nonstandard daemon settings, for example:) show
96 401 moveto
(\261) show
18.500 MX
(The time at which daily and weekly clients run. \050The standard times are 3:00 a.m.) 0.569 WS
3.318 MX
(for) show
120 414 moveto
(daily clients and 2:30 a.m. for weekly clients.\051) show
96 432 moveto
(\261) show
18.500 MX
(How often snapshots are taken. \050The standard snapshot interval is every 30 minutes.\051) show
96 450 moveto
(\261) show
18.500 MX
(Whether \050and when\051) 3.241 WS
5.992 MX
(to send a snapshot warning, snapshot start messages, and) 3.242 WS
120 463 moveto
(snapshot finish messages. \050The standard is to send a) 1.239 WS
3.988 MX
(warning 20 seconds before the) 1.238 WS
120 476 moveto
(next snapshot and to notify users only when the snapshot has finished.\051) show
96 494 moveto
(\261) show
18.500 MX
(The interval for daemon warnings. \050The standard is to send a warning 2 minutes) 2.177 WS
120 507 moveto
(before the daily clients begin.\051) show
96 525 moveto
(\261) show
18.500 MX
(Whether to send disk-collection threshold warnings. \050The standard is to) 1.337 WS
4.086 MX
(warn users) 1.336 WS
120 538 moveto
(when collection thresholds have been passed.\051) show
96 556 moveto
(\261) show
18.500 MX
(What kinds of system log messages appear on the operator console. \050The standard) 0.774 WS
3.525 MX
(is) show
120 569 moveto
(to route only warning, problem, and fatal messages to the operator console.\051) show
96 587 moveto
(\261) show
18.500 MX
(Whether clients) 3.843 WS
6.592 MX
(should perform access-list compaction. \050The standard is for all) 3.842 WS
120 600 moveto
(relevant clients to perform access-list compaction.\051) show
72 618 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Provide customized disk-collection thresholds \050see also section 9.3.4\051. Note, however, that) 0.774 WS
96 631 moveto
(values set by the procedure in world Rational are calculated based) 4.383 WS
7.132 MX
(on your disk) 4.382 WS
96 644 moveto
(configuration and should be sufficient;) 1.705 WS
4.456 MX
(see your Rational technical representative if you) 1.706 WS
96 657 moveto
(want to use different thresholds.) show
72 675 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Provide nonstandard) 10.669 WS
13.418 MX
(medium-term scheduler settings. \050You can enter the) 10.668 WS
96 688 moveto
(Scheduler.Display command to see the) 1.100 WS
3.851 MX
(standard settings.\051 Note, however, that values set) 1.101 WS
96 701 moveto
(by the procedure in world Rational should be sufficient; see) 3.200 WS
5.949 MX
(your Rational technical) 3.199 WS
96 714 moveto
(representative if you want to use different settings.) show
72 756 moveto
17 /Rational SelectFont
(R) show
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( September 1991) show
298.501 MX
(29) show
EndPage
%%Page: 30 32
BeginPage
792 false PositionPage
72 36 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Rational Environment Release Information) show
72 74 moveto
13 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(9.2. Setting Up the Site and Local Worlds) show
72 98 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(If you have a new R1000, you can use the following guidelines to set up) 1.295 WS
4.046 MX
(your Site and Local) 1.296 WS
72 111 moveto
(worlds:) show
72 135 moveto
(1.) show
15.750 MX
(Decide whether you need to provide any system customizations such as those listed) 1.775 WS
4.524 MX
(in) show
96 148 moveto
(section 9.1.2. Create the appropriate procedures and/or) 0.122 WS
2.873 MX
(\252_Start\272 files, using the hints given) 0.123 WS
96 161 moveto
(in section 9.3.) show
72 179 moveto
(2.) show
15.750 MX
(Inspect the default Terminal_Configuration file that was created in) 0.330 WS
3.079 MX
(the Local world during) 0.329 WS
96 192 moveto
(installation. This file enables ports 235) 1.086 WS
3.837 MX
(through 249 for login. Edit this file if you want to) 1.087 WS
96 205 moveto
(enable a different set of ports and/or specify) 3.836 WS
6.585 MX
(further connection or communication) 3.835 WS
96 218 moveto
(information; see section 9.4.) show
72 236 moveto
(3.) show
15.750 MX
(Decide whether to implement a printer-configuration mechanism to) 0.101 WS
2.852 MX
(enable users to use the) 0.102 WS
96 249 moveto
(!Commands.Abbreviations.Print and to facilitate the use of networked printers. Create) 0.575 WS
3.324 MX
(the) show
96 262 moveto
(appropriate files; see section 9.5.) show
72 280 moveto
(4.) show
15.750 MX
(If you have layered products such as the CDF or RDF, inspect the comments in the) 2.859 WS
96 293 moveto
(specifications of the Cross_Compilers and Design_Facilities procedures) 12.120 WS
14.869 MX
(in) show
96 306 moveto
(!Machine.Initialization.Rational. Create any files) 2.324 WS
5.075 MX
(required for initializing these products) 2.325 WS
96 319 moveto
(\050for example, a text file that registers an RDF customization\051.) show
72 343 moveto
(If you are upgrading from a previous) 0.427 WS
3.176 MX
(release to D_12_5_0, the Local world will already contain) 0.426 WS
72 356 moveto
(several objects that contain customizations:) show
72 380 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(A Terminal_Configuration file) 0.580 WS
3.331 MX
(is automatically created in the Local world that enables the) 0.581 WS
96 393 moveto
(same set of ports that were enabled at the time) 0.720 WS
3.469 MX
(of installation. This file also preserves any) 0.719 WS
96 406 moveto
(nondefault communication characteristics that were in effect for RS232 ports.) show
72 424 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(The !Machine.Initialize_Site procedure is automatically moved into the Local world,) 2.249 WS
5 MX
(as) show
96 437 moveto
(described in the \252Installation Procedure.\272) show
72 461 moveto
(After your R1000 has been upgraded, you can use the following guidelines) 0.849 WS
3.598 MX
(to set up your Site) 0.848 WS
72 474 moveto
(and Local worlds:) show
72 498 moveto
(1.) show
15.750 MX
(Inspect the Initialize_Site procedure that has been) 2.454 WS
5.205 MX
(copied into the Local world during) 2.455 WS
96 511 moveto
(installation. Edit this procedure to preserve any system) 3.563 WS
6.312 MX
(customizations that are still) 3.562 WS
96 524 moveto
(appropriate. You may want to split this procedure into separate) 2.116 WS
4.867 MX
(procedures and move) 2.117 WS
96 537 moveto
(appropriate procedures into the Site world. See the) 1.719 WS
4.468 MX
(\252Installation Procedure\272 for specific) 1.718 WS
96 550 moveto
(recommendations for handling this procedure.) 1.284 WS
4.035 MX
(See also section 9.3 for information about) 1.285 WS
96 563 moveto
(initialization procedures and \252_Start\272 files.) show
72 581 moveto
(2.) show
15.750 MX
(Inspect the default Terminal_Configuration file that was created in) 0.330 WS
3.079 MX
(the Local world during) 0.329 WS
96 594 moveto
(installation. Edit this file if you want to enable a different set of ports and/or specify) 2.298 WS
96 607 moveto
(further connection or communication information; see section 9.4.) show
72 625 moveto
(3.) show
15.750 MX
(Decide whether to implement a printer-configuration) 0.102 WS
2.851 MX
(mechanism to enable users to use the) 0.101 WS
96 638 moveto
(!Commands.Abbreviations.Print and) 0.574 WS
3.325 MX
(to facilitate the use of networked printers. Create the) 0.575 WS
96 651 moveto
(appropriate files; see section 9.5.) show
72 669 moveto
(4.) show
15.750 MX
(If you have layered products such as the CDF or RDF, inspect the comments in the) 2.859 WS
96 682 moveto
(specifications of) 12.119 WS
14.870 MX
(the Cross_Compilers and Design_Facilities procedures in) 12.120 WS
96 695 moveto
(!Machine.Initialization.Rational. Create any files required for) 2.325 WS
5.074 MX
(initializing these products) 2.324 WS
96 708 moveto
(\050for example, a text file that registers an RDF customization\051.) show
72 756 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(30) show
296.309 MX
(September 1991 ) show
17 /Rational SelectFont
( R) show
EndPage
%%Page: 31 33
BeginPage
792 false PositionPage
72 36 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
389.560 MX
(Release D_12_5_0) show
72 74 moveto
13 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(9.3. Hints for Implementing System Customizations) show
72 98 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(This section provides information about:) show
72 122 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Writing customized initialization procedures in the Site and Local worlds; see section 9.3.1.) show
72 140 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Writing \252_Start\272 files that reference) 0.681 WS
3.432 MX
(procedures that reside in other Environment libraries;) 0.682 WS
96 153 moveto
(see section 9.3.2.) show
72 171 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Controlling the order in which the customized initialization) 1.349 WS
4.098 MX
(procedures and the \252_Start\272) 1.348 WS
96 184 moveto
(files are processed by the Start procedure; see section 9.3.3.) show
72 202 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Customizing disk-collection thresholds; see section 9.3.4.) show
72 239 moveto
12 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(9.3.1. Writing Customized Initialization Procedures) show
72 263 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(You can write procedures in the) 0.446 WS
3.197 MX
(Site or Local worlds to implement system customizations such) 0.447 WS
72 276 moveto
(as password policies, system daemon settings, and so on. All procedures that appear in these) 1.153 WS
72 289 moveto
(worlds are executed by the Start procedure each time the R1000 boots.) show
72 313 moveto
(Customized initialization procedures can contain calls to procedures in various) 3.681 WS
6.432 MX
(standard) show
72 326 moveto
(Environment packages. Some useful packages include:) show
72 350 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Package Daemon, which contains procedures that schedule clients and warnings) show
72 368 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Package Operator, which contains procedures that set password policy and login limits) show
72 386 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Package Scheduler, which contains procedures that control the medium-term scheduler) show
72 404 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Package Program, which contains procedures that execute other programs) show
72 428 moveto
(Note that:) show
72 452 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(You do not) 2.899 WS
5.648 MX
(have to provide initialization procedures for configuring login ports and) 2.898 WS
96 465 moveto
(printer ports; it is recommended that you) 1.122 WS
3.873 MX
(use configuration files instead \050see sections 9.4) 1.123 WS
96 478 moveto
(and 9.5\051.) show
72 496 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(You do) 3.098 WS
5.847 MX
(not have to write an initialization procedure \252from scratch\272 for customizing) 3.097 WS
96 509 moveto
(disk-collection thresholds; if you must) 0.529 WS
3.280 MX
(customize these thresholds, it is recommended that) 0.530 WS
96 522 moveto
(you edit the sample initialization procedure provided in the Local world \050see section 9.3.4\051.) show
72 546 moveto
(When writing customized initialization procedures:) show
72 570 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(You can create separate procedures or put all calls in a) 3.690 WS
6.439 MX
(single procedure. Separate) 3.689 WS
96 583 moveto
(procedures take longer to execute, but) 2.060 WS
4.811 MX
(make it easier to see what operations are being) 2.061 WS
96 596 moveto
(performed.) show
72 614 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(You must not duplicate procedure names across the Rational, Site, and Local worlds.) show
72 632 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(You can specify the relative execution order of) 1.068 WS
3.817 MX
(procedures using annotations \050see section) 1.067 WS
96 645 moveto
(9.3.3\051.) show
72 682 moveto
12 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(9.3.2. Using \252_Start\272 Files to Reference Initialization Procedures) show
72 706 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(As an alternative to writing procedures directly in the Site and Local) 1.532 WS
4.283 MX
(worlds, you can create) 1.533 WS
72 719 moveto
(\252_Start\272 files in one or both worlds to reference customized initialization procedures that reside) show
72 756 moveto
17 /Rational SelectFont
(R) show
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( September 1991) show
298.501 MX
(31) show
EndPage
%%Page: 32 34
BeginPage
792 false PositionPage
72 36 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Rational Environment Release Information) show
72 72 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(elsewhere in the Environment. \252_Start\272 files are processed) 0.466 WS
3.215 MX
(by the Start procedure each time the) 0.465 WS
72 85 moveto
(R1000 boots, and the procedures they reference are executed.) show
72 109 moveto
(When writing \252_Start\272 files:) show
72 133 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(You must choose filenames that end with ) show
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(_Start) show
72 151 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(You must not duplicate filenames across the Rational, Site, and Local worlds.) show
72 169 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(You must use annotations to reference the procedure to be executed, as illustrated below.) show
72 187 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(You may use annotations to control the order in which the Start procedure executes the) 1.436 WS
96 200 moveto
(referenced procedures \050see section 9.3.3\051.) show
72 224 moveto
11 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(Referencing a procedure in a world) 1.387 WS
4.136 MX
(or directory.) 1.386 WS
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( A \252_Start\272 file with the following contents) 1.386 WS
72 237 moveto
(illustrates the basic set of annotations required to reference a procedure that) 2.505 WS
5.256 MX
(resides in an) 2.506 WS
72 250 moveto
(Environment world or directory:) show
108 274 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(--|Procedure_Name Initialize_Routine) show
108 286 moveto
(--|Procedure_Context !Commands.Example) show
108 298 moveto
(--|Parameters Notify => "manager",) show
108 310 moveto
(--|Parameters Effort_Only => False) show
72 334 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(The ) 0.487 WS
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(--|Procedure_Name) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( annotation specifies the name of the referenced procedure. If) 0.487 WS
3.236 MX
(the) show
96 347 moveto
(procedure resides directly in a library, you supply the procedure's simple name; if the) 2 WS
96 360 moveto
(procedure resides in a package, you supply the) 11.670 WS
14.419 MX
(name in the form) 11.669 WS
96 372 moveto
10 /Courier-BoldOblique SelectFont
(Package_Name.Procedure_Name) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(.) show
72 390 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(The ) 0.439 WS
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(--|Procedure_Context) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( annotation specifies the Environment) 0.439 WS
3.190 MX
(world or directory that) 0.440 WS
96 403 moveto
(contains the referenced procedure.) show
72 421 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Each of the ) 2.676 WS
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(--|Parameters) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( annotations specifies the value to be used for one of) 2.676 WS
5.425 MX
(the) show
96 434 moveto
(procedure's parameters. Note that string values must be enclosed in quotation marks,) 0.501 WS
3.252 MX
(and) show
96 447 moveto
(commas must be included to separate multiple parameters.) show
72 471 moveto
11 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(Referencing a procedure in a subsystem.) 0.517 WS
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( A \252_Start\272) 0.517 WS
3.266 MX
(file with the following contents illustrates) 0.516 WS
72 484 moveto
(how to reference a procedure that resides in an Environment) 1.320 WS
4.071 MX
(subsystem. Note that you must) 1.321 WS
72 497 moveto
(replace the ) 5.874 WS
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(--|Procedure_Context) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( annotation with the ) 5.874 WS
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(--|Subsystem) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( and) 5.874 WS
8.623 MX
(\050optional\051) show
72 509 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(--|Activity) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( annotations:) show
108 533 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(--|Procedure_Name Excelan_Boot_Server) show
108 545 moveto
(--|Subsystem !Targets.Implementation.Motorola_68k_Download) show
108 557 moveto
(--|Activity !Machine.Release.Current.Activity) show
108 569 moveto
(--|No_Wait) show
72 593 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(The ) 3.262 WS
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(--|Subsystem) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( annotation specifies the name of the subsystem that) 3.262 WS
6.013 MX
(contains the) 3.263 WS
96 606 moveto
(procedure. \050When this annotation is specified, the ) 1.492 WS
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(--|Procedure_Context) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( annotation is) 1.491 WS
96 619 moveto
(ignored.\051) show
72 637 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(The ) 0.449 WS
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(--|Activity) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( annotation specifies the activity to be used to obtain the view name and) 0.450 WS
96 650 moveto
(construct the full pathname of the procedure. If) 8.022 WS
10.771 MX
(you omit this annotation,) 8.021 WS
96 663 moveto
(!Machine.Release.Current.Activity is used.) show
72 681 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Note that Excelan_Boot_Server is a parameterless procedure; otherwise,) 3.307 WS
6.058 MX
(one or more) 3.308 WS
96 693 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(--|Parameters) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( annotations would be present.) show
72 711 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(The ) 5.431 WS
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(--|No_Wait) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( annotation permits concurrent) 5.431 WS
8.180 MX
(execution \050see section 9.3.3\051. This) 5.430 WS
96 724 moveto
(annotation is present because this procedure starts a server.) show
72 756 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(32) show
296.309 MX
(September 1991 ) show
17 /Rational SelectFont
( R) show
EndPage
%%Page: 33 35
BeginPage
792 false PositionPage
72 36 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
389.560 MX
(Release D_12_5_0) show
72 72 moveto
11 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(Specifying further information.) 2.062 WS
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( \252_Start\272 files may also) 2.062 WS
4.813 MX
(contain annotations that control the) 2.063 WS
72 85 moveto
(order in which the Start procedure will execute the referenced procedures. See section 9.3.3.) show
72 109 moveto
(Using a \252_Start\272) 0.939 WS
3.688 MX
(file is equivalent to executing the referenced procedure via Program.Run_Job) 0.938 WS
72 122 moveto
(or Program.Run. See the) 3.456 WS
6.207 MX
(comments in the specification of !Machine.Initialization.Start for) 3.457 WS
72 135 moveto
(additional annotations that specify the equivalent) 6.477 WS
9.226 MX
(of the Options parameter in the) 6.476 WS
72 148 moveto
(Program.Run_Job procedure and the Context parameter in the) 8.276 WS
11.027 MX
(Program.Run and) 8.277 WS
72 161 moveto
(Program.Run_Job procedures.) show
72 198 moveto
12 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(9.3.3. Controlling the Order of Execution) show
72 222 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(You can specify the relative execution order) 2.002 WS
4.751 MX
(of all initialization procedures \050including those) 2.001 WS
72 235 moveto
(referenced in \252_Start\272 files\051. To do this,) 1.121 WS
3.872 MX
(you include annotations in the appropriate procedure) 1.122 WS
72 248 moveto
(specifications or \252_Start\272 files:) show
72 272 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(To specify that procedure) 1.535 WS
4.284 MX
(A cannot run until procedure B has finished, you include the) 1.534 WS
96 285 moveto
(annotation ) 0.666 WS
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(--|Prerequisite B) 0.666 WS
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( in the) 0.666 WS
3.417 MX
(specification of procedure A \050or in the \252_Start\272 file) 0.667 WS
96 298 moveto
(that references procedure A\051.) show
96 316 moveto
(If procedure B is referenced in a \252_Start\272 file, you specify the filename as the) 0.695 WS
3.444 MX
(annotation's) show
96 329 moveto
(argument: ) show
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(--|Prerequisite B_Start) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(.) show
96 347 moveto
(Note that the argument of this annotation is a simple name and that all three) 2.350 WS
5.101 MX
(worlds) show
96 360 moveto
(\050Rational, Local, and Site\051) 2.238 WS
4.987 MX
(are searched for that simple name. Therefore, simple names) 2.237 WS
96 373 moveto
(must be unique across these three worlds if you want to use this annotation.) show
72 391 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(To specify that procedure) 1.434 WS
4.185 MX
(A must finish before any other procedure can start executing,) 1.435 WS
96 404 moveto
(you include the) 0.585 WS
3.334 MX
(annotation ) 0.584 WS
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(--|Wait) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( in the specification of procedure A \050or in the \252_Start\272) 0.584 WS
96 417 moveto
(file that references procedure A\051.) show
96 435 moveto
(Using this annotation is equivalent to executing procedure A via Program.Run) show
72 453 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(To specify that procedure A is to execute as a) 3.913 WS
6.664 MX
(separate job concurrent with other) 3.914 WS
96 466 moveto
(procedures, you include the annotation ) 0.195 WS
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(--|No_Wait) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( in the specification of procedure A \050or) 0.194 WS
96 479 moveto
(in the \252_Start\272 file that references procedure A\051.) show
96 497 moveto
(Using this annotation is equivalent to executing procedure A via Program.Run_Job.) show
72 521 moveto
(If none of the annotations listed above are present in a) 1.751 WS
4.502 MX
(given procedure or \252_Start\272 file, the) 1.752 WS
72 533 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(--|Wait) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( annotation is assumed.) 3.075 WS
5.824 MX
(That is, procedures are executed sequentially unless told) 3.074 WS
72 546 moveto
(otherwise.) show
72 570 moveto
(If a circular dependency results from a combination of annotations,) 2.145 WS
4.896 MX
(it will be reported and) 2.146 WS
72 583 moveto
(ignored, so that each procedure will run.) show
72 607 moveto
(Note that you can execute the Start command with the Effort_Only parameter set) 0.213 WS
2.962 MX
(to True to test) 0.212 WS
72 620 moveto
(the execution order that results from your annotations.) show
72 644 moveto
(See the comments in the specification of) 3.625 WS
6.376 MX
(the !Machine.Initialization.Start procedure for a) 3.626 WS
72 657 moveto
(complete description of annotation usage, along with examples.) show
72 694 moveto
12 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(9.3.4. Customizing Disk-Collection Thresholds) show
72 718 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(You can customize the disk-collection) 2.933 WS
5.682 MX
(thresholds for the particular needs of your site. To) 2.932 WS
72 731 moveto
(implement a change in your disk-collection thresholds:) show
72 756 moveto
17 /Rational SelectFont
(R) show
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( September 1991) show
298.501 MX
(33) show
EndPage
%%Page: 34 36
BeginPage
792 false PositionPage
72 36 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Rational Environment Release Information) show
72 72 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(1.) show
15.750 MX
(Create an empty Ada unit in the Local world.) show
72 90 moveto
(2.) show
15.750 MX
(Copy the contents of the) 12.257 WS
15.008 MX
(following file into the empty Ada unit:) 12.258 WS
96 103 moveto
(!Machine.Initialization.Local.Local_Gc_Thresholds_Sample.) show
72 121 moveto
(3.) show
15.750 MX
(In the Ada unit, edit the Thresholds1) 3.164 WS
5.913 MX
(and Thresholds2 arrays to specify the desired) 3.163 WS
96 134 moveto
(thresholds.) show
72 152 moveto
(4.) show
15.750 MX
(Promote the Ada unit.) show
72 176 moveto
(Note, however, that values set by the procedure in world Rational are calculated based) 0.328 WS
3.079 MX
(on your) 0.329 WS
72 189 moveto
(disk configuration and) 1.610 WS
4.359 MX
(should be sufficient; see your Rational technical representative if you) 1.609 WS
72 202 moveto
(want to use different thresholds.) show
72 240 moveto
13 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(9.4. Enabling and Configuring Login Ports) show
72 264 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(D_12_5_0 provides a file-driven mechanism in !Machine.Initialization) 5.147 WS
7.898 MX
(for enabling and) 5.148 WS
72 277 moveto
(configuring ports for login.) show
72 301 moveto
(At the very least, you must ensure that this mechanism) 1.056 WS
3.805 MX
(has enough information to enable the) 1.055 WS
72 314 moveto
(desired login ports \050see section 9.4.1\051. In) 1.286 WS
4.037 MX
(addition, you may optionally use this mechanism to) 1.287 WS
72 327 moveto
(specify:) show
72 351 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Connection and terminal-type characteristics for) 5.311 WS
8.060 MX
(Telnet and RS232 ports, such as) 5.310 WS
96 364 moveto
(logoff-on-disconnect, disconnect-on-logoff, and so on) show
72 382 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Communication characteristics for RS232 ports, such as flow control, parity, and so on) show
72 406 moveto
(Such information is specified using the options described in section 9.4.4.) show
72 443 moveto
12 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(9.4.1. Enabling Ports for Login) show
72 467 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Ports for terminal) 0.273 WS
3.024 MX
(devices must be enabled for login each time an R1000 boots. Accordingly, the) 0.274 WS
72 480 moveto
(!Machine.Initialization.Start procedure) 0.217 WS
2.966 MX
(calls a procedure called Terminals in the Rational world.) 0.216 WS
72 493 moveto
(This procedure in turn consults a file called Terminal_Configuration in the Local world to) 2.461 WS
72 506 moveto
(determine which ports) 2.323 WS
5.072 MX
(to enable for login. This file-driven mechanism takes the place of a) 2.322 WS
72 519 moveto
(procedure like !Machine.Initialize_Terminals, which enables terminals) 5.989 WS
8.740 MX
(via calls to the) 5.990 WS
72 532 moveto
(Operator.Enable_Terminal procedure.) show
72 556 moveto
(The Terminal_Configuration file is automatically created in the Local world during installation:) show
72 580 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(On a new machine, a Terminal_Configuration file is created that enables) 0.236 WS
2.985 MX
(ports 235 through) 0.235 WS
96 593 moveto
(249 for login.) show
72 611 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(On an R1000 that is being) 5.401 WS
8.152 MX
(upgraded from a previous Environment release, the) 5.402 WS
96 624 moveto
(Terminal_Configuration file contains entries) 0.564 WS
3.313 MX
(for the same set of ports that were enabled at) 0.563 WS
96 637 moveto
(the time of installation. \050This file also) 5.904 WS
8.655 MX
(preserves any nondefault communication) 5.905 WS
96 650 moveto
(characteristics that were in effect for RS232 ports; see section 9.4.4.\051) show
72 674 moveto
(You can edit the Terminal_Configuration file at any time) 1.430 WS
4.179 MX
(to change which ports are enabled.) 1.429 WS
72 687 moveto
(The changes take effect the next time you boot the R1000. Alternatively, you can execute) 1.464 WS
4.215 MX
(the) show
72 700 moveto
(Rational.Terminals procedure to make) 0.630 WS
3.379 MX
(the changes take effect without booting the R1000. Note) 0.629 WS
72 713 moveto
(that you must keep the Terminal_Configuration file in the Local world, even if) 1.689 WS
4.440 MX
(you want to) 1.690 WS
72 726 moveto
(enable the same ports on all machines at a given site.) show
72 756 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(34) show
296.309 MX
(September 1991 ) show
17 /Rational SelectFont
( R) show
EndPage
%%Page: 35 37
BeginPage
792 false PositionPage
72 36 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
389.560 MX
(Release D_12_5_0) show
72 72 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Following is a sample Terminal_Configuration file containing basic enabling information:) show
108 96 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(16 => \050Enable\051) show
108 108 moveto
(224 .. 249 => \050Enable\051) show
108 120 moveto
(-- Ports 250 and 251 are for printers; disable them for login) show
108 132 moveto
(250..251 => \050Login_Disabled\051) show
72 156 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(As shown, the Terminal_Configuration file consists of:) show
72 180 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Comments preceded with Ada comment notation \050--\051) show
72 198 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Entries of the general form: ) show
10 /Courier-BoldOblique SelectFont
(Port_Range) show
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
( => \050) show
10 /Courier-BoldOblique SelectFont
(Options) show
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(\051) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(, where:) show
96 216 moveto
(\261) show
10 /Courier-BoldOblique SelectFont
18.500 MX
(Port_Range) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( can be a single port number or a range of port numbers) show
96 234 moveto
(\261) show
10 /Courier-BoldOblique SelectFont
18.500 MX
(Options) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( must be enclosed in parentheses) show
72 258 moveto
(The options that pertain to enabling and disabling ports are summarized in Table A-1.) show
0 16.500 rmoveto
187.240 287.500 moveto
10 /Palatino-BoldItalic SelectFont
(Table A-1 Options for Enabling and Disabling Ports) show
72 300.500 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
0 -16.500 rmoveto
114.615 308 moveto
10 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(Option) show
328.065 308 moveto
(Description) show
newpath 82 314 moveto
448 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 82 296 moveto
448 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 82 314 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 530 314 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 180 314 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 82 314 moveto
448 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 82 296 moveto
448 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 82 314 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 530 314 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 180 314 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
86 326 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(Enable) show
184 326 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(When specified for a given port, enables the port for login. Note that the port) show
184 338 moveto
(cannot subsequently be enabled for any other device, such as a printer.) show
newpath 82 344 moveto
448 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 82 314 moveto
448 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 82 344 moveto
0 -30 rlineto stroke
newpath 530 344 moveto
0 -30 rlineto stroke
newpath 180 344 moveto
0 -30 rlineto stroke
86 356 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(Login_Disabled) show
184 356 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(When specified for a given port, prevents the port from being enabled for) show
184 368 moveto
(login\320for example, by subsequent usage of the Operator.Enable_Terminal) show
184 380 moveto
(command. Note that the port can subsequently be enabled for other devices,) show
184 392 moveto
(such as printers.) show
newpath 82 398 moveto
448 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 82 344 moveto
448 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 82 398 moveto
0 -54 rlineto stroke
newpath 530 398 moveto
0 -54 rlineto stroke
newpath 180 398 moveto
0 -54 rlineto stroke
86 410 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(Disable) show
184 410 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(When specified for a given port, disables the port for all devices. Note that) show
184 422 moveto
(the port can subsequently be enabled for any device, including login.) show
184 434 moveto
(Specifying this option is equivalent to having no entry for the port in the file.) show
newpath 82 440 moveto
448 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 82 398 moveto
448 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 82 440 moveto
0 -42 rlineto stroke
newpath 530 440 moveto
0 -42 rlineto stroke
newpath 180 440 moveto
0 -42 rlineto stroke
newpath 82 440 moveto
448 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 82 398 moveto
448 0 rlineto stroke
72 488 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Port 16 is always) 0.061 WS
2.810 MX
(enabled for login, regardless of whether an entry exists for it. An entry for port) 0.060 WS
72 501 moveto
(16 is included in the automatically created Terminal_Configuration file for explicitness.) show
72 525 moveto
(Do not assign the Enable option to any port that you plan to enable for a printer or other device) 0.244 WS
72 538 moveto
(\050such as a CDF\051. Instead, you can assign the Login_Disabled option or the Disable option) 1.580 WS
4.329 MX
(to) show
72 551 moveto
(those ports, or you can simply omit) 0.032 WS
2.783 MX
(entries for them from the file. Assigning the Login_Disabled) 0.033 WS
72 564 moveto
(option is recommended if you want to ensure that printer) 1.650 WS
4.399 MX
(ports cannot be enabled for login) 1.649 WS
72 577 moveto
(even if the print spooler is killed.) show
72 614 moveto
12 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(9.4.2. Customizing Port Characteristics) show
72 638 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(You can add information to the Terminal_Configuration file to) 7.081 WS
9.832 MX
(specify connection) 7.082 WS
72 651 moveto
(characteristics for RS232 ports and communication) 1.421 WS
4.170 MX
(characteristics for RS232 and Telnet ports.) 1.420 WS
72 664 moveto
(Such information is specified via the options listed in section 9.4.4.) show
72 688 moveto
(The simplest way to specify multiple options is to assign them directly to a) 1.509 WS
4.260 MX
(port or range of) 1.510 WS
72 701 moveto
(ports:) show
72 725 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Multiple options in a single entry must be enclosed by parentheses.) show
72 756 moveto
17 /Rational SelectFont
(R) show
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( September 1991) show
298.501 MX
(35) show
EndPage
%%Page: 36 38
BeginPage
792 false PositionPage
72 36 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Rational Environment Release Information) show
72 72 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Multiple options must be separated by commas.) show
72 90 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(The options can extend over several lines, although the entry itself must) 1.529 WS
4.278 MX
(start on a new) 1.528 WS
96 103 moveto
(line.) show
72 127 moveto
(For example, the following entry assigns several connection) 0.253 WS
3.004 MX
(characteristics to ports 224..249 and) 0.254 WS
72 140 moveto
(then enables those ports:) show
108 164 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(224..249 => \050Logoff_On_Disconnect,) show
108 176 moveto
( Disconnect_On_Logoff,) show
108 188 moveto
( Enable\051) show
72 212 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(You can organize recurrent sets of) 10.153 WS
12.902 MX
(options and improve readability in the) 10.152 WS
72 225 moveto
(Terminal_Configuration file by defining an abbreviation for each set of options) 3.204 WS
5.955 MX
(and then) 3.205 WS
72 238 moveto
(assigning each abbreviation to a port or range of ports:) show
72 262 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Abbreviation entries are of the general form ) 2.197 WS
10 /Courier-BoldOblique SelectFont
(Abbreviation) show
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
( =) 2.197 WS
10 /Courier-BoldOblique SelectFont
( Options) 2.197 WS
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(. Note that) 2.197 WS
4.946 MX
(the) show
96 275 moveto
(equals sign \050) 1.197 WS
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(=) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(\051 is used to define abbreviations, and not the ) 1.197 WS
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(=>) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( symbol, which is) 1.197 WS
3.948 MX
(used for) 1.198 WS
96 288 moveto
(port assignment.) show
72 306 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Existing abbreviations can be nested in the definition of new abbreviations.) show
72 330 moveto
(For example, the following entries create the abbreviations) 3.875 WS
6.624 MX
(User_Ports and Telnet_Ports,) 3.874 WS
72 343 moveto
(assigning the Telnet_Ports abbreviation to ports 224..249:) show
108 367 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(-- Port settings for user login ports) show
108 379 moveto
(User_Ports = \050Logoff_On_Disconnect, Disconnect_On_Logoff\051) show
108 403 moveto
(-- Port settings for telnet ports) show
108 415 moveto
(Telnet_Ports = \050Terminal_Type => Xrterm, User_Ports\051) show
108 439 moveto
(224..249 => \050Telnet_Ports, Enable\051) show
72 463 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(When adding entries to a Terminal_Configuration file, bear in mind that:) show
72 487 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Nondefault communication characteristics) 0.536 WS
3.287 MX
(for RS232 ports must be set each time an R1000) 0.537 WS
96 500 moveto
(boots. Consequently, if a port is to have nondefault values for any of the) 0.772 WS
3.521 MX
(options listed in) 0.771 WS
96 513 moveto
(Table A-4, you must include these options in the entry) 1.268 WS
4.019 MX
(for that port. Omitting an option) 1.269 WS
96 526 moveto
(causes its default value to be set.) show
72 544 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Connection and terminal-type characteristics) 0.734 WS
3.483 MX
(persist across boots, retaining the last values) 0.733 WS
96 557 moveto
(that were set for them. Thus, in principle, the options listed in Tables A-2 and A-3 need to) 0.520 WS
96 570 moveto
(be set only once) 0.663 WS
3.412 MX
(and then can be omitted from the Terminal_Configuration file. However,) 0.662 WS
96 583 moveto
(you may choose to include values for these options in the file to ensure that booting) 1.220 WS
3.971 MX
(the) show
96 596 moveto
(system resets them to the proper values in case they had been changed.) show
72 614 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(The options for each port are set in the order in which they) 4.048 WS
6.797 MX
(are assigned in the) 4.047 WS
96 627 moveto
(Terminal_Configuration file. Similarly, the options in an abbreviation are) 0.001 WS
2.752 MX
(set in the order in) 0.002 WS
96 640 moveto
(which they are declared. If a single port number is included in the ranges of more than) 0.159 WS
2.908 MX
(one) show
96 653 moveto
(entry, that port takes the options of the last entry in which it appears.) show
72 690 moveto
12 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(9.4.3. A Sample Terminal_Configuration File) show
72 714 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(The following sample file shows how a system manager can) 0.506 WS
3.257 MX
(use abbreviations to organize port) 0.507 WS
72 727 moveto
(information meaningfully. Note) 0.415 WS
3.164 MX
(that a number of connection options have been explicitly set to) 0.414 WS
72 756 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(36) show
296.309 MX
(September 1991 ) show
17 /Rational SelectFont
( R) show
EndPage
%%Page: 37 39
BeginPage
792 false PositionPage
72 36 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
389.560 MX
(Release D_12_5_0) show
72 72 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(ensure that booting the system) 2.578 WS
5.329 MX
(sets them to a known value. Note also that specifying the) 2.579 WS
72 85 moveto
(Disable option for the printer ports is not absolutely necessary;) 0.505 WS
3.254 MX
(however, specifying this option) 0.504 WS
72 98 moveto
(ensures that no previous entry in the file had inadvertently enabled these ports.) show
108 122 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(-- Operator line 16 settings) show
108 134 moveto
(Operator_Port = \050~Logoff_On_Disconnect,) show
108 146 moveto
( ~Disconnect_On_Logoff,) show
108 158 moveto
( ~Login_Disabled\051) show
108 182 moveto
(-- User login port settings) show
108 194 moveto
(User_Ports = \050Logoff_On_Disconnect, Disconnect_On_Logoff,) show
108 206 moveto
( ~Login_Disabled, ~Log_Failed_Logins,) show
108 218 moveto
( ~Disconnect_On_Failed_Login, ~Disconnect_On_Disconnect\051) show
108 242 moveto
(-- Dial-in port connection settings) show
108 254 moveto
(Dialin_Ports = \050Terminal_Type => VT100,) show
108 266 moveto
( Input_Rate => Baud_2400, Output_Rate => Baud_2400,) show
108 278 moveto
( Parity => None, Bits_Per_Char => Char_8, Stop_Bits => 1,) show
108 290 moveto
( User_Ports\051) show
108 314 moveto
(-- Telnet port settings) show
108 326 moveto
(Telnet_Ports = \050Terminal_Type => Xrterm, User_Ports\051) show
108 350 moveto
(-- Printer port settings) show
108 362 moveto
(Printer_Ports = \050Login_Disabled\051) show
108 386 moveto
(-- Ports not in use) show
108 398 moveto
(Unused = \050Login_Disabled\051) show
108 434 moveto
(16 => \050Operator_Port, Enable\051) show
108 446 moveto
(17..31 => \050Dialin_Ports, Enable\051) show
108 458 moveto
(224..249 => \050Telnet_Ports, Enable\051) show
108 470 moveto
(250..251 => \050Disable, Printer_Ports\051) show
108 482 moveto
(252..255 => \050Disable, Unused\051) show
72 519 moveto
12 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(9.4.4. Terminal-Configuration Options) show
72 543 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Tables A-2, A-3, and A-4 summarize the connection, terminal type, and RS232) 0.895 WS
3.646 MX
(communication) show
72 556 moveto
(options you can specify in the) 0.059 WS
2.808 MX
(Terminal_Configuration file. These options invoke corresponding) 0.058 WS
72 569 moveto
(procedures in package Terminal.) show
72 756 moveto
17 /Rational SelectFont
(R) show
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( September 1991) show
298.501 MX
(37) show
EndPage
%%Page: 38 40
BeginPage
792 false PositionPage
72 36 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Rational Environment Release Information) show
173.125 72 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
0 16.500 rmoveto
10 /Palatino-BoldItalic SelectFont
(Table A-2 Boolean Options for Connection Characteristics) show
72 101.500 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
0 -16.500 rmoveto
150.615 109 moveto
10 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(Option) show
364.065 109 moveto
(Description) show
newpath 82 115 moveto
448 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 82 97 moveto
448 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 82 115 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 530 115 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 252 115 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 82 115 moveto
448 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 82 97 moveto
448 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 82 115 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 530 115 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 252 115 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
86 127 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(Disconnect_On_Disconnect) show
256 127 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(When specified for a given port, causes the Environment to) show
256 139 moveto
(respond to an incoming disconnect signal received on that) show
256 151 moveto
(port by initiating an outgoing disconnect signal on that port.) show
newpath 82 157 moveto
448 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 82 115 moveto
448 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 82 157 moveto
0 -42 rlineto stroke
newpath 530 157 moveto
0 -42 rlineto stroke
newpath 252 157 moveto
0 -42 rlineto stroke
86 169 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(Disconnect_On_Failed_Login) show
256 169 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(When specified for a given port, causes the Environment to) show
256 181 moveto
(initiate an outgoing disconnect signal on that port when a) show
256 193 moveto
(user repeatedly fails to log in on that port \050for example, by) show
256 205 moveto
(repeatedly entering an incorrect password or unrecognized) show
256 217 moveto
(username\051.) show
newpath 82 223 moveto
448 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 82 157 moveto
448 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 82 223 moveto
0 -66 rlineto stroke
newpath 530 223 moveto
0 -66 rlineto stroke
newpath 252 223 moveto
0 -66 rlineto stroke
86 235 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(Disconnect_On_Logoff) show
256 235 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(When specified for a given port, causes the Environment to) show
256 247 moveto
(initiate an outgoing disconnect signal on that port when a) show
256 259 moveto
(user logs off a session running on that port.) show
newpath 82 265 moveto
448 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 82 223 moveto
448 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 82 265 moveto
0 -42 rlineto stroke
newpath 530 265 moveto
0 -42 rlineto stroke
newpath 252 265 moveto
0 -42 rlineto stroke
86 277 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(Log_Failed_Logins) show
256 277 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(When specified for a given port, causes the Environment to) show
256 289 moveto
(write an entry to the system error log when a user) show
256 301 moveto
(repeatedly fails to log in on that port \050for example, by) show
256 313 moveto
(repeatedly entering an incorrect password or unrecognized) show
256 325 moveto
(username\051.) show
newpath 82 331 moveto
448 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 82 265 moveto
448 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 82 331 moveto
0 -66 rlineto stroke
newpath 530 331 moveto
0 -66 rlineto stroke
newpath 252 331 moveto
0 -66 rlineto stroke
86 343 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(Logoff_on_Disconnect) show
256 343 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(When specified for a given port, causes the Environment to) show
256 355 moveto
(respond to a disconnect received on that port by logging off) show
256 367 moveto
(that port's session.) show
newpath 82 373 moveto
448 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 82 331 moveto
448 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 82 373 moveto
0 -42 rlineto stroke
newpath 530 373 moveto
0 -42 rlineto stroke
newpath 252 373 moveto
0 -42 rlineto stroke
newpath 82 373 moveto
448 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 82 331 moveto
448 0 rlineto stroke
72 397 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
0 16.500 rmoveto
168.725 426.500 moveto
10 /Palatino-BoldItalic SelectFont
(Table A-3 Enumeration Option for Specifying Terminal Type) show
72 439.500 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
0 -16.500 rmoveto
120.275 447 moveto
10 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(Option =>) show
10 /Palatino-BoldItalic SelectFont
( Value) show
355.065 447 moveto
10 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(Description) show
newpath 82 453 moveto
448 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 82 435 moveto
448 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 82 453 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 530 453 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 234 453 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 82 453 moveto
448 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 82 435 moveto
448 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 82 453 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 530 453 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 234 453 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
86 465 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(Terminal_Type) show
238 465 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Specifies the output driver type for a given port.) show
10 /Palatino-Italic SelectFont
( Value) show
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( can be) show
238 477 moveto
(any valid terminal type name, including \050but not limited to\051:) show
238 489 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(Cit500r Facit Rational Vt100 Xrterm) show
newpath 82 495 moveto
448 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 82 453 moveto
448 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 82 495 moveto
0 -42 rlineto stroke
newpath 530 495 moveto
0 -42 rlineto stroke
newpath 234 495 moveto
0 -42 rlineto stroke
newpath 82 495 moveto
448 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 82 453 moveto
448 0 rlineto stroke
72 519 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
0 16.500 rmoveto
136.875 548.500 moveto
10 /Palatino-BoldItalic SelectFont
(Table A-4 Enumeration Options for RS232 Communication Characteristics) show
72 561.500 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
0 -16.500 rmoveto
116.275 581 moveto
10 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(Option =>) show
10 /Palatino-BoldItalic SelectFont
( Value) show
243.505 569 moveto
10 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(Default) show
247.390 581 moveto
(Value) show
386.065 581 moveto
(Description) show
newpath 78 587 moveto
456 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 78 557 moveto
456 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 78 587 moveto
0 -30 rlineto stroke
newpath 534 587 moveto
0 -30 rlineto stroke
newpath 230 587 moveto
0 -30 rlineto stroke
newpath 292 587 moveto
0 -30 rlineto stroke
newpath 78 587 moveto
456 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 78 557 moveto
456 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 78 587 moveto
0 -30 rlineto stroke
newpath 534 587 moveto
0 -30 rlineto stroke
newpath 230 587 moveto
0 -30 rlineto stroke
newpath 292 587 moveto
0 -30 rlineto stroke
82 599 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(Bits_Per_Char) show
243 599 moveto
(Char_8) show
296 599 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Specifies the number of data bits per character.) show
10 /Palatino-Italic SelectFont
( Value) show
296 611 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(can be: ) show
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(Char_5 Char_6 Char_7 Char_8) show
newpath 78 617 moveto
456 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 78 587 moveto
456 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 78 617 moveto
0 -30 rlineto stroke
newpath 534 617 moveto
0 -30 rlineto stroke
newpath 230 617 moveto
0 -30 rlineto stroke
newpath 292 617 moveto
0 -30 rlineto stroke
82 629 moveto
(Flow_Control) show
249 629 moveto
(None) show
296 629 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Specifies software flow control for data transmitted) show
296 641 moveto
(by the R1000 on the specified port.) show
10 /Palatino-Italic SelectFont
( Value) show
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( can be:) show
296 653 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(None Xon_Xoff Dtr Rts) show
newpath 78 659 moveto
456 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 78 617 moveto
456 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 78 659 moveto
0 -42 rlineto stroke
newpath 534 659 moveto
0 -42 rlineto stroke
newpath 230 659 moveto
0 -42 rlineto stroke
newpath 292 659 moveto
0 -42 rlineto stroke
72 756 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(38) show
296.309 MX
(September 1991 ) show
17 /Rational SelectFont
( R) show
EndPage
%%Page: 39 41
BeginPage
792 false PositionPage
72 36 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
389.560 MX
(Release D_12_5_0) show
116.275 108 moveto
10 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(Option =>) show
10 /Palatino-BoldItalic SelectFont
( Value) show
243.505 96 moveto
10 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(Default) show
247.390 108 moveto
(Value) show
386.065 108 moveto
(Description) show
newpath 78 114 moveto
456 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 78 84 moveto
456 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 78 114 moveto
0 -30 rlineto stroke
newpath 534 114 moveto
0 -30 rlineto stroke
newpath 230 114 moveto
0 -30 rlineto stroke
newpath 292 114 moveto
0 -30 rlineto stroke
newpath 78 114 moveto
456 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 78 84 moveto
456 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 78 114 moveto
0 -30 rlineto stroke
newpath 534 114 moveto
0 -30 rlineto stroke
newpath 230 114 moveto
0 -30 rlineto stroke
newpath 292 114 moveto
0 -30 rlineto stroke
82 126 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(Input_Rate) show
234 126 moveto
(Baud_9600) show
296 126 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Sets the incoming data rate for a given port.) show
10 /Palatino-Italic SelectFont
( Value) show
296 138 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(can be:) show
296 150 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(Baud_50 Baud_75 Baud_110) show
296 162 moveto
(Baud_134_5 Baud_150 Baud_200) show
296 174 moveto
(Baud_300 Baud_600 Baud_1200) show
296 186 moveto
(Baud_1800 Baud_2400 Baud_9600) show
296 198 moveto
(Baud_19200 Disabled Ext_Rec_Clk ) show
newpath 78 204 moveto
456 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 78 114 moveto
456 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 78 204 moveto
0 -90 rlineto stroke
newpath 534 204 moveto
0 -90 rlineto stroke
newpath 230 204 moveto
0 -90 rlineto stroke
newpath 292 204 moveto
0 -90 rlineto stroke
82 216 moveto
(Output_Rate) show
234 216 moveto
(Baud_9600) show
296 216 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Sets the outgoing data rate for a given port. Values) show
296 228 moveto
(are the same as for Input_Rate.) show
newpath 78 234 moveto
456 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 78 204 moveto
456 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 78 234 moveto
0 -30 rlineto stroke
newpath 534 234 moveto
0 -30 rlineto stroke
newpath 230 234 moveto
0 -30 rlineto stroke
newpath 292 234 moveto
0 -30 rlineto stroke
82 246 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(Parity) show
249 246 moveto
(None) show
296 246 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Sets the parity for transmitted and received data on) show
296 258 moveto
(a given port.) show
10 /Palatino-Italic SelectFont
( Value) show
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( can be: ) show
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(None Odd Even) show
newpath 78 264 moveto
456 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 78 234 moveto
456 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 78 264 moveto
0 -30 rlineto stroke
newpath 534 264 moveto
0 -30 rlineto stroke
newpath 230 264 moveto
0 -30 rlineto stroke
newpath 292 264 moveto
0 -30 rlineto stroke
82 276 moveto
(Stop_Bits) show
258 276 moveto
(2) show
296 276 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Sets the number of stop bits for a given port.) show
10 /Palatino-Italic SelectFont
( Value) show
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( is) show
296 288 moveto
(a natural number in the range 1..2.) show
newpath 78 294 moveto
456 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 78 264 moveto
456 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 78 294 moveto
0 -30 rlineto stroke
newpath 534 294 moveto
0 -30 rlineto stroke
newpath 230 294 moveto
0 -30 rlineto stroke
newpath 292 294 moveto
0 -30 rlineto stroke
82 306 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(Receive_Flow_Control) show
249 306 moveto
(None) show
296 306 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Specifies flow control of data received by the R1000) show
296 318 moveto
(on the specified port.) show
10 /Palatino-Italic SelectFont
( Value) show
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( can be:) show
296 330 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(None Xon_Xoff Dtr Rts) show
newpath 78 336 moveto
456 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 78 294 moveto
456 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 78 336 moveto
0 -42 rlineto stroke
newpath 534 336 moveto
0 -42 rlineto stroke
newpath 230 336 moveto
0 -42 rlineto stroke
newpath 292 336 moveto
0 -42 rlineto stroke
82 348 moveto
(Receive_Xon_Xoff_Bytes) show
240 348 moveto
(\05017,19\051) show
296 348 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Specifies flow-control bytes so that the R1000 can) show
296 360 moveto
(regulate the data it receives on the specified port.) show
296 372 moveto
10 /Palatino-Italic SelectFont
(Value) show
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( is ) show
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(\050) show
10 /Courier-BoldOblique SelectFont
(n) show
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(,) show
10 /Courier-BoldOblique SelectFont
(m) show
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(\051) show
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(, where) show
10 /Palatino-Italic SelectFont
( n) show
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( and) show
10 /Palatino-Italic SelectFont
( m) show
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( are natural numbers) show
296 384 moveto
(in the range 0..255.) show
newpath 78 390 moveto
456 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 78 336 moveto
456 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 78 390 moveto
0 -54 rlineto stroke
newpath 534 390 moveto
0 -54 rlineto stroke
newpath 230 390 moveto
0 -54 rlineto stroke
newpath 292 390 moveto
0 -54 rlineto stroke
82 402 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(Xon_Xoff_Bytes) show
240 402 moveto
(\05017,19\051) show
296 402 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Specifies the flow-control bytes that the R1000) show
296 414 moveto
(recognizes for the specified port.) show
10 /Palatino-Italic SelectFont
( Value) show
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( is: ) show
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(\050) show
10 /Courier-BoldOblique SelectFont
(n) show
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(,) show
10 /Courier-BoldOblique SelectFont
(m) show
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(\051) show
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(,) show
296 426 moveto
(where) show
10 /Palatino-Italic SelectFont
( n) show
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( and) show
10 /Palatino-Italic SelectFont
( m) show
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( are natural numbers in the range) show
296 438 moveto
(0..255.) show
newpath 78 444 moveto
456 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 78 390 moveto
456 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 78 444 moveto
0 -54 rlineto stroke
newpath 534 444 moveto
0 -54 rlineto stroke
newpath 230 444 moveto
0 -54 rlineto stroke
newpath 292 444 moveto
0 -54 rlineto stroke
newpath 78 444 moveto
456 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 78 390 moveto
456 0 rlineto stroke
72 506 moveto
13 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(9.5. Configuring Printers) show
72 530 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(D_12_5_0 provides a file-driven mechanism in !Machine.Initialization for) 1.219 WS
3.970 MX
(configuring a group) 1.220 WS
72 543 moveto
(of networked and/or) 0.043 WS
2.792 MX
(local printers. This mechanism allows you to define a) 0.042 WS
11 /Palatino-Italic SelectFont
( printer name) 0.042 WS
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( for each) 0.042 WS
72 556 moveto
(printer on the network and to specify how each printer is to) 0.495 WS
3.246 MX
(be accessed. Furthermore, you can) 0.496 WS
72 569 moveto
(also associate a printer name with each) 2.973 WS
5.722 MX
(user, so that when a given user enters the Print) 2.972 WS
72 582 moveto
(command \050that is, !Commands.Abbreviations.Print\051, the print job will, by default,) 0.303 WS
3.054 MX
(be sent to the) 0.304 WS
72 595 moveto
(device that is defined by the associated printer name.) show
72 619 moveto
(This new mechanism automatically adds the) 3.251 WS
6 MX
(specified devices to the appropriate R1000s,) 3.250 WS
72 632 moveto
(creates the necessary print classes on the appropriate R1000s, and associates each class with) 0.390 WS
3.141 MX
(the) show
72 645 moveto
(specified device, thereby creating print queues.) 1.035 WS
3.784 MX
(Thus, when you use the new mechanism, you) 1.034 WS
72 658 moveto
(do not need to use procedures from package Queue \050such as Add, Create, Enable,) 0.240 WS
2.991 MX
(and Register\051) 0.241 WS
72 671 moveto
(to do these things.) show
72 695 moveto
(Existing sites can choose whether to use this new) 0.957 WS
3.706 MX
(mechanism or to continue using procedures) 0.956 WS
72 708 moveto
(from package Queue to configure printers. However,) 1.794 WS
4.545 MX
(because the new mechanism combines) 1.795 WS
72 721 moveto
(class and machine information, it is recommended that) 2.067 WS
4.816 MX
(large sites with multiple networked) 2.066 WS
72 756 moveto
17 /Rational SelectFont
(R) show
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( September 1991) show
298.501 MX
(39) show
EndPage
%%Page: 40 42
BeginPage
792 false PositionPage
72 36 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Rational Environment Release Information) show
72 72 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(printers use the new !Machine.Initialization mechanism. Small) 0.091 WS
2.842 MX
(sites with few printers connected) 0.092 WS
72 85 moveto
(directly to R1000s may want to continue using package Queue.) show
72 122 moveto
12 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(9.5.1. Where to Specify Printer Information) show
72 146 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Each time an R1000 boots, the) 1.398 WS
4.147 MX
(!Machine.Initialization.Start procedure calls a procedure called) 1.397 WS
72 159 moveto
(Printers in) 0.760 WS
3.511 MX
(the Rational world. This procedure initializes the print spooler on that R1000 based) 0.761 WS
72 172 moveto
(on the information in the following user-created files:) show
72 196 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(!Machine.Initialization.Site.Printer_Configuration, which defines a printer name for each of) 0.071 WS
96 209 moveto
(the devices available on the network) 1.454 WS
4.205 MX
(and specifies how each device is to be accessed. A) 1.455 WS
96 222 moveto
(copy of this file must exist on all R1000s from which) 1.052 WS
3.801 MX
(users will enter the Print command) 1.051 WS
96 235 moveto
(and on all R1000s that will handle print requests for the specified devices.) show
72 253 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(!Machine.Initialization.Local.Printer_Configuration, which defines) 7.792 WS
10.543 MX
(additional printer) 7.793 WS
96 266 moveto
(names for additional devices intended only for users of the current R1000.) show
72 284 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(!Machine.Initialization.Local.User_Printer_Map, which associates a default printer name) 2.335 WS
96 297 moveto
(with individual users on the current R1000. When a user executes) 0.276 WS
3.027 MX
(the Print command with) 0.277 WS
96 310 moveto
(the default Printer parameter, the command looks up the) 0.646 WS
3.395 MX
(user's name and sends the print) 0.645 WS
96 323 moveto
(request to the corresponding printer.) show
72 347 moveto
(At a minimum, the Print) 1.131 WS
3.882 MX
(command requires that one Printer_Configuration file exist in either) 1.132 WS
72 360 moveto
(the Site or Local world. If no User_Printer_Map file exists \050or) 1.124 WS
3.873 MX
(if the file exists but contains no) 1.123 WS
72 373 moveto
(entry for a particular user\051, the Print command uses the first printer) 2.621 WS
5.372 MX
(name defined in the) 2.622 WS
72 386 moveto
(Site.Printer_Configuration file. If this file doesn't exist, the first printer name defined in the) 2.043 WS
72 399 moveto
(Local.Printer_Configuration file is used.) show
72 423 moveto
(If you choose not to create any of these files, you will have to:) show
72 447 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Create an initialization procedure \050in) 2.177 WS
4.928 MX
(either the Site or Local world\051 that uses package) 2.178 WS
96 460 moveto
(Queue to create print queues each time the system boots.) show
72 478 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Either:) show
96 496 moveto
(\261) show
18.500 MX
(Use the Queue.Print) 5.722 WS
8.471 MX
(command instead of the !Commands.Abbreviations.Print) 5.721 WS
120 509 moveto
(command.) show
96 527 moveto
(\261) show
18.500 MX
(Use the !Commands.Abbreviations.Print command, but explicitly specify) 2.546 WS
5.297 MX
(the class) 2.547 WS
120 540 moveto
(name for the Printer parameter.) show
72 577 moveto
12 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(9.5.2. Adding Entries to a Printer_Configuration File) show
72 601 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(During installation,) 1.974 WS
4.723 MX
(an empty Printer_Configuration file is created in the Local world. After) 1.973 WS
72 614 moveto
(installation, you can:) show
72 638 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Add entries to this file to enable the use of the Print command.) show
72 656 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Move this file \050or create an additional file called Printer_Configuration\051 in the Site world, if) 0.138 WS
96 669 moveto
(you need to define sitewide printer information.) show
72 693 moveto
(Each entry in a Printer_Configuration file defines a printer name and specifies the) 5.879 WS
72 706 moveto
(characteristics of the device it represents.) show
72 756 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(40) show
296.309 MX
(September 1991 ) show
17 /Rational SelectFont
( R) show
EndPage
%%Page: 41 43
BeginPage
792 false PositionPage
72 36 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
389.560 MX
(Release D_12_5_0) show
72 72 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Each entry must start on a new line, but the) 0.731 WS
3.482 MX
(information can extend over several lines and can) 0.732 WS
72 85 moveto
(include single and in-line comments. For readability, the entries are often) 3.395 WS
6.144 MX
(formatted like) 3.394 WS
72 98 moveto
(command parameters.) show
72 122 moveto
(Each entry has the general form:) show
108 146 moveto
10 /Courier-BoldOblique SelectFont
(Printer_Name) show
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
( => \050) show
10 /Courier-BoldOblique SelectFont
(Device_Type) show
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
( =>) show
10 /Courier-BoldOblique SelectFont
( Device_Info) show
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(,) show
108 158 moveto
10 /Courier-BoldOblique SelectFont
( Other_Device_Characteristics) show
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(,) show
108 170 moveto
( Laser_Comm =>) show
10 /Courier-BoldOblique SelectFont
( Boolean) show
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(,) show
108 182 moveto
( Reverse_Output_Pages =>) show
10 /Courier-BoldOblique SelectFont
( Boolean) show
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(,) show
108 194 moveto
( On_Node =>) show
10 /Courier-BoldOblique SelectFont
( R1000_Name) show
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(\051) show
72 218 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(where:) show
72 242 moveto
(\267) show
10 /Courier-BoldOblique SelectFont
17.334 MX
(Printer_Name) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( is the name by which you want) 2.918 WS
5.669 MX
(to refer to a given device in a Print) 2.919 WS
96 255 moveto
(command.) show
72 273 moveto
(\267) show
10 /Courier-BoldOblique SelectFont
17.334 MX
(Device_Type) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( is one of the following four kinds of printer devices:) show
96 291 moveto
(\261) show
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
18.500 MX
(Direct) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(, which specifies a printer connected to an R1000 via direct line.) show
96 309 moveto
(\261) show
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
18.500 MX
(Telnet) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(, which specifies a printer connected to an R1000 via Telnet.) show
96 327 moveto
(\261) show
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
18.500 MX
(File) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(, which specifies a file on an R1000 in which print-spooler) 1.635 WS
4.384 MX
(output is collected.) 1.634 WS
120 340 moveto
(Subsequent processing is required to get this output printed.) show
96 358 moveto
(\261) show
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
18.500 MX
(Workstation) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(, which specifies) 2.277 WS
5.028 MX
(a directory on a remote workstation to which print) 2.278 WS
120 371 moveto
(requests are) 0.880 WS
3.629 MX
(sent. Such requests are sent via FTP as individual files; from the remote) 0.879 WS
120 384 moveto
(directory, they can be printed using the workstation's print tools.) show
72 402 moveto
(\267) show
10 /Courier-BoldOblique SelectFont
17.334 MX
(Device_Info) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( is further information about) 3.431 WS
6.182 MX
(the device you specified. The information) 3.432 WS
96 415 moveto
(depends on the type of device specified \050see the paragraphs below\051.) show
72 433 moveto
(\267) show
10 /Courier-BoldOblique SelectFont
17.334 MX
(Other_Device_Characteristics) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( are additional entry elements, separated by) 2.409 WS
5.158 MX
(commas,) show
96 446 moveto
(that give further information about the chosen device \050see the paragraphs below\051.) show
72 464 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(The ) 0.517 WS
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(Laser_Comm) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( option,) 0.517 WS
3.268 MX
(when True, specifies that printing will be done on a laser printer.) 0.518 WS
96 477 moveto
(Omitting this option implies that printing will be done on a line printer.) show
96 495 moveto
(For ) 0.245 WS
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(Direct) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( and ) 0.245 WS
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(Telnet) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( devices, setting ) 0.245 WS
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(Laser_Comm) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( to True specifies that a laser) 0.245 WS
2.994 MX
(printer is) 0.244 WS
96 508 moveto
(connected; for ) 1.278 WS
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(File) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( and ) 1.278 WS
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(Workstation) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( devices, setting ) 1.278 WS
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(Laser_Comm) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( to) 1.278 WS
4.029 MX
(True specifies that) 1.279 WS
96 521 moveto
(the collected print requests will eventually be printed on a laser printer.) show
72 539 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(The ) 2.177 WS
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(Reverse_Output_Pages) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( option allows you to adjust the order) 2.177 WS
4.926 MX
(in which pages are) 2.176 WS
96 552 moveto
(spooled to accommodate the way your printer stacks pages in its output tray. This option) 0.710 WS
96 565 moveto
(applies only if the ) show
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(Laser_Comm) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( option is set to True.) show
96 583 moveto
(\261) show
18.500 MX
(Setting ) 0.837 WS
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(Reverse_Output_Pages) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( to True causes the print spooler to) 0.837 WS
3.586 MX
(reverse the order) 0.836 WS
120 596 moveto
(of output pages, so that the last logical page is printed first.) 1.291 WS
4.042 MX
(Omitting this option is) 1.292 WS
120 609 moveto
(equivalent to specifying True.) show
96 627 moveto
(\261) show
18.500 MX
(Setting ) 0.472 WS
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(Reverse_Output_Pages) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( to False causes the print spooler to keep the) 0.472 WS
3.221 MX
(pages of) 0.471 WS
120 640 moveto
(output in the order in which they appear in the source file.) show
72 658 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(The ) 2.935 WS
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(On_Node) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( option specifies the) 2.935 WS
5.686 MX
(network name of the R1000 that contains the print) 2.936 WS
96 671 moveto
(spooler for the device. Omitting this option is equivalent to) 1.830 WS
4.579 MX
(specifying the name of the) 1.829 WS
96 684 moveto
(current R1000.) show
72 708 moveto
(The following paragraphs describe printer-configuration) 0.075 WS
2.826 MX
(file entries for each of the four kinds of) 0.076 WS
72 721 moveto
(devices. \050See also the comments in the specification of !Machine.Initialization.Rational.Printers.\051) show
72 756 moveto
17 /Rational SelectFont
(R) show
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( September 1991) show
298.501 MX
(41) show
EndPage
%%Page: 42 44
BeginPage
792 false PositionPage
72 36 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Rational Environment Release Information) show
72 73 moveto
12 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(9.5.3. Specifying a Directly Connected Printer) show
72 97 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(To specify a) 0.480 WS
3.229 MX
(printer connected to an R1000 via direct line, you specify an entry of the following) 0.479 WS
72 110 moveto
(general form:) show
108 134 moveto
10 /Courier-BoldOblique SelectFont
(Printer_Name) show
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
( => \050Direct =>) show
10 /Courier-BoldOblique SelectFont
( Protocol) show
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(,) show
108 146 moveto
( Device => Terminal_) show
10 /Courier-BoldOblique SelectFont
(n) show
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(,) show
108 158 moveto
( Laser_Comm =>) show
10 /Courier-BoldOblique SelectFont
( Boolean) show
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(,) show
108 170 moveto
( Reverse_Output_Pages =>) show
10 /Courier-BoldOblique SelectFont
( Boolean) show
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(,) show
108 182 moveto
( On_Node =>) show
10 /Courier-BoldOblique SelectFont
( R1000_Name) show
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(\051) show
72 206 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(where:) show
72 230 moveto
(\267) show
10 /Courier-BoldOblique SelectFont
17.334 MX
(Protocol) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( specifies the printer flow control and can be) 1.791 WS
4.542 MX
(either ) 1.792 WS
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(Xon_Xoff) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( or ) 1.792 WS
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(Dtr) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(. See the) 1.792 WS
96 243 moveto
(printer manual for details.) show
72 261 moveto
(\267) show
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
17.334 MX
(Terminal_) show
10 /Courier-BoldOblique SelectFont
(n) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( represents the RS232C) 1.612 WS
4.361 MX
(port to which the printer is connected \050) 1.611 WS
10 /Courier-BoldOblique SelectFont
(n) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( is the port) 1.611 WS
96 274 moveto
(number\051. The specified port must) 12.023 WS
14.774 MX
(not be enabled for login in the) 12.024 WS
96 287 moveto
(Local.Terminal_Configuration file.) show
72 305 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(The ) 0.558 WS
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(Laser_Comm) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( option, when True, specifies that a laser printer) 0.558 WS
3.307 MX
(is connected and enables) 0.557 WS
96 318 moveto
(a two-way printer-communication protocol. Omitting the option is) 0.029 WS
2.780 MX
(equivalent to specifying) 0.030 WS
96 331 moveto
(False, which means that a line printer is connected.) show
72 349 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(The ) 2.177 WS
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(Reverse_Output_Pages) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( option allows you to adjust the order) 2.177 WS
4.926 MX
(in which pages are) 2.176 WS
96 362 moveto
(spooled to accommodate the way your) 0.388 WS
3.139 MX
(printer stacks pages in its output tray, as described) 0.389 WS
96 375 moveto
(in section 9.5.2. This option applies only if ) show
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(Laser_Comm) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( is set to True.) show
72 393 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(The ) 2.715 WS
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(On_Node) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( option specifies) 2.715 WS
5.464 MX
(the network name of the R1000 to which the printer is) 2.714 WS
96 406 moveto
(directly connected. Omitting this option is equivalent to) 0.237 WS
2.988 MX
(specifying the name of the current) 0.238 WS
96 419 moveto
(R1000.) show
72 443 moveto
(The following entry) 1.759 WS
4.508 MX
(creates a printer name called Lp, which represents a line printer that is) 1.758 WS
72 456 moveto
(directly connected to port 30 of an R1000 called Jazmo:) show
108 480 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(-- Lineprinter connected to jazmo) show
108 492 moveto
(Lp => \050Direct => Xon_Xoff,) show
108 504 moveto
( Device => terminal_30,) show
108 516 moveto
( On_Node => jazmo\051) show
72 553 moveto
12 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(9.5.4. Specifying a Networked Printer) show
72 577 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(To specify a printer connected to an R1000 via) 1.656 WS
4.407 MX
(Telnet, you specify an entry of the following) 1.657 WS
72 590 moveto
(general form:) show
108 614 moveto
10 /Courier-BoldOblique SelectFont
(Printer_Name) show
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
( => \050Telnet =>) show
10 /Courier-BoldOblique SelectFont
( Host_Name) show
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(,) show
108 626 moveto
( Device => Terminal_) show
10 /Courier-BoldOblique SelectFont
(n) show
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(,) show
108 638 moveto
( Laser_Comm =>) show
10 /Courier-BoldOblique SelectFont
( Boolean) show
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(,) show
108 650 moveto
( Reverse_Output_Pages =>) show
10 /Courier-BoldOblique SelectFont
( Boolean) show
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(,) show
108 662 moveto
( On_Node =>) show
10 /Courier-BoldOblique SelectFont
( R1000_Name) show
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(\051) show
72 686 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(where:) show
72 710 moveto
(\267) show
10 /Courier-BoldOblique SelectFont
17.334 MX
(Host_Name) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( is the network name of the printer.) show
72 756 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(42) show
296.309 MX
(September 1991 ) show
17 /Rational SelectFont
( R) show
EndPage
%%Page: 43 45
BeginPage
792 false PositionPage
72 36 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
389.560 MX
(Release D_12_5_0) show
72 72 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(\267) show
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
17.334 MX
(Terminal_) show
10 /Courier-BoldOblique SelectFont
(n) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( represents the Telnet port to which the printer is connected \050) 2.108 WS
10 /Courier-BoldOblique SelectFont
(n) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( is the port) 2.107 WS
96 85 moveto
(number\051. The specified port must) 12.023 WS
14.774 MX
(not be enabled for login in the) 12.024 WS
96 98 moveto
(Local.Terminal_Configuration file.) show
72 116 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(The ) 0.558 WS
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(Laser_Comm) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( option, when True, specifies that a laser printer) 0.558 WS
3.307 MX
(is connected and enables) 0.557 WS
96 129 moveto
(a two-way printer-communication protocol. Omitting the option is) 0.029 WS
2.780 MX
(equivalent to specifying) 0.030 WS
96 142 moveto
(False, which means that a line printer is connected.) show
72 160 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(The ) 2.177 WS
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(Reverse_Output_Pages) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( option allows you to adjust the order) 2.177 WS
4.926 MX
(in which pages are) 2.176 WS
96 173 moveto
(spooled to accommodate the way your) 0.388 WS
3.139 MX
(printer stacks pages in its output tray, as described) 0.389 WS
96 186 moveto
(in section 9.5.2. This option applies only if ) show
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(Laser_Comm) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( is set to True.) show
72 204 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(The ) 2.715 WS
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(On_Node) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( option specifies) 2.715 WS
5.464 MX
(the network name of the R1000 to which the printer is) 2.714 WS
96 217 moveto
(connected via Telnet. Omitting this option is equivalent to specifying the) 2.345 WS
5.096 MX
(name of the) 2.346 WS
96 230 moveto
(current R1000.) show
72 254 moveto
(The following entry creates a printer) 0.221 WS
2.970 MX
(name called Dlaser, which represents a laser printer that is) 0.220 WS
72 267 moveto
(connected via Telnet to port 226 of an R1000 called Roget. Because of the way this printer stacks) 0.197 WS
72 280 moveto
(its output, print requests are spooled to this device with their pages in ascending \050rather than) 1.005 WS
72 293 moveto
(reversed\051 order:) show
108 317 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(-- Documentation's laser printer) show
108 329 moveto
(Dlaser => \050Telnet => doc_laser,) show
108 341 moveto
( Device => terminal_226,) show
108 353 moveto
( Laser_Comm,) show
108 365 moveto
( Reverse_Output_Pages => false,) show
108 377 moveto
( On_Node => roget\051) show
72 414 moveto
12 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(9.5.5. Specifying an Environment File) show
72 438 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(To specify a) 0.832 WS
3.583 MX
(file in which to collect print-spooler output, you specify an entry of the following) 0.833 WS
72 451 moveto
(general form:) show
108 475 moveto
10 /Courier-BoldOblique SelectFont
(Printer_Name) show
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
( => \050File =>) show
10 /Courier-BoldOblique SelectFont
( Environment_Pathname) show
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(,) show
108 487 moveto
( Laser_Comm =>) show
10 /Courier-BoldOblique SelectFont
( Boolean) show
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(,) show
108 499 moveto
( Reverse_Output_Pages =>) show
10 /Courier-BoldOblique SelectFont
( Boolean) show
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(,) show
108 511 moveto
( On_Node =>) show
10 /Courier-BoldOblique SelectFont
( R1000_Name) show
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(\051) show
72 535 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(where:) show
72 559 moveto
(\267) show
10 /Courier-BoldOblique SelectFont
17.334 MX
(Environment_Pathname) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( specifies the file to which output) 0.987 WS
3.736 MX
(is written. The pathname must) 0.986 WS
96 572 moveto
(name a file that exists on the R1000 named by On_Node. Note that the) 0.190 WS
2.941 MX
(group Spooler must) 0.191 WS
96 585 moveto
(have access to the specified file.) show
72 603 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(The ) 4.137 WS
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(Laser_Comm) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( option, when True, specifies that the collected print requests will) 4.136 WS
96 616 moveto
(eventually be printed) 1.648 WS
4.399 MX
(on a laser printer. Omitting the option is equivalent to specifying) 1.649 WS
96 629 moveto
(False, which means that a line printer will be used.) show
72 647 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(The ) 2.177 WS
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(Reverse_Output_Pages) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( option allows you to adjust the order) 2.177 WS
4.926 MX
(in which pages are) 2.176 WS
96 660 moveto
(spooled to accommodate the way your) 0.388 WS
3.139 MX
(printer stacks pages in its output tray, as described) 0.389 WS
96 673 moveto
(in section 9.5.2. This option applies only if ) show
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(Laser_Comm) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( is set to True.) show
72 691 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(The ) 0.863 WS
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(On_Node) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( option specifies the network name of the R1000 on which) 0.863 WS
3.612 MX
(the file is located.) 0.862 WS
96 704 moveto
(Omitting this option is equivalent to specifying the name of the current R1000.) show
72 756 moveto
17 /Rational SelectFont
(R) show
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( September 1991) show
298.501 MX
(43) show
EndPage
%%Page: 44 46
BeginPage
792 false PositionPage
72 36 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Rational Environment Release Information) show
72 72 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(The following entry) 1.626 WS
4.377 MX
(creates a printer name called Hold, which represents a file on an R1000) 1.627 WS
72 85 moveto
(called Logo. Low-priority print requests are sent to this file, where) 0.481 WS
3.230 MX
(they are held until someone) 0.480 WS
72 98 moveto
(prints the file using the) 0.739 WS
3.490 MX
(Print command \050specifying a printer name that represents a connected) 0.740 WS
72 111 moveto
(printer\051:) show
108 135 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(-- Place to hold large requests until printers are free in the evening) show
108 147 moveto
(Hold => \050File => !Machine.Queues.Local.Held_Print_Requests,) show
108 159 moveto
( On_Node => Logo\051) show
72 196 moveto
12 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(9.5.6. Specifying a Workstation Directory) show
72 220 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(To specify) 0.295 WS
3.044 MX
(a directory on a workstation to which print requests are sent, you specify an entry of) 0.294 WS
72 233 moveto
(the following general form:) show
108 257 moveto
10 /Courier-BoldOblique SelectFont
(Printer_Name) show
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
( => \050Workstation =>) show
10 /Courier-BoldOblique SelectFont
( Host_Name) show
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(,) show
108 269 moveto
( Path =>) show
10 /Courier-BoldOblique SelectFont
( Directory_Name) show
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(,) show
108 281 moveto
( Laser_Comm =>) show
10 /Courier-BoldOblique SelectFont
( Boolean) show
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(,) show
108 293 moveto
( Suffix =>) show
10 /Courier-BoldOblique SelectFont
( String) show
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(,) show
108 305 moveto
( Reverse_Output_Pages =>) show
10 /Courier-BoldOblique SelectFont
( Boolean) show
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(,) show
108 317 moveto
( On_Node =>) show
10 /Courier-BoldOblique SelectFont
( R1000_Name) show
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(\051) show
72 341 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(where:) show
72 365 moveto
(\267) show
10 /Courier-BoldOblique SelectFont
17.334 MX
(Host_Name) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( is the network name of the workstation to which the files will be transferred.) show
72 383 moveto
(\267) show
10 /Courier-BoldOblique SelectFont
17.334 MX
(Directory_Name) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( is the pathname of the workstation directory into which the files) 0.732 WS
3.483 MX
(will be) 0.733 WS
96 396 moveto
(transferred. The directory pathname must have syntax appropriate) 0.496 WS
3.245 MX
(to the workstation and) 0.495 WS
96 409 moveto
(must have) 0.942 WS
3.693 MX
(trailing punctuation that permits the name of the transferred print-request file) 0.943 WS
96 422 moveto
(to be appended.) show
72 440 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(The ) 4.137 WS
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(Laser_Comm) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( option, when True, specifies that the collected print requests will) 4.136 WS
96 453 moveto
(eventually be printed) 1.648 WS
4.399 MX
(on a laser printer. Omitting the option is equivalent to specifying) 1.649 WS
96 466 moveto
(False, which means that a line printer will be used.) show
72 484 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(The ) 0.594 WS
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(Suffix) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( option allows you) 0.594 WS
3.343 MX
(to specify a string to be appended to the filenames that are) 0.593 WS
96 497 moveto
(created on the workstation. Omitting this option causes no) 1.456 WS
4.207 MX
(suffix to be appended to the) 1.457 WS
96 510 moveto
(filenames. The specified suffix can be used by print tools as a way of identifying which) 1.495 WS
96 523 moveto
(files to print. This is useful when several printer names send files to the same directory.) show
72 541 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(The ) 2.176 WS
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(Reverse_Output_Pages) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( option allows you) 2.176 WS
4.927 MX
(to adjust the order in which pages are) 2.177 WS
96 554 moveto
(spooled to accommodate the way your printer stacks pages in) 0.389 WS
3.138 MX
(its output tray, as described) 0.388 WS
96 567 moveto
(in section 9.5.2. This option applies only if ) show
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(Laser_Comm) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( is set to True.) show
72 585 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(The ) 0.566 WS
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(On_Node) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( option specifies the network name of) 0.566 WS
3.317 MX
(the R1000 whose print spooler handles) 0.567 WS
96 598 moveto
(the print requests. Omitting this option is equivalent) 0.507 WS
3.256 MX
(to specifying the name of the current) 0.506 WS
96 611 moveto
(R1000.) show
72 635 moveto
(When print requests are) 0.994 WS
3.745 MX
(sent as files to a workstation, any FTP messages are directed to a log) 0.995 WS
72 648 moveto
(file that is created in !Machine.Queues.Ftp. This log) 0.928 WS
3.677 MX
(file is automatically cleared after each 100) 0.927 WS
72 661 moveto
(print requests. Messages pertaining to creating print classes and enabling devices) 1.026 WS
3.777 MX
(are directed) 1.027 WS
72 674 moveto
(to the system error log.) show
72 756 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(44) show
296.309 MX
(September 1991 ) show
17 /Rational SelectFont
( R) show
EndPage
%%Page: 45 47
BeginPage
792 false PositionPage
72 36 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
389.560 MX
(Release D_12_5_0) show
72 72 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(The following two entries create printer) 1.761 WS
4.510 MX
(names Dc_Laser and Dc_Lineprinter, both of which) 1.760 WS
72 85 moveto
(direct print requests to a directory on a) 2.638 WS
5.389 MX
(UNIX) show
0 -2.750 rmoveto
8 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
/registered SYM 5.976 MX
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
0 2.750 rmoveto
( workstation called Enterprise. These print) 2.639 WS
72 98 moveto
(requests, which are routed through the print spooler on an R1000 called Capitol,) 0.103 WS
2.852 MX
(are sent as files) 0.102 WS
72 111 moveto
(with different suffixes, depending on the printer name \050) show
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(_Lsr) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( and ) show
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(_Lpt) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(, respectively\051:) show
108 135 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(-- Laser printer attached to workstation in Washington, D.C., office;) show
108 147 moveto
(-- spooled on R1000 called Capitol.) show
108 159 moveto
(Dc_Laser => \050Workstation => Enterprise,) show
108 171 moveto
( Path => /usr/spool/ratqueue/,) show
108 183 moveto
( Laser_Comm,) show
108 195 moveto
( Suffix => _Lsr,) show
108 207 moveto
( On_Node => Capitol\051) show
108 231 moveto
(-- Line printer attached to workstation in Washington, D.C., office;) show
108 243 moveto
(-- spooled on R1000 called Capitol.) show
108 255 moveto
(Dc_Lineprinter =>) show
108 267 moveto
( \050Workstation => Enterprise,) show
108 279 moveto
( Path => /usr/spool/ratqueue/,) show
108 291 moveto
( Suffix => _Lpt,) show
108 303 moveto
( On_Node => Capitol\051) show
72 327 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Print tools on the workstation, such as the following sample, are required) 0.850 WS
3.601 MX
(to actually print the) 0.851 WS
72 340 moveto
(requests:) show
72 364 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(# This program spools print requests placed in /usr/spool/ratqueue to) show
72 376 moveto
(# the appropriate printer based on the suffix of the spooled file.) show
72 388 moveto
(# It checks the spool directory at five-minute intervals to see if any) show
72 400 moveto
(# new files need printing. This runs as a C-shell script. To execute,) show
72 412 moveto
(# type csh and the name of this file.) show
72 436 moveto
(:) show
72 448 moveto
(set xFTPxDIRx=/usr/spool/ratqueue #spool directory) show
72 460 moveto
(#) show
72 472 moveto
(set xFTPxSUFFIXxLSRx=_Lsr # Laser printer suffix) show
72 484 moveto
(set xFTPxSUFFIXxLPTx=_Lpt # Line printer suffix) show
72 496 moveto
(#) show
72 508 moveto
(set xPRINTxLISTxLSRx=/tmp/rat_print_lsr.$$ # Laser printer list file) show
72 520 moveto
(set xPRINTxLISTxLPTx=/tmp/rat_print_lpt.$$ # Line printer list file) show
72 532 moveto
(#) show
72 544 moveto
(set xPRINTxCOMMANDx=/tmp/rat_command.$$ # temporary print command file) show
72 556 moveto
(#) show
72 568 moveto
(set xPRINTxDELAYx=120 # interval to wait before printing) show
72 580 moveto
(set xRECHECKxTIMEx=180 # interval for checking print requests) show
72 592 moveto
(#) show
72 604 moveto
(cd $xFTPxDIRx) show
72 616 moveto
(while \0501 == 1\051) show
72 628 moveto
(#) show
72 640 moveto
(# Creates a list of files to print for each printer.) show
72 652 moveto
(#) show
72 664 moveto
( ls $xFTPxDIRx | grep $xFTPxSUFFIXxLSRx > $xPRINTxLISTxLSRx) show
72 676 moveto
( ls $xFTPxDIRx | grep $xFTPxSUFFIXxLPTx > $xPRINTxLISTxLPTx) show
72 688 moveto
(#) show
72 700 moveto
(# Adds the laser- and line-printer files to the print-command file) show
72 712 moveto
(# \050the device name of each type of printer should be provided after the -P\051.) show
72 724 moveto
(#) show
72 756 moveto
17 /Rational SelectFont
(R) show
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( September 1991) show
298.501 MX
(45) show
EndPage
%%Page: 46 48
BeginPage
792 false PositionPage
72 36 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Rational Environment Release Information) show
72 72 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
( cat $xPRINTxLISTxLSRx | sed -e 's^.^lpr -r -Plaser &^' > $xPRINTxCOMMANDx) show
72 84 moveto
( cat $xPRINTxLISTxLPTx | sed -e 's^.^lpr -r -Pline &^' >> $xPRINTxCOMMANDx) show
72 96 moveto
(#) show
72 108 moveto
(# Waits the specified amount of time before printing the requests.) show
72 120 moveto
(# \050This delay allows time for the FTP operation to complete and should) show
72 132 moveto
(# be adjusted based on the average length of files being printed.\051) show
72 144 moveto
(#) show
72 156 moveto
( sleep $xPRINTxDELAYx) show
72 168 moveto
(#) show
72 180 moveto
(# Prints the files if there are any to print.) show
72 192 moveto
(#) show
72 204 moveto
( set LCNT=`cat $xPRINTxCOMMANDx | wc -l `) show
72 216 moveto
( if \050 $LCNT != 0 \051 then) show
72 228 moveto
( chmod +x $xPRINTxCOMMANDx) show
72 240 moveto
( $xPRINTxCOMMANDx) show
72 252 moveto
( endif) show
72 264 moveto
(#) show
72 276 moveto
(# Waits the specified amount of time.) show
72 288 moveto
(#) show
72 300 moveto
( sleep $xRECHECKxTIMEx) show
72 312 moveto
(#) show
72 324 moveto
(# Removes the old temporary files.) show
72 336 moveto
(#) show
72 348 moveto
( rm $xPRINTxLISTxLSRx) show
72 360 moveto
( rm $xPRINTxLISTxLPTx) show
72 372 moveto
( rm $xPRINTxCOMMANDx) show
72 384 moveto
(#) show
72 396 moveto
(end) show
72 433 moveto
12 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(9.5.7. Associating Default Printers with Individual Users) show
72 457 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(To associate a default printer with each user, you must) 0.484 WS
3.233 MX
(create a file called User_Printer_Map in) 0.483 WS
72 470 moveto
(the Local world and add entries of the following form:) show
108 494 moveto
10 /Courier-BoldOblique SelectFont
(Username) show
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
( ) show
10 /Courier-BoldOblique SelectFont
(Printer_Name) show
72 518 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(where:) show
72 542 moveto
(\267) show
10 /Courier-BoldOblique SelectFont
17.334 MX
(Username) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( is either:) show
96 560 moveto
(\261) show
18.500 MX
(The username for an R1000 user) show
96 578 moveto
(\261) show
18.500 MX
(The string ) show
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(Others) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(, which represents all users not explicitly listed by name.) show
72 596 moveto
(\267) show
10 /Courier-BoldOblique SelectFont
17.334 MX
(Printer_Name) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( is defined in a Printer_Configuration file.) show
72 620 moveto
(Following is a sample User_Printer_Map file:) show
108 644 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(phil dc_laser) show
108 656 moveto
(sue dlaser) show
108 668 moveto
(others lp) show
72 692 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(See also the comments in the specification of !Machine.Initialization.Rational.Printers.) show
72 756 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(46) show
296.309 MX
(September 1991 ) show
17 /Rational SelectFont
( R) show
EndPage
%%Page: iii 49
BeginPage
792 false PositionPage
72 36 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
389.560 MX
(Release D_12_5_0) show
278.182 72 moveto
14 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Contents) show
72 108 moveto
12 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(1. Overview) show
4.272 MX
9 43 LTAB 390 MX
(1) show
72 122 moveto
(2. Supported Configurations and Upgrades) show
1.104 MX
9 25 LTAB 228 MX
(1) show
72 136 moveto
(3. Compatibility) show
1.032 MX
9 41 LTAB 372 MX
(2) show
72 150 moveto
(4. Upgrade Impact) show
5.868 MX
9 39 LTAB 354 MX
(3) show
93.600 163 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(4.1. Impact of Specification Changes) show
7.145 MX
9 28 LTAB 255.500 MX
(3) show
93.600 176 moveto
(4.2. Impact of Implementation Changes) show
0.162 MX
9 27 LTAB 246.500 MX
(3) show
72 190 moveto
12 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(5. Known Problems) show
0.660 MX
9 39 LTAB 354 MX
(4) show
93.600 203 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(5.1. Problem in Spelling Checker) show
6.426 MX
9 30 LTAB 273.500 MX
(4) show
93.600 216 moveto
(5.2. Problem for CDF Customization) show
5.649 MX
9 28 LTAB 255.500 MX
(4) show
72 230 moveto
12 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(6. New Environment Interfaces) show
2.580 MX
9 32 LTAB 291 MX
(5) show
93.600 243 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(6.1. New Procedures in Package Access_List) show
3.809 MX
9 24 LTAB 219.500 MX
(5) show
115.200 255 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(6.1.1. Procedure Remove) show
7.040 MX
9 33 LTAB 301 MX
(5) show
115.200 267 moveto
(6.1.2. Procedure Remove_Default) show
4.980 MX
9 29 LTAB 265 MX
(5) show
93.600 280 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(6.2. New Procedures in !Commands.Abbreviations) show
7.744 MX
9 20 LTAB 183.500 MX
(5) show
115.200 292 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(6.2.1. Procedure Cancel_Print_Request) show
8.820 MX
9 26 LTAB 238 MX
(5) show
115.200 304 moveto
(6.2.2. Procedure Display_Queue) show
1.370 MX
9 30 LTAB 274 MX
(6) show
115.200 316 moveto
(6.2.3. Procedure Print) show
3.260 MX
9 35 LTAB 319 MX
(6) show
93.600 329 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(6.3. New Procedures in System_Maintenance Subsystem) show
7.486 MX
9 17 LTAB 156.500 MX
(7) show
115.200 341 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(6.3.1. Procedure Analyze_Disks_For_Backup) show
8.570 MX
9 23 LTAB 211 MX
(7) show
115.200 353 moveto
(6.3.2. Procedure Destroy_Library) show
6.230 MX
9 29 LTAB 265 MX
(7) show
115.200 365 moveto
(6.3.3. Procedure Monitor_Performance) show
8.520 MX
9 26 LTAB 238 MX
(7) show
115.200 377 moveto
(6.3.4. Procedure Repair_Cg_Attrs) show
4.760 MX
9 29 LTAB 265 MX
(8) show
93.600 390 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(6.4. New Functions in Package Work_Order_Implementation) show
2.331 MX
9 15 LTAB 138.500 MX
(9) show
93.600 403 moveto
(6.5. Package Remote_Passwords) show
7.548 MX
9 30 LTAB 273.500 MX
(9) show
93.600 416 moveto
(6.6. Package Transport_Name.Service) show
8.588 MX
9 27 LTAB 246.500 MX
(9) show
93.600 429 moveto
(6.7. Package Transport.Route) show
4.827 MX
9 31 LTAB 286 MX
(10) show
93.600 442 moveto
(6.8. IP Subnetting) show
7.246 MX
9 37 LTAB 340 MX
(10) show
93.600 455 moveto
(6.9. Math_Support Subsystem) show
1.186 MX
9 31 LTAB 286 MX
(11) show
93.600 468 moveto
(6.10. Dfs Subsystem) show
4.806 MX
9 36 LTAB 331 MX
(11) show
115.200 480 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(6.10.1. Procedure Analyze_Crashdump) show
6.300 MX
9 25 LTAB 233 MX
(11) show
72 494 moveto
12 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(7. Changes from D_12_1_1) show
8.844 MX
9 33 LTAB 303 MX
(11) show
93.600 507 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(7.1. Editor Changes) show
6.918 MX
9 36 LTAB 331 MX
(12) show
93.600 520 moveto
(7.2. Changes to Package Common) show
8.738 MX
9 28 LTAB 259 MX
(12) show
93.600 533 moveto
(7.3. Changes to Debugging) show
6.706 MX
9 32 LTAB 295 MX
(12) show
115.200 545 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(7.3.1. Setting Breakpoints) show
4.840 MX
9 32 LTAB 296 MX
(12) show
115.200 557 moveto
(7.3.2. Displaying Values) show
0.950 MX
9 33 LTAB 305 MX
(13) show
115.200 569 moveto
(7.3.3. Quitting While the Debugger Is Running) show
0.690 MX
9 22 LTAB 206 MX
(13) show
115.200 581 moveto
(7.3.4. Other Debugger Changes) show
5.350 MX
9 29 LTAB 269 MX
(13) show
93.600 594 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(7.4. Changes to Session Switches) show
6.470 MX
9 29 LTAB 268 MX
(14) show
93.600 607 moveto
(7.5. Access-Control Changes) show
8.567 MX
9 31 LTAB 286 MX
(14) show
93.600 620 moveto
(7.6. Changes to Links Management) show
3.139 MX
9 28 LTAB 259 MX
(14) show
93.600 633 moveto
(7.7. Compilation Changes) show
3.272 MX
9 33 LTAB 304 MX
(14) show
115.200 645 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(7.7.1. Installing Units) show
4.990 MX
9 34 LTAB 314 MX
(14) show
115.200 657 moveto
(7.7.2. Coding Units) show
4.840 MX
9 35 LTAB 323 MX
(15) show
115.200 669 moveto
(7.7.3. Executing Units) show
2.710 MX
9 34 LTAB 314 MX
(16) show
93.600 682 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(7.8. Library Switches) show
0.384 MX
9 36 LTAB 331 MX
(16) show
93.600 695 moveto
(7.9. Archive Changes) show
7.624 MX
9 35 LTAB 322 MX
(16) show
115.200 707 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(7.9.1. Archiving Units with Large CDBs) show
4.530 MX
9 25 LTAB 233 MX
(17) show
115.200 719 moveto
(7.9.2. Archive Options) show
8.900 MX
9 33 LTAB 305 MX
(17) show
93.600 732 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(7.10. Changes to String Tools and Programming Tools) show
1.267 MX
9 18 LTAB 169 MX
(17) show
72 756 moveto
17 /Rational SelectFont
(R) show
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( September 1991) show
299.771 MX
(iii) show
EndPage
%%Page: iv 50
BeginPage
792 false PositionPage
72 36 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Rational Environment Release Information) show
93.600 72 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(7.11. Changes to Package Operator) show
4.569 MX
9 28 LTAB 259 MX
(18) show
93.600 85 moveto
(7.12. Changes Pertaining to Printing) show
7.343 MX
9 27 LTAB 250 MX
(18) show
115.200 97 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(7.12.1. Change to Package Queue) show
6.110 MX
9 28 LTAB 260 MX
(18) show
115.200 109 moveto
(7.12.2. Changes to !Commands.Abbreviations.Print) show
7.290 MX
9 19 LTAB 179 MX
(19) show
93.600 122 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(7.13. Machine-Initialization Software) show
3.911 MX
9 27 LTAB 250 MX
(19) show
93.600 135 moveto
(7.14. Changes to Diagnostic File System \050DFS\051) show
4.691 MX
9 22 LTAB 205 MX
(20) show
93.600 148 moveto
(7.15. !Tools.System_Availability) show
0.286 MX
9 30 LTAB 277 MX
(20) show
93.600 161 moveto
(7.16. !Commands.System_Maintenance) show
1.130 MX
9 26 LTAB 241 MX
(20) show
93.600 174 moveto
(7.17. Changes to the Boot Process) show
3.104 MX
9 29 LTAB 268 MX
(20) show
93.600 187 moveto
(7.18. Changes Pertaining to Backups) show
6.111 MX
9 27 LTAB 250 MX
(20) show
93.600 200 moveto
(7.19. Miscellaneous System-Management Changes) show
0.999 MX
9 20 LTAB 187 MX
(21) show
93.600 213 moveto
(7.20. CMVC Changes) show
7.052 MX
9 35 LTAB 322 MX
(21) show
115.200 225 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(7.20.1. Changes to Editing Activities) show
1.930 MX
9 27 LTAB 251 MX
(21) show
115.200 237 moveto
(7.20.2. Changes to Package Cmvc) show
5.360 MX
9 28 LTAB 260 MX
(21) show
115.200 249 moveto
(7.20.3. Changes to Package Cmvc_Maintenance) show
6.250 MX
9 21 LTAB 197 MX
(22) show
115.200 261 moveto
(7.20.4. Changes to Work Orders) show
2.890 MX
9 29 LTAB 269 MX
(22) show
115.200 273 moveto
(7.20.5. Spec Change in Package Work_Order_Implementation) show
5.920 MX
9 14 LTAB 134 MX
(22) show
93.600 286 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(7.21. Networking Changes) show
8.642 MX
9 32 LTAB 295 MX
(23) show
115.200 298 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(7.21.1. IP Routing) show
2.670 MX
9 36 LTAB 332 MX
(23) show
115.200 310 moveto
(7.21.2. Miscellaneous Networking Changes) show
7.020 MX
9 23 LTAB 215 MX
(24) show
72 324 moveto
12 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(8. Documentation) show
1.416 MX
9 39 LTAB 357 MX
(25) show
72 338 moveto
(9. Appendix A: !Machine.Initialization) show
0.084 MX
9 27 LTAB 249 MX
(27) show
93.600 351 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(9.1. Overview) show
7.066 MX
9 39 LTAB 358 MX
(27) show
115.200 363 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(9.1.1. World !Machine.Initialization.Rational) show
1.770 MX
9 23 LTAB 215 MX
(28) show
115.200 375 moveto
(9.1.2. Worlds !Machine.Initialization.[Site,Local]) show
3.280 MX
9 21 LTAB 197 MX
(28) show
93.600 388 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(9.2. Setting Up the Site and Local Worlds) show
1.836 MX
9 25 LTAB 232 MX
(30) show
93.600 401 moveto
(9.3. Hints for Implementing System Customizations) show
2.607 MX
9 19 LTAB 178 MX
(31) show
115.200 413 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(9.3.1. Writing Customized Initialization Procedures) show
6.330 MX
9 19 LTAB 179 MX
(31) show
115.200 425 moveto
(9.3.2. Using \252_Start\272 Files to Reference Initialization Procedures) show
6.420 MX
9 13 LTAB 125 MX
(31) show
115.200 437 moveto
(9.3.3. Controlling the Order of Execution) show
8.850 MX
9 24 LTAB 224 MX
(33) show
115.200 449 moveto
(9.3.4. Customizing Disk-Collection Thresholds) show
0.890 MX
9 22 LTAB 206 MX
(33) show
93.600 462 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(9.4. Enabling and Configuring Login Ports) show
3.576 MX
9 24 LTAB 223 MX
(34) show
115.200 474 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(9.4.1. Enabling Ports for Login) show
0.590 MX
9 30 LTAB 278 MX
(34) show
115.200 486 moveto
(9.4.2. Customizing Port Characteristics) show
8.180 MX
9 25 LTAB 233 MX
(35) show
115.200 498 moveto
(9.4.3. A Sample Terminal_Configuration File) show
0.120 MX
9 23 LTAB 215 MX
(36) show
115.200 510 moveto
(9.4.4. Terminal-Configuration Options) show
0.970 MX
9 26 LTAB 242 MX
(37) show
93.600 523 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(9.5. Configuring Printers) show
8.310 MX
9 33 LTAB 304 MX
(39) show
115.200 535 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(9.5.1. Where to Specify Printer Information) show
8.010 MX
9 23 LTAB 215 MX
(40) show
115.200 547 moveto
(9.5.2. Adding Entries to a Printer_Configuration File) show
2.220 MX
9 19 LTAB 179 MX
(40) show
115.200 559 moveto
(9.5.3. Specifying a Directly Connected Printer) show
5.860 MX
9 22 LTAB 206 MX
(42) show
115.200 571 moveto
(9.5.4. Specifying a Networked Printer) show
4.930 MX
9 26 LTAB 242 MX
(42) show
115.200 583 moveto
(9.5.5. Specifying an Environment File) show
5.810 MX
9 26 LTAB 242 MX
(43) show
115.200 595 moveto
(9.5.6. Specifying a Workstation Directory) show
7.240 MX
9 24 LTAB 224 MX
(44) show
115.200 607 moveto
(9.5.7. Associating Default Printers with Individual Users) show
2.010 MX
9 17 LTAB 161 MX
(46) show
72 756 moveto
(iv) show
297.749 MX
(September 1991 ) show
17 /Rational SelectFont
( R) show
EndPage
%%Trailer
%%Pages: 50 1
%%DocumentFonts: Times-Roman Courier-Bold Courier-BoldOblique Palatino-Roman Palatino-Bold Palatino-Italic Palatino-BoldItalic Rational
Rational Environment Release Information
Release D_12_6_5
\f
Copyright 1992 by Rational
Part Number: 508-003207-006
May 1992 (Software Release D_12_6_5)
IBM is a registered trademark and RISC System/6000 is a trademark
of International Business Machines Corporation.
PostScript is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems
Incorporated.
Rational and R1000 are registered trademarks and Rational
Environment is a trademark of Rational.
Sun Workstation is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems,
Inc.
UNIX is a registered trademark of UNIX System Laboratories, Inc.
Rational
3320 Scott Boulevard
Santa Clara, California 95054-3197
\f
Release D_12_6_5
1. Overview
The D_12_6_5 release of the Rational Environment is primarily a
maintenance release that:
* Fixes a large number of problems from previous releases,
enabling existing commands to work correctly. Some of these
fixes introduce new features (see section 6); other fixes
involve changed features (see section 7).
Efforts to fix problems have been focused in:
- System reliability.
Several problems that could cause the Environment to crash
have been fixed; and the Environment has been made more
robust in many (previously fatal) error conditions.
- The Ada compilation system.
In select cases, some changes may cause code that used to
compile to no longer compile. For details, see section 7.6.
* Changes the default value of the
R1000_Cg.Retain_Delta1_Compatibility library switch (from True
to False) so that, by default, the R1000 code generator takes
advantage of numerous features and bug fixes introduced in the
D_12_1_1 compiler. These features and bug fixes may cause the
code generator to emit code that is not compatible with
releases prior to D_12_1_1; see section 7.7.
* Introduces various new Environment interfaces, including:
- New procedures and functions in packages Access_List_Tools,
System_Maintenance, and Dfs; see sections 6.1, 6.2, and
6.3.
- A new world (!Machine.Login_Policy), in which you can place
subprograms and files that control login policies and
messages; see section 6.4.
- A new subsystem (!Tools.Telnet_Tools), which provides tools
for writing programs that use the Environment's networking
facilities; see section 6.5.
* Delivers the Documentation Tools, Rational X Interface (RXI),
and Rational Windows Interface (RWI) products with the
standard Environment. Product authorization tokens are no
longer required to use these products. See sections 3 and
7.14.
* Introduces three expanded and up-to-date volumes of the
Rational Environment Reference Manual:
- Volume 4: Session and Job Management (SJM)
RATIONAL May 1992 1\f
Rational Environment Release Information
- Volume 5: Library Management (LM)
- Volume 10: System Management Utilities (SMU)
New online help is also provided for each of the packages
described in these books; see section 8.
Note: This release information can be found in the
!Machine.Release.Release_Notes world in line-printer
(Environment_Release12_6_5_Lpt) and PostScript
(Environment_Release12_6_4_Ps) formats.
2. Supported Configurations and Upgrades
D_12_6_5 supports the following configurations of the R1000:
* Series 100
* Series 200 (Models 10, 20, and 40)
* Series 300 System (300S)
* Series 300 Coprocessor (300C) for the IBM RISC System/6000
and Sun Workstation servers
* Series 400 System (400S)
* Series 400 Coprocessor (400C) for the IBM RISC System/6000 and
Sun Workstation servers
D_12_6_5 supports two kinds of tape drive:
* The 9-track tape drive, which is standard on the Series 100
and 200, and an optional upgrade to the Series 300S
* The 8-millimeter tape drive, which is standard on the Series
300S, 300C, 400S, and 400C, and an optional upgrade to the
Series 200
D_12_6_5 also supports the optional expansion of memory from 32
megabytes to 64 megabytes to improve system performance. This
upgrade applies to all series except the Series 100. The
combinations of configurations and upgrades supported by D_12_6_5
are shown in Table 1.
2 May 1992 RATIONAL\f
Release D_12_6_5
Table 1 Configurations and Upgrades Supported by D_12_6_5
----------------------------------------------
| | | | | |
| | 8-mm |9-Track | 32-Mb | 64-Mb |
|Configurat| Tape | Tape | Memory | Memory|
| ion | Drive | Drive | | |
----------------------------------------------
| | | | | |
|Series 100|N/A |Standard|Standard| N/A |
----------------------------------------------
| | | | | |
|Series 200|Upgrade |Standard|Standard| Upgrade|
----------------------------------------------
| | | | | |
|Series |Standard|Upgrade |Standard| Upgrade|
|300S | | | | |
----------------------------------------------
| | | | | |
|Series |Standard|N/A |Standard| Upgrade|
|300C | | | | |
----------------------------------------------
| | | | | |
|Series |Standard|N/A |Standard| Upgrade|
|400S | | | | |
----------------------------------------------
| | | | | |
|Series |Standard|N/A |Standard| Upgrade|
|400C | | | | |
----------------------------------------------
3. Compatibility
D_12_6_5 is fully compatible with all production versions of
Rational layered-software products (Table 2).
Table 2 Compatibility with D_12_6_5
-------------------------------
| | |
| |Compatible|
| Rational Product | Release |
-------------------------------
| | |
|CDF: Mc68020_Bare |5_1_2*or |
| |later |
-------------------------------
RATIONAL May 1992 3\f
Rational Environment Release Information
Table 2 Compatibility with D_12_6_5 (continued)
-------------------------------
| | |
| |Compatible|
| Rational Product | Release |
-------------------------------
| | |
|CDF: Mc68020_Os2000 |6_1_3 or |
| |later |
-------------------------------
| | |
|CDF: Mc68020_Hp_Unix|6_2_4 or |
| |later |
-------------------------------
| | |
|Design Facility: |6_0_7 or |
|2167 |later |
-------------------------------
| | |
|Design Facility: |6_2_5 or |
|2167A |later |
-------------------------------
| | |
|Design Tools |10_2_9 or |
| |later |
-------------------------------
| | |
|Documentation Tools |10_2_# or |
| |later |
-------------------------------
| | |
|Mail |11_4_5 or |
| |later |
-------------------------------
| | |
|Rational Publishing |1_0_2 or |
|Interface |later |
-------------------------------
| | |
|Rational Teamwork |2_1_2 or |
|Interface |later |
-------------------------------
| | |
|Rational X Interface|10_5_# or |
| |later |
-------------------------------
| | |
|Rational Windows |10_1_# or |
|Interface |later |
-------------------------------
4 May 1992 RATIONAL\f
Release D_12_6_5
Table 2 Compatibility with D_12_6_5 (continued)
-------------------------------
| | |
| |Compatible|
| Rational Product | Release |
-------------------------------
| | |
|Remote Compilation |1_1_1 or |
|Facility |later |
-------------------------------
| | |
|RCF: Ibm_Rs6000_Aix |1_1_0 or |
| |later |
-------------------------------
| | |
|RPC |1_0_2 or |
| |later |
-------------------------------
| | |
|Software Analysis |6_0_0 or |
|Workstation |later |
-------------------------------
| | |
|Target Build Utility|10_0_3 or |
| |later |
-------------------------------
*
Before attempting to install new or changed CDF products or
customizations, see section 5.1.
#
Beginning with D_12_6_5, the most recent releases of
Documentation Tools, RXI, and RWI are delivered with the
Environment. Thus, compatibility with these products is no longer
an issue. For more information, see sections 6.6 and 7.14.
4. Upgrade Impact
The Environment can be upgraded from to D_12_6_5 without forcing
you to Archive.Save and Archive.Restore your applications. You
will not have to modify or recompile any of your own tools, with
the possible exception of:
* Tools written against the unit specifications listed in
"Impact of Specification Changes," below.
* Customizations of unit bodies listed in "Impact of
Implementation Changes," below.
The new declarations listed in section 6 are all installed
upward-compatibly and therefore have no impact on user-written
RATIONAL May 1992 5\f
Rational Environment Release Information
tools.
Rational does not provide tools for reverting to previous
releases of the Environment. You will be able to revert to the
previous release, however, if you make a complete backup of the
Environment, including the Diagnostic File System (DFS), before
you upgrade.
4.1. Impact of Specification Changes
The installation process for D_12_6_5 changes several Environment
specifications. The installation process attempts to make all
changes incrementally; however, if incremental changes fail, the
installation process overwrites the necessary specifications.
Overwriting these specifications will cause the demotion of any
customer-created tools written against them. The installation
process tries to recompile such tools automatically; however,
depending on the nature of the tools, some may require
modification before they can be recompiled. Units that cannot be
recompiled during installation are listed in the installation
log.
The unit specifications that are overwritten depend on the
release from which you are upgrading.
4.1.1. Upgrading from D_12_5_0
The following unit specifications are overwritten when you
upgrade from D_12_5_0 to D_12_6_5:
* !Commands.Library'Spec
* !Commands.System_Backup'Spec
* !Tools.Access_List_Tools'Spec
* !Tools.Code_Segment_Object_Editor'Spec
* !Tools.Library_Object_Editor'Spec
4.1.2. Upgrading from D_12_2_4
In addition to the unit specifications overwritten when upgrading
from D_12_5_0, upgrading from D_12_2_4 overwrites the following
unit specification:
* !Commands.Abbreviations.Print'Spec
* !Commands.Access_List'Spec
* !Commands.Archive'Spec
6 May 1992 RATIONAL\f
Release D_12_6_5
* !Commands.Queue'Spec
* !Commands.Remote_Passwords'Spec
* !Tools.Networking.Tcp_Ip_Boot'Spec
* !Tools.Networking.Transport'Spec
* !Tools.Networking.Transport_Defs'Spec
* !Tools.Networking.Transport_Name'Spec
Furthermore, the units in !Machine.Initialize@ are either demoted
or moved to other locations to accommodate the D_12_5_0
mechanisms for initializing an R1000; for complete details, see
Appendix A, "Guide to Machine Initialization," or the online
information in
!Machine.Initialization.Guide_To_Machine_Initialization.
If you are upgrading from D_12_2_4, you should also see the
release information for D_12_5_0; release information is located
online in !Machine.Release.Release_Notes.
4.1.3. Upgrading from D_12_1_1
In addition to the unit specifications overwritten when upgrading
from D_12_5_0 and D_12_2_4, upgrading from D_12_1_1 overwrites
the following unit specification:
* !Implementation.Work_Order_Implementation'Spec
If you are upgrading from D_12_1_1, you should also see the
release information for D_12_2_4 and D_12_5_0; release
information is located online in !Machine.Release.Release_Notes.
4.2. Impact of Implementation Changes
The installation process for D_12_6_5 overwrites one Environment
unit body (regardless of the release from which you are
upgrading):
* !Commands.Abbreviations.Print'Body
Because this body may contain user customizations, its contents
are saved in a text file in the same library as the overwritten
body. The name of the file is of the form Unit_Name_Vnn, where nn
is the unit's default version number. These customizations then
can be transferred to the new implementation.
5. Known Problems and Limitations
RATIONAL May 1992 7\f
Rational Environment Release Information
5.1. Problem Installing the Cross-Development Facility
The D_12_6_5 release of the Environment affects the installation
of any of Rational's family of Cross-Development Facility (CDF)
products. Specifically, you will not be able to install new or
changed CDF products or customizations without first making a
minor change to the following package specification:
!Targets.Target_Key.Io.Floating_Point.M68k_Floats'Spec
As delivered, the CDF products release prior to the D_12_6_5
Environment cannot be promoted to the coded state on a D_12_6_5
system because of changes made to the Environment's compilation
system that enable it to comply with validation. Existing CDFs
are not affected by this problem unless package M68k_Floats is
demoted and an attempt is made to repromote it.
The change you need to make to M68k_Floats'Spec follows.
Note: Changing M68k_Floats'Spec will cause the demotion of
M68k_Floats'Body, M68k_Float_Conversions'Body, and
M68k_Float_Conversions.Based_Value'Body. Demoting
these units will also demote any coded main programs that were
coded with the CDF.
1. Locate the following two representation clauses. They can be
found at the beginning of the private part (line 164 of the
unit).
for Single_Format use
record at mod 4;
Negative at 0 range 0 .. 0;
Exponent at 0 range 1 .. 8;
Fraction at 0 range 9 .. 31;
end record;
for Double_Format use
record at mod 4;
Negative at 0 range 0 .. 0;
Exponent at 0 range 1 .. 11;
Fraction_Hi at 0 range 12 .. 31;
Fraction_Lo at 0 range 32 .. 63;
end record;
2. Move the representation clause for Single_Format so that it
immediately follows the declaration of its type (line 34 of
the unit).
type Single_Format is -- line 34
record
Negative : Boolean;
Exponent : Single_Exponent;
Fraction : Single_Fraction;
end record;
8 May 1992 RATIONAL\f
Release D_12_6_5
for Single_Format use -- move rep clause to here
record at mod 4;
Negative at 0 range 0 .. 0;
Exponent at 0 range 1 .. 8;
Fraction at 0 range 9 .. 31;
end record;
function Convert_Out is new Unchecked_Conversion
(Source => Single_Float,
Target => Single_Format);
function Convert_In is new Unchecked_Conversion
(Source => Single_Format,
Target => Single_Float);
3. Move the representation clause for Double_Format so that it
immediately follows the declaration of its type (now line 60
of the unit).
type Double_Format is -- line 60
record
Negative : Boolean;
Exponent : Double_Exponent;
Fraction_Hi : Double_Fraction_Hi;
Fraction_Lo : Double_Fraction_Lo;
end record;
for Double_Format use -- move rep clause to here
record at mod 4;
Negative at 0 range 0 .. 0;
Exponent at 0 range 1 .. 11;
Fraction_Hi at 0 range 12 .. 31;
Fraction_Lo at 0 range 32 .. 63;
end record;
function Convert_Out is new Unchecked_Conversion
(Source => Double_Float,
Target => Double_Format);
function Convert_In is new Unchecked_Conversion
(Source => Double_Format,
Target => Double_Float);
4. Repromote M68k_Floats'Spec.
5. Repromote M68k_Floats'Body and the other two units that have
been demoted, M68k_Float_Conversions'Body and
M68k_Float_Conversions.Based_Value'Body.
6. Repromote any coded main programs that were coded with the
CDF.
This problem will be fixed in Release6_3_3 of the Bare compiler,
which should be available soon. Rational is also in the process
of creating a new version of the OS2000 CDF product with this fix
RATIONAL May 1992 9\f
Rational Environment Release Information
in place.
5.2. Errors Reported When Archiving Switch Files to Non-D_12_6_5
Machines
The D_12_6_5 release of the Environment makes several changes to
switches. When combined, two of these changes result in error
messages when archiving switch files from D_12_6_5 systems to
previous releases:
* The D_12_6_5 release of the Environment changes the way in
which switch files are copied. When used to copy a switch file
in previous releases, the Archive.Copy procedure copied only
switches that had nondefault values. In D_12_6_5, the
Archive.Copy procedure copies the entire switch file,
including switches that have default values.
* D_12_6_5 also introduces a new library switch (see section
7.7).
As a result of these changes, if you use Archive.Copy to copy
library switches from D_12_6_5 to a system running a previous
release of the Environment, Archive.Copy may generate errors
indicating that certain switches do not exist. These errors can
be ignored; the copy operation will complete successfully.
Note that these errors are not considered a bug and will not be
fixed in future releases.
5.3. Limitation in Archiving between Machines Running Different
Releases
There is a potential problem when performing Archive.Resore
operations between two systems that are running different
releases of the Environment.
Because of changes made in D_12_5_0 (and perpetuated in D_12_6_5)
in the way Archive saves subsystem compatibility databases
(CDBs), you may experience problems when trying to restore a
D_12_5_0 or D_12_6_5 archive on a pre-D_12_5_0 system. For
example, the Archive operation may generate internal errors such
as:
INTERNAL ERROR (declaration mapping): ARCHIVE_IS_BAD restoring
!Subsystem_Name.State.Compatibility.Declaration_Numbers.Unit_
Name
A simple workaround exists. When saving objects to pre-D_12_5_0
systems, specify Version=527 in the the Options parameter of
Archive.Save. For example, the following operation successfully
saves My_View:
Archive.Save (Objects => "My_View",
10 May 1992 RATIONAL\f
Release D_12_6_5
Options => "Version=527",
Device => "Machine.Devices.Tape_0",
Response => "<PROFILE>");
When an attempt is made to restore My_View to a D_12_5_0 or
D_12_6_5 system, Archive.Restore checks to see under what version
of Archive the object was saved and adjusts accordingly.
Note that this problem does not affect:
* Archive.Copy operations, which copy over the network. In this
case, Archive checks the version number on each end and uses
the lower version number of the two.
* Archive operations on text files, Ada units, or other non-CDB
objects.
* Archive operations between systems running D_12_6_5 and
D_12_5_0.
Note also that this is a compatibility issue with how CDBs are
saved and not a bug.
5.4. Problem with Record Representation Clauses and Long_Integer
Type
A record representation clause may not include a component clause
corresponding to a component of type Standard.Long_Integer (or a
type derived, directly or indirectly, from type Long_Integer)
unless an explicit range constraint has been given.
An update that fixes this problem is already being developed and
will be available shortly.
(PRS number 8391844-Gato-Gbd)
5.5. Problem Using DFS Tools with Coprocessors
A problem has been found with the new Diagnostic File System
(DFS) tools, located in !Machine.Dfs. Specifically, the
Fs_Download procedure does not work correctly when attempting to
load a new DFS onto either a series 300C or 400C. This is
considered a bug and will be fixed in a future release.
Furthermore, the Fs_Download procedure cannot be used to load a
new DFS onto a 100. This is a permanent limitation and will not
be fixed.
5.6. Problems with Documentation Tools
The Documentation Tools delivered with the D_12_6_5 release of
the Environment include only the Document Formatter; they do not
RATIONAL May 1992 11\f
Rational Environment Release Information
include the Spelling Checker. If you would like to obtain the
Spelling Checker, contact your Rational representative.
For information about the Document Formatter, see section 6.6.2.
5.7. Problem When Initializing Session Switch Files
A problem has been found in the way in which the Environment
initializes session switch files for sessions other than the
default session. This problem is not introduced by the D_12_6_5
release; however, it has become more obvious with the
introduction of new documentation for session switches in the SJM
book.
Each user's default session (S_1) obtains its initial
session-switch values from system-defined default values. If a
switch file does not exist for session S_1, the session uses the
same system-defined default values.
Subsequent sessions for which switch files have not been created
use the switch values set for the user's default session, S_1. If
a user creates a switch file for any of these subsequent
sessions, the initial values are copied from the system-defined
default values. This is a bug. Subsequent sessions should copy
their initial switch values from the default session, S_1, as
described in the new SJM book.
6. New Environment Interfaces
D_12_6_5 provides a number of new interfaces, including:
* New procedures and functions in:
- Package Access_List_Tools; see section 6.1
- Package System_Maintenance; see section 6.2
- Package Dfs; see section 6.3
* New login policy features; see section 6.4.
* A new subsystem that provides networking tools; see section
6.5.
* New interface and documentation facilities that were
previously delivered separately; see section 6.6.
6.1. New Declarations in Package Access_List_Tools
Package !Tools.Access_List_Tools contains the new procedures and
functions described in the following paragraphs.
12 May 1992 RATIONAL\f
Release D_12_6_5
For complete information about this subprograms, see the new
documentation for package Access_List_Tools in the Library
Management (LM) book or in online help.
6.1.1. Function Grants
function Grants (For_List : Acl;
Desired : Access_Class;
User_Name : String := "") return Boolean;
Returns a Boolean value indicating whether the specified
access-control list grants the specified username the desired
access rights. This function is useful for restricting jobs that
normally have unlimited access, such as servers and other *SYSTEM
jobs. For example, you can use this function to cause a job or
program to operate on objects only if members of the group
Network_Public are permitted the appropriate access to those
objects.
6.1.2. Function Is_In_Group
function Is_In_Group (User_Name : String;
Group_Name : String) return Boolean;
Returns a Boolean value indicating whether the specified username
is a member of the specified access-control group. This function
returns True if the specified user is a member of the specified
access-control group. This function returns False if an error is
detected during the test or if the user is not a member of the
specified access-control group.
(PRS numbers 0-0301-9 and 9723630-0011-5)
6.1.3. Function Is_Valid_Group
function Is_Valid_Group (Name : String) return Boolean;
Returns a Boolean value indicating whether the specified name is a
valid access-control group.
6.1.4. Procedure Remove
procedure Remove (Group : String;
Initial_Acl :
Bounded_String.Variable_String;
New_Acl : out
Bounded_String.Variable_String;
Group_Found : out Boolean);
Removes the entry for the specified group from the specified
access-control list.
RATIONAL May 1992 13\f
Rational Environment Release Information
6.1.5. Procedure Set
procedure Set (For_Object : Directory.Version;
To_List : Acl;
Status : in out Simple_Status.Condition;
Action_Id : Action.Id);
Setting an object's ACL requires owner access to the nearest
world enclosing the object.
Note that setting a world's ACL does not require owner access to
the world itself, provided that you have owner access to its
parent world. This allows you to change the ACL of a world when
no one has owner access to it.
This procedure is the same as other Set procedures, with the
addition of an Action_Id parameter.
6.1.6. Procedure Set_Default
procedure Set_Default (For_World : Name;
To_List : Acl;
Status : in out
Simple_Status.Condition;
Action_Id : Action.Id);
Sets the default access-control list (ACL) for the specified world
or worlds.
Setting a world's ACL requires owner access to that world. A
world's default ACL is used to initialize the ACLs of new Ada
units and files created in the world.
This procedure does not modify the ACLs of already existing
objects whose ACLs were set by the previous default ACL.
This procedure is the same as other Set_Default procedures, with
the addition of an Action_Id parameter.
6.2. New Procedures in System_Maintenance Subsystem
!Commands.System_Maintenance'Spec_View contains the new
procedures described in the following paragraphs.
6.2.1. Procedure Last_Gasp_Destroy
procedure Last_Gasp_Destroy (Name : String);
Caution: Use this procedure only as a last resort.
Forcibly removes an object from a directory. Use this procedure
only when you've tried every other means of deleting an object or
14 May 1992 RATIONAL\f
Release D_12_6_5
set of objects. Normally:
*
This procedure should be used only if you are consistently
getting Version_Error on a particular object.
* This procedure can be used instead of elaborating Dir_Tester.
* This procedure should not be used if you are getting "Key not
found" errors.
This procedure should be used only by Rational personnel or at
their discretion. For a detailed description, including a
complete list of steps you should try before using this
procedure, see this procedure's specification:
!Commands.System_Maintenance'Spec_View.Units.Last_Gasp_
Destroy'Spec
Note that you must be operating in privileged mode to execute
this procedure.
6.2.2. Procedure Release_Tape_User
procedure Release_Tape_User (Drive : Natural);
Resets the specified tape drive so that it is free, thereby
allowing tape-mount requests to proceed without "Drive is in use"
errors. This procedure also attempts to rewind the tape.
Note that this procedure does not physically reset the drive.
Note also that you must be operating in privileged mode to
execute this procedure.
The fully qualified name of this procedure is:
!Commands.System_Maintenance'Spec_View.Units.Release_Tape_User
(PRS number 9123690-0160-1 and CSR number 4788)
6.2.3. Procedure Show_Load_Proc_Unit_Names
procedure Show_Load_Proc_Unit_Names (Load_Proc : String :=
"<SELECTION>";
Response : String :=
"<PROFILE>");
Obtains information that allows you to find the objects from
which a loaded main program (Load_Proc or Load_Func) was created.
Specifically, this procedure obtains the Ada object instance ID
numbers for the Ada units that make up the source code for the
RATIONAL May 1992 15\f
Rational Environment Release Information
loaded main program specified in the Load_Proc parameter.
The display produced by this procedure includes lines of the
form:
Library.Resolve ("<[ADA, 12345,1]>");
These lines indicate the Ada object instance ID of one or more of
the original Ada source units used to create the loaded main
program. If those Ada source units still exist, and if they exist
on the current machine, then the Environment pathnames of those
units are also displayed.
If the original source units do not exist (because they have been
edited, moved, renamed, or deleted), or if the loaded main
program was copied from another machine, then no pathname is
printed. To attempt to locate the source units for a loaded main
program that was copied from another machine:
1. Take the Library.Resolve lines that were printed by the
Show_Load_Proc_Unit_Names procedure (as shown above).
2. Log into each R1000 where the source units might still exist.
3. Execute the Library.Resolve commands.
If the source unit exists on any of these machines, the
Library.Resolve command returns the fully qualified pathname of
that unit.
The fully qualified name of this procedure is:
!Commands.System_Maintenance'Spec_View.Units.Show_Load_Proc_
Unit_Names
(PRS number 9123690-0148-4)
6.2.4. Procedure Show_Tape_Users
procedure Show_Tape_Users;
Displays the current user and session for each tape drive that is
defined in the IOP configuation.
The fully qualified name of this procedure is:
!Commands.System_Maintenance'Spec_View.Units.Show_Tape_Users
6.3. New Features in Package Dfs
16 May 1992 RATIONAL\f
Release D_12_6_5
6.3.1. Support Tools
The access routines for the Environment's Diagnostic File System
(DFS) have been enhanced to make it easier to upgrade the DFS and
to aid in problem resolution at the DFS (and lower) level. These
changes allow an operator to:
* Read a DFS tape into the Environment.
* Create an Environment MT Image file object, containing the
contents of that tape. (An MT Image object contains an ordered
collection of DFS files. Creation of an MT Image object makes
it possible to handle a set of DFS files as a single object.)
* Download to the DFS from the Environment (either from an
arbitrary Environment file object or from an Environment MT
Image object created from a DFS tape).
Support tools to create DFS tapes and move DFS files within the
DFS are also provided. These support tools take the form of:
* Several new commands in package
!Machine.Dfs'Spec_View.Units.Dfs
* A new package, !Machine.Dfs'Spec_View.Units.Install_Tools
For complete details about the new commands in package Dfs and
the new package Install_Tools, see the exported specifications
online.
For information about changes to existing commands in package
Dfs, see section 7.12.
6.3.2. Dfs_Release File
To aid in tracking updates to the DFS, D_12_6_5 also includes a
new Dfs_Release file, which contains the release date, number,
and notes for the current DFS release. To read Dfs_Release from
the Environment, execute the following command:
"!Machine.Dfs'Spec_View.Units".Dfs.Copy
(Dfs_Filename => "Dfs_Release",
Env_Filename => "Environment filename for
output",
Allow_Overwrite => False);
Then traverse to the file specified in the Env_Filename
parameter. The file should contain DFS release information such
as the following:
DFS D3.0
April 14, 1992
RATIONAL May 1992 17\f
Rational Environment Release Information
DFS release D3.0
User interface is now menu driven
New program TOMBSTONE for viewing tombstone files from the
DFS
invoked by using "x tombstone" from the "CLI>" prompt.
New program REWRITE for refreshing all data on a disk from
the DFS
invoked by using "x rewrite" from the "CLI>" prompt. For
details and
a copy of the standard help dialogue, see below.
New IOP Kernels for 300C, 300S, 400C and 400S are provided.
The
following
bug(s) was(were) fixed:
PRS => 9123690-0165-8/2,
9123690-0164-4
CSR => 5559
Software flow control om port 16 has been repaired.
This file was originally introduced in release D_12_5_0A.
6.4. New Login_Policy World
D_12_6_5 includes a new world, !Machine.Login_Policy, in which
system managers can create subprograms and files that:
* Establish a policy monitoring and responding to successful and
failed login attempts.
* Specify the login message that is displayed when users connect
to the R1000.
For security purposes, this world is delivered with Operator
access only. As delivered, the Login_Policy contains no
procedures; sites that do not take advantage of this feature will
notice no change in the system behavior.
These features are described in more detail in the following
paragraphs.
6.4.1. Establishing a Login Policy
The login manager now contains a call to operator-defined
procedures that determine site-specific login policies. Although
primarily intended as a mechanism for system managers to react
promptly to invalid login attempts, these facilities also provide
the basis for additional site-specific features.
18 May 1992 RATIONAL\f
Release D_12_6_5
When a login attempt is made, the Environment's login manager now
checks for the existence of operator-defined procedures
Successful_Login and Failed_Login in world !Machine.Login_Policy.
If these procedures exist, then:
* If the login attempt was successful, the login manager calls
Successful_Login.
* If the login attempt was not successful, the login manager
calls Failed_Login.
The user-defined procedures must be placed in
!Machine.Login_Policy and have the following specifications:
procedure Successful_Login (Username : String;
Session : String;
Time : String;
Port : Natural;
Network_Name :
Transport_Defs.Network_Name;
Host_Id :
Transport_Defs.Host_Id;
Socket_Id :
Transport_Defs.Socket_Id;
Error_Status : Natural);
procedure Failed_Login (Username : String;
Session : String;
Time : String;
Port : Natural;
Network_Name :
Transport_Defs.Network_Name;
Host_Id : Transport_Defs.Host_Id;
Socket_Id :
Transport_Defs.Socket_Id;
Error_Status : Natural);
The parameters of these procedures are described below:
* Username: the name supplied at the Enter username prompt
during the attempted login or the null string if this
information has not yet been entered.
* Session: the session specified at the Enter session name
prompt during the attempted login or the null string if this
information has not yet been entered. If a [#Return#] is
supplied at the Enter session name prompt, session S_1 is
assumed.
* Time: the date and time at which the login attempt occurred.
The format for this string is the date, one blank space, and
then the time. The date is of the form month/day/year, and the
time is expressed in military format. Procedures from package
!Tools.Time_Utilities can be used to process this information.
RATIONAL May 1992 19\f
Rational Environment Release Information
* Port: the number of the R1000 port on which the login attempt
is being made.
* Network_Name: identifies one of several available protocol
stacks for the current connection. For example, the value
TCP.IP is passed for a Telnet connection, and the null string
is passed for a direct connection to the R1000. See package
Transport_Defs and subsystem Telnet_Tools in !Tools.Networking
for procedures to process this variable.
* Host_Id: identifies the machine within a network making the
connection. See package Transport_Defs and subsystem
Telnet_Tools in !Tools.Networking for procedures to process
this variable.
* Socket_Id: identifies a program within a machine. See package
Transport_Defs and subsystem Telnet_Tools in !Tools.Networking
for procedures to process this variable.
* Error_Status: a status code that indicates either success or
the reason that the login attempt failed. The status codes
are:
0 - Successful 1 - Bad_Username_Or_Password
2 - Expired_Password 3 - Abandoned_Login
4 - Read_Timed_Out 5 - Read_Error
6 - Input_Unreadable 7 - Terminal_Type_Unreadable
8 - Resource_Restriction 9 - Product_Not_Authorized
10 - Internal_Error
Note: The Successful_Login and Failed_Login procedures are run
under the identity of *SYSTEM to allow privileged operations to
be performed. For this reason, system managers may want to use
existing access-control mechanisms to control access to these
procedures and ensure system security. As it is delivered, the
Login_Policy world is accessible only to the members of group
Operator.
If the procedures exist, and if an attempt to run either of these
procedures is unsuccessful, this is noted in the system error
log. If the procedures do not exist, then the login process runs
as usual, and nothing is recorded in the system log.
This change does not affect the disconnect and login behavior
options for a port. These options are still set separately
through !Machine.Initialization or through commands in package
!Commands.Terminal.
(PRS number 9723630-0074-7)
6.4.2. Specifying the Login Message
The D_12_6_5 release provides the ability for system managers to
specify the message users see when they connect to an R1000.
20 May 1992 RATIONAL\f
Release D_12_6_5
The system's standard message indicates the release number for
the current Environment, a name identifying the machine, the port
number through which the connection has been made, and the
current date and time:
Rational Environment D_12_5_0; Roget - Ada Tech Pubs; Port
232.
January 16, 1992 at 2:07:34 PM
In D_12_6_5, system managers can place other messages in a text
file of the name !Machine.Login_Policy.Login_Text. If this file
exists, its contents are displayed when users connect to the
R1000. Placing the string <Standard_Message> on its own line in
this file causes the standard login message to be displayed (in
addition to any other text in the file).
(PRS number 9723630-0025-8)
6.5. New Telnet_Tools Subsystem
This new subsystem provides programmatic interfaces to Rational
Networking as well as some new utility software. It includes
three new packages:
* !Tools.Networking.Telnet_Tools'Spec_View.Units.Telnet_Port
* !Tools.Networking.Telnet_Tools'Spec_View.Units.Telnet_Protocol
* !Tools.Networking.Telnet_Tools'Spec_View.Units.Telnet_Tools
For more information, see the exported specifications online.
6.6. Products Now Delivered with the Environment
6.6.1. Rational X-Interface and Windows-Interface
Rational's X-Interface (RXI) and Windows Interface (RWI) have
become the primary access mechanisms to the Environment. In
response to this evolution, the most recent releases of RXI
(10_9_0) and RWI (10_1_1) are delivered with the D_12_6_5 release
of the Environment.
Note that RXI and RWI still must be installed using a separate
installation process; they are not installed during Environment
installation:
* If you already have RXI and/or RWI installed on your system,
you do not need to install them again. D_12_6_5 does not
include any changes to these products.
* If you do not have RXI and/or RWI installed on your system and
would like to install one or the other, contact your Rational
RATIONAL May 1992 21\f
Rational Environment Release Information
representative for installation instructions, keyboard
overlays, and documentation. To install RWI, you will also
need to obtain a diskette that contains software to be
installed on the PC.
* If you have purchased a new system, the installation
instructions for RXI and RWI are included with that system.
Contact your Rational representative to obtain keyboard
overlays and documentation.
For further information about RXI token issues, see section 7.14.
ll problem reports concerning the improper consumption of tokens
by RXI
6.6.2. Documentation Tools
D_12_6_5 includes Rational's Documentation Tools as part of the
standard Environment. As part of the D_12_6_5 release, a new
release of the Document Formatter has been introduced
(Rev10_7_12) and the system default activity has been updated to
reverence this release. To ensure backward compatibility, the
previous version of the Document Formatter (Rev10_7_7) has been
preserved and can be used simply by changing your activity file.
Although the Spelling Checker is part of Rational's Documentation
Tools, it has not been included in the D_12_6_5 Environment
release (see section 5.6). If you would like to obtain the
Spelling Checker, contact your Rational representative.
Documentation is available for both the Document Formatter and
the Spelling Checker. For information, contact your Rational
representative.
7. Changes from D_12_5_0
This section describes the changes, enhancements, and
user-visible problem fixes that D_12_6_5 makes to existing
features of the Environment. The information in this section is
presented in roughly the same order in which it would be found in
the Rational Environment Reference Manual (ERM):
* Information on editing specific types of objects such as Ada
units (EST) (sections 7.1 and 7.2)
* Information on session and job management (SJM)-specifically,
packages Job, Remote_Passwords, Operator, and Search_List
(section 7.4)
* Library-management information (LM), including changes to
archive (section 7.5), compilation (7.6), library switches
(7.7), and other library-management facilities (7.8)
* Device input and output (DIO) changes (section 7.9)
22 May 1992 RATIONAL\f
Release D_12_6_5
* System-management information (SMU), including changes to
system backup (section 7.11), the Diagnostic File System (DFS)
(7.12), crash analysis (7.13), token policies (7.14), and
miscellaneous system-management facilities (7.15)
* Information about subsystems and CMVC (PM) (section 7.16)
* Information about changes to the Math_Support subsystem
(section 7.17)
* Information about other miscellaneous changes (section 7.18)
7.1. Changes to Package Common
Performing Common.Definition on an object in a generic
instantiation now takes you to the declaration in the generic.
(PRS numbers 9123690-0163-9, 9123690-0165-3, 9123690-0169-0, and
9723630-0122-0 and CSR numbers 5501, 5454, and 5707)
The Common.Format procedure has been fixed so that it no longer
destroys the contents of an Ada unit when an attempt to format
that unit fails. (PRS numbers 1704151-Shei-Jst, 2437110-Sier-Geb,
5172201-Cook-Swb, 7039962-Sier-Geb, 7030779-Zebr-Lore,
8068463-Mago-Sdj, 9123690-0156-7, 9123690-0175-9, and
9123690-0181-8 and CSR numbers 4786 and 6261)
7.2. Changes to Editing Ada Units
The Ada.Make_Inline procedure now properly maintains Sm_Subunits.
Sm_Subunits is an attribute on the DIANA nodes for compilation
units. Specifically, Sm_Subunits is a sequence of the subunit
Stub_Ids that exists for that unit. (PRS number 6452721-Shei-Jst)
The Ada.Show_Unused procedure no longer erroneously flags an
enumeration-type declaration as unused when the enumeration
type's literals are referenced elsewhere. (PRS number
9123690-0134-5)
Procedures Ada.Withdraw, Install_Unit, Install_Stub, and
Make_Separate now require only that the executing user have
Create access to the enclosing world or view to enter the unit or
stub into the library listing. This change fixes a problem
introduced in D_12_5_0 in which Owner access was required. (PRS
number 9123690-0171-3 and CSR number 5841)
Procedure !Commands.Dependents.Find now releases actions that are
no longer needed. (PRS number 9723630-0120-7)
A problem has been fixed so that an attempt to incrementally edit
a statement that depends on another statement that has been
incrementally demoted itself no longer fails. (PRS number
6265678-Sier-Geb)
RATIONAL May 1992 23\f
Rational Environment Release Information
The Environment now demotes units in the correct order when:
* An attempt is made to incrementally demote a type
* That type is used in a procedure's parameter list
* Both that procedure and the original type are used as
parameters in a generic instantiation
(PRS number 9123690-0161-1)
A problem has been fixed so that the following valid incremental
insertions now are accepted:
package P is
type T is private;
type A is array (1 .. 10) of T; -- insert 1
private
type T is new Integer;
X, Y : A; -- insert 2
B : Boolean := X < Y; -- insert 3
end P;
(PRS number 9924694-Mago-Sdj)
7.3. Changes to Debugging
Function Debug_Tools.Get_Exception_Name now correctly returns the
fully qualified name of the exception, regardless of the setting
of the R1000_Cg.Retain_Delta1_Compatibility library switch. In
previous releases, if this switch was set to False, the function
returned a string such as <Exception: Unit =-35983540864679680,
Ord = 0>. (PRS numbers 12729-Star and 9123690-0160-7 and CSR
number 4626)
7.3.1. Quitting While the Debugger is Running
In previous releases of the Environment, if your session was
terminated -for example by Quit or Operator.Force_Logoff-while a
job under the control of the debugger was running, a deadlock
could occur. The symptoms of this deadlock could be any
combination of the following:
* Job 4 stuck in Awaiting_Entry
* Jobs stuck In_Fa_Queue
* Jobs hanging on Quit
Most of these problems have been fixed. If, however, a job hangs
during a Quit, it is now always possible to use Job.Kill to kill
all debugger jobs, causing the system to resume normal operation.
24 May 1992 RATIONAL\f
Release D_12_6_5
(PRS numbers 9123690-0159-0, 9123690-0159-1, 9123690-0172-6, and
9123690-0183-3 and CSR numbers 4740, 5142, 5917, and 6091)
7.4. Changes to Session and Job Management
Job.Kill has been modified so that it can kill editor jobs-even
unallocated jobs-and find any tasks holding actions and abort
them. The user must have operator capability to perform these
tasks. (PRS numbers 5360143-Rati-Jls and 9123690-0166-0)
The remote-passwords facility has been changed so that *SYSTEM
jobs, such as machine initialization and spoolers, now use the
Operator password as the key for decrypting remote-passwords
files. To instruct a *SYSTEM job to use a remote-passwords file,
set the remote-passwords file for the job by calling
Profile.Set_Remote_Passwords from within the job. For additional
information, see package !Commands.Remote_Passwords in the new
Session and Job Management (SJM) book or in online help. (PRS
number 9123690-0166-5)
Special names such as "<IMAGE>" can no longer be inserted either
directly into searchlists or in indirect files named in
searchlists. Be aware, however, that if you have a special name
already in a searchlist and if you attempt to delete that
searchlist or searchlist entry, the system may crash, as it did
in previous releases. (PRS number 9123690-0138-2)
The Program.Change_Identity command now delays when it encounters
an illegal username and password pair. The length of the delay
increases with each illegal encounter. (PRS number
3289131-Gato-Bas)
When logging on to the system in previous releases, if you
entered a valid username and an invalid password and if the
correct password associated with that username had expired, the
password-expiration warning was emitted. The password-expiration
warning implies that the username was correct. This situation has
been fixed so that no information is given when either the
username or password is invalid. (PRS number 4289272-Voya-Cmd)
7.5. Archive Changes
The comments in the specification for package Archive have been
improved. In particular, the comments now include all supported
options for the Archive.Copy, Archive.Restore, and Archive.Save
procedures. (PRS number 9123690-0131-8)
7.5.1. Copying Ada Units with Subobjects
The Archive.Copy, Archive.Save, and Library.Copy procedures now
copy non-Ada subobjects of Ada units that are not managed by one
of Rational's layered products as if they were Ada subunits.
RATIONAL May 1992 25\f
Rational Environment Release Information
These subobjects are sometimes called associated files and
indicated in library images by brackets (<>). A recursive copy of
a parent unit now will pick up the subobject, but a nonrecursive
one will not. In previous releases of the Environment, non-Ada
subobjects of Ada objects were not copied as part of a recursive
copy operation.
7.5.2. Archiving Library Switch Files
The Archive.Copy and Archive.Save procedures have been changed so
that archiving a library switch file now archives the complete
switch file. (In previous releases, only nondefault values were
archived.) As a result, restoring a D_12_6_5 switch file to a
system running a previous release will result in messages of the
form: Switch does not exist. These messages result from the fact
that new switches exist in the D_12_6_5 switch file that do not
exist in switch files from the previous release. The messages are
for your information only; the Archive operation will complete
successfully. For information about the new switches, see section
7.7.
7.6. Compilation Changes
Procedures in package !Commands.Compilation now print correct
symbols for log messages. In particular, commands no longer use
the note symbol (---) for messages that should be auxiliary
(:::). For information about log-message symbols and their
meanings, see the documentation for !Tools.Profile.Msg_Kind. (PRS
number 1000002-Sier-Geb)
A problem has been fixed in which compilation operations
sometimes would hang-without generating an error message-if the
program library was locked. In particular, if you executed
Definition ("<*Program_Library>") to display a world's program
library, the operation would lock the program library. If you
attempted to perform a compilation operation while the program
library was locked, the compilation operation would hang. In
D_12_6_5, compilation operations now time out and produce an
error message indicating that the program library is locked. (PRS
number 2949267-Etoi-Hts)
7.6.1. Installing Units
Note: The D_12_6_5 release of the Environment contains a number
of changes to adhere more closely to the standards defined in the
Reference Manual For the Ada Programming Language (LRM). In
certain cases, these changes can cause source code that installed
in the past to install no longer. Existing installed or coded
units are not affected by these changes.
Promoting a unit to the installed state for the first time now
requires only that the executing user have Create access to the
26 May 1992 RATIONAL\f
Release D_12_6_5
enclosing world or view. This change fixes a problem introduced
in D_12_5_0 in which Owner access was required. (PRS number
9123690-0171-3 and CSR number 5841)
Semantic checking has been fixed so that the Environment no
longer allows a private type to be used as a generic formal
parameter before the type's completion in the private part; this
way of using a private type is not legal in Ada (see LRM 7.4.1
(4)). (PRS number 9123690-0128-9)
In accordance with LRM 13.4.(8), semantic checking now allows
implementation-dependent attributes to be used in record
representation clauses. (PRS number 1000000-Sier-Geb)
Semantic checking has been improved so that an extra nonterminal
([expression] prompt) used as a record aggregate is flagged now
as an error. In previous releases, an error was not generated
until code was generated. (PRS number 9123690-0128-6)
Semantic checking now properly supports the renaming of
subprograms. In previous releases, problems were encountered if
the renamed subprogram had a parameter for which the default
value was an expression that could be misinterpreted as a
predefined type. (PRS number 9123690-0156-3 and CSR number 4845)
In accordance with LRM 13.1 (7), semantic checking no longer
allows the following source code to install (PRS number
1140702-Gato-Gbd):
package Csr5310 is
type Type_1 is
record
Q_Addr_2 : Integer;
end record;
Forcing_Occurrence : constant Type_1 := (Q_Addr_2 => 0);
-- The compiler detects the violation against LRM 13.1 (7)
if the
-- object is not constant.
for Type_1 use
record at mod 2;
Q_Addr_2 at 2 range 0 .. 4 * 8 - 1;
end record;
end Csr5310;
A problem has been fixed in which performing semantic checking
more than once on a single unit results in the disappearance of
the error underlines. This problem has been fixed so that the
same error underlines reappear each time the unit is
semanticized. (PRS number 9123690-0157-9 and CSR number 5005)
RATIONAL May 1992 27\f
Rational Environment Release Information
Both the R1000 compiler and the Mc68020_Bare Cross-Development
Facility (CDF) (Rev5_1_1) now flag as an error any renaming of a
record component in which the record object is returned as the
result of a function call (see LRM 8.5 (4)). Attempts to install
subprograms containing such renames now fail with the message
Expanded name name is not a renamable object. (PRS number
9123690-0169-8)
Semantic checking now allows the following to be applied to an
enumerated type:
* An enumeration representation clause that starts with negative
values
* A size clause that comes before the enumeration representation
clause
(PRS number 9123690-0180-7 and CSR number 4844)
In accordance with LRM 3.2 (9) and 3.3.2 (2), semantic checking
no longer allows you reference a type mark that is not a simple
name. (PRS number 9123690-0152-8 and CSR number 4735)
Messages have been improved so that if you reach the
architectural limit for the size of a DIANA node (2**23 bytes),
the coding attempt now fails gracefully with the message Promote
Failed - Other Error in the message window and with the message
!!! Action.Acquire Invalid_Class nnnnnnnnnn for instance nnnnnn
machine id 1 on the console error log. (PRS number
8277786-Voya-Bas)
Error messages have been improved so that if you attempt to
declare a record with more than 256 fields, the compiler now
generates a message such as Field F in record type R exceeds the
number of fields implementation limit of 256, and the offending
unit fails to install. (PRS number 9123690-0142-3)
Messages have been improved so that if the physical
representation of an enumeration type does not have a range of
Integer'Range (as specified in LRM 3.4.1), semantic checking
fails with a message such as *UNIVERSAL_INTEGER* ... Constant
expression not in Integer'Range. (PRS number 5700190-Etoi-Tnu)
The error message generated when a body fails to install has been
punctuated for easier readability. Specifically, quotation marks
have been added around the declaration of the body. The message
now appears similar to the following: 1: ERROR The spec for
"package body FOO is " could not be installed. (PRS number
10270-Shei-Swb)
7.6.2. Coding Units
The R1000 code generator now successfully codes any package that
declares a constant of a subtype such that the subtype is:
28 May 1992 RATIONAL\f
Release D_12_6_5
* Externally declared
* Of an integer type that uses an explicit conversion for a
range constraint
In previous releases, attempts to code these packages failed with
Constraint_Error. (PRS numbers 9123690-0145-5 and
306859-Cook-Swb)
Messages have been improved so that if you attempt to code a unit
that instantiates a generic whose original declaration has been
corrupted, you no longer get an internal error. The primary cause
of this kind of corruption is using
Program_Library_Maintenance.Build on Delta-1-style code views.
(CSR number 5215)
As documented in section 1.2.10 of Appendix F for the R1000
Target of the LRM, the R1000 code generator now ignores pragma
Private_Eyes_Only for generic units. (PRS number 9123690-0151-1
and CSR number 4723)
A problem has been fixed in which the R1000 code generator failed
with a Constraint_Error when coding a very large task-entry
family. The code generator now codes the task-entry family
successfully and generates the following warning: 1: WARNING
Declaring a very large entry family (may cause STORAGE_ERROR):
E1. (PRS number 4967545-Voya-Phil)
You now can control whether the Environment allows you to promote
to the coded state Ada units that contain [statement] prompts.
For details, see the description of the new
Semantics.Reject_Statement_Prompts library switches in section
7.7. (PRS number 9123690-0143-2)
The compiler now handles sparse types of discriminants properly.
In previous releases, when sparse types were used as discriminant
types, the compiler would not work correctly in assigning the
variant part of the record, and the incorrect case alternative
would be chosen. (PRS number 9123690-0166-6 and CSR number 5666)
7.6.3. Loading and Executing Units
The Compilation.Load procedure has been changed so that it always
builds the specification of the loaded main program (Load_Proc or
Load_Func) from the specification of the unit specified to the
Load procedure. If a unit body is specified, the unit
specification associated with that body is used. This practice
ensures that the loaded main program obtains its context clause
from the unit specification. If the Load procedure used the
context clause from the unit body, and that unit body depended on
the specification's context clause, the procedure would fail with
semantic errors. (PRS number 6821610-Stan-Deg)
RATIONAL May 1992 29\f
Rational Environment Release Information
Attempting to execute a derived procedure inherited by
instantiation in a generic that is itself instantiated no longer
generates an Internal_Error (unsatisfiable import requirement) if
the generics are in different subsystems. (PRS number
9123690-0171-8 and CSR number 5650)
Declaring a private derived type of
!Tools.Unbounded_String.Variable_String no longer causes an
unhandled exception at runtime when the unit that declared the
derived type is coded with the
R1000_Cg.Retain_Delta1_Compatibility library switch set to True.
(PRS number 9123690-0168-1 and CSR number 5723)
If an unhandled exception is encountered at the outermost level,
programs coded with the R1000_Cg.Retain_Delta1_Compatibility
switch set to False no longer generate an Internal_Error. (PRS
number 12729-Star)
7.6.4. Program Libraries
The Program_Library_Maintenance.Verify procedure and function
have no valid options. The comments in the specification for
these subprograms now state this explicitly. The full pathname
for these subprograms is:
!Tools.Program_Library'Spec_View.Units.Program_Library_
Maintenance.Verify
(PRS number 9123690-0131-7)
7.7. Changes to Library Switches
D_12_6_5 introduces two new library switches and changes the
default value of one.
Because of the addition of these two switches, copying library
switch files from D_12_6_5 to previous releases generates error
messages indicating that certain switches do not exist. These
errors can be ignored; the copy operation will complete
successfully. This behavior is also mentioned in section 5.
D_12_6_5 also includes new online help for several library
switches. See section 8.3 for a list of these switches.
7.7.1. New Switch: Semantics.Limit_Semantic_Messages
This switch controls the number of semantic messages (errors and
warnings combined) that can be attached to an Ada image. Those
messages with numbers greater than this limit will be discarded.
Discarded messages can be regenerated by increasing the limit
specified in this switch and resemanticizing the image. The
default is 200 messages.
30 May 1992 RATIONAL\f
Release D_12_6_5
Note that generation of an extremely large number of messages for
a single unit can cause semanticizing to take an excessive amount
of time. Setting this switch to a lower number may speed semantic
checking.
(PRS number 9123690-0136-8 and CSR number 3956)
7.7.2. New Switch: Semantics.Reject_Statement_Prompts
This switch controls whether the Environment allows you to
promote to the coded state Ada units that contain [statement]
prompts. When False (the default), units with [statement] prompts
can be coded; an error is generated only if an attempt is made to
execute the prompt. When True, units that contain [statement]
prompts cannot be coded. Setting this switch to True may cause
code that was able to code in the past to code no longer but will
not affect units that are coded already.
(PRS number 3336165-Shei-Jst and 9123690-0143-2)
7.7.3. Change to Default Value of
R1000_Cg.Retain_Delta1_Compatibility Switch
The D_12_1_1 release of the Environment contained a major
revision of the R1000 compiler. The D_12_1_1 version of the
compiler has been validated under releases 1.10 and 1.11 of the
Ada validation suite (ACVC 1.10 and 1.11) and includes
significant new features, improved generated-code quality, and
numerous bug fixes.
Certain of the compiler's features and bug fixes are available
only when explicitly enabled by the Retain_Delta1_Compatibility
library switch. This is because enabling these features and bug
fixes causes the compiler to produce code that is incompatible
with the code generated by versions of the compiler prior to
D_12_1_1.
D_12_6_5 changes the default value of this switch to False,
allowing the compiler to take advantage of the features of the
D_12_1_1 compiler unless otherwise specified. This change affects
all new switch files created using Switches.Create or
Switches.Edit. It also affects all new systems. Installation of
D_12_6_5 preserves the current settings in switch files so that
work in progress should not be significantly affected unless new
switch files are created.
Note that units coded with one setting of the switch may
reference units coded with the switch set the other way. However,
there is one restriction: when a main program is prelinked, a
check is made to ensure that each unit in a spec view was coded
with the same switch setting as the corresponding unit in the
load view. The compatibility checker also makes this check when
checking load view/spec view compatibility.
RATIONAL May 1992 31\f
Rational Environment Release Information
To avoid confusion, it is recommended that you use the same
switch setting for all units in a given view. Furthermore, to
prevent problems with spec view/load view compatibility, it is
recommended that you use the same switch setting for all views in
a given subsystem.
There is no need for you to convert existing code that was
compiled with the Retain_Delta1_Compatibility switch set to True.
However, if you choose to convert existing code, you must set the
switch to False in each of the affected libraries or views,
demote the units to the installed state, and then repromote them
to the coded state. Code views cannot be recompiled and therefore
should be destroyed.
For more information about the effects of this switch, see the
new Library Management (LM) book and the D_12_1_1 release
information. (Release information can be found online in
!Machine.Release.Release_Notes.)
7.8. Changes to Other Library Management Facilities
Commands in package !Commands.Access_List now print log messages
indicating when they have completed and whether they completed
successfully. Commands in package Access_List now also print the
correct symbols for log messages. For information about
log-message symbols and their meanings, see the documentation for
!Tools.Profile.Msg_Kind. (PRS number 1000001-Sier-Geb)
Comments have been added to the specification for the
Library.Copy procedure to more accurately describe the default
value for the Volume parameter. For additional information, see
the documentation for Library.Nil in the new LM book and in
online help. (PRS number 9123690-0150-4)
The Library.Move procedure no longer moves any part of an Ada
unit-either the specification or body-without sufficient access
to the destination library. In previous releases, if you
attempted to move a unit specification and body pair in a single
operation, the Move command would fail to copy the unit
specification but would successfully copy the unit body. (PRS
number 2679572-Roge-Srp)
The Library.Create@ procedures now require that the executing
user have only Create access to the enclosing world or view. This
change fixes a problem introduced in D_12_5_0 in which Owner
access was required. (PRS number 9123690-0171-3 and CSR number
5841)
Procedures !Commands.Links.Edit and Links.Display now require
Owner access to the world for which the links are being edited or
displayed. In previous releases, only Read access was required.
(PRS number 5367576-Blut-Smp)
32 May 1992 RATIONAL\f
Release D_12_6_5
7.9. Changes to Device Input and Output
The Sequential_Io.Read procedure and the
Polymorphic_Sequential_Io.Read procedure
have been fixed so that they no longer raise
!Lrm.System.Operand_Class_Error or Nonexistent_Page_Error when an
attempt is made to read the first character in a file.
(CSR number 6016)
7.10. Changes to Printing
The Abbreviations.Print command now handles print requests that
specify multiple Ada units in the same way that it handles a
print request for a single Ada unit. That is, when multiple
objects are specified to the Object_Or_Image parameter and when
all of those objects are Ada units, the Print command now
processes the Highlight_Reserved_Words_For_Ada parameter. If any
of the objects specified are not Ada units, this parameter is
ignored. (PRS number 9123690-0168-2 and CSR number 5773)
The Queue.Print command now forms valid VMS filenames for print
requests. In previous releases, if you printed a file to a queue
that was physically located on another machine and if that queue
was FTP-based, then the filename formed for FTP transfer was
invalid for VMS. When the print spooler tried to dequeue the
request, several errors were logged and the queue was disabled.
(PRS number 9123690-0168-8 and CSR number 5710)
7.11. Changes to System Backups
The default parameter for the System_Backup.Backup procedure has
been corrected so that the procedure now semanticizes
successfully in command windows. Specifically, the value of the
Variety parameter has been changed from Full to
System_Backup.Full. See the new System Management Utilities (SMU)
book or online help for additional information about this
command. (PRS numbers 1711335-Gato-Gbd and 9123690-0135-8)
The process of recovering a system backup has been changed so
that it always prints some form of diagnostic message whenever it
detects a situation in which it cannot complete the restoration.
Furthermore, additional log messages indicate the beginning and
completion of major stages in the restoration process. In
previous releases, when a problem occurred while a backup was
being restored, the process sometimes would hang without
generating any messages. (PRS number 9123690-0133-9)
The Verify_Backup procedure has a new parameter, Wait_Until, that
allows you to specify the amount of time the procedure must wait
before starting. The tape should be mounted immediately, but
Verify_Backup does not start reading the tape until Wait_Until
has expired. The fully qualified pathname for Verify_Backup is:
RATIONAL May 1992 33\f
Rational Environment Release Information
!Commands.System_Maintenance'Spec_View.Units.Verify_Backup
(PRS number 9123690-0158-6)
7.12. Changes to the Diagnostic File System (DFS)
7.12.1. Renamed Procedures
D_12_6_5 changes the specification of package
!Machine.Dfs'Spec_View.Dfs. Specifically, the Dfs_ prefix has
been removed from the names of the procedures introduced in
D_12_5_0:
* Procedure Dfs_Copy is now procedure Copy
* Procedure Dfs_Directory is now procedure Directory
* Procedure Dfs_Display is now procedure Display
* Procedure Dfs_Make_Copy is now procedure Make_Copy
* Procedure Dfs_Open is now procedure Open
* Procedure Dfs_Read is now procedure Read
Several new procedures also have been added to package Dfs; see
section 6.3.
7.12.2. Analyze_Crashdump Prompts for Input
Procedure Analyze_Crashdump by default now queries for input in
an Envirnoment I/O window, rather than from within the log file.
The full pathname for Analyze_Crashdump is
!Machine.Dfs'Spec_View.Units.Analyze_Crashdump. (PRS number
9123690-0165-6 and CSR number 5588)
7.13. Changes to Crash Analysis
7.13.1. Changes to the Crash Analysis Procedures
The D_12_6_5 release includes enhancements to the process of
analyzing R1000 crashes. In particular:
* Much of the process has been automated so that the system will
capture as much information as possible and often will reboot
automatically.
* A series of questions and menus have been added to the crash
analysis process that:
34 May 1992 RATIONAL\f
Release D_12_6_5
- Capture system-crash state
- Analyze system hardware
For complete details, see Appendix B, "Diagnostic Crash
Procedures."
(PRS numbers 7483032-Gato-Jls and 7733953-Gato-Vnv)
7.13.2. Change to Crashdumps and Tombstones
A problem with incomplete crashdump and tombstone files that was
introduced in D_12_5_0 has been fixed. Crashdumps and tombstones
now work correctly, and the trace and crash reason appear
correctly in the error logs.
This fix was released originally in DFS release D_12_5_0A
(D2.2A).
7.14. Changes to Token Policies
To simplify token administration, two changes have been made to
token management for D_12_6_5:
* Environment-session tokens now can be transferred between
Series 400 and 300 machines.
* The Rational X Interface (RXI) and Windows Interface (RWI) no
longer require special product tokens. These products now are
bundled with the Environment and are restricted only by
Environment session tokens.
Rational's other token-management facilities have been tightened
to more rigorously account for other product tokens. Although the
number of tokens has not been changed for any particular site,
system, or product, you may discover that you are running out of
tokens more frequently than in the past.
7.14.1. Transferring Tokens between Series 400 and 300
Beginning with D_12_6_5, Environment tokens may be transferred
between Series 400 and Series 300 R1000s. That is, Full Session
tokens and Login tokens now can be transferred between machines
of different series. This change is intended to make it easier to
maintain sites that have both Series 400 and 300 machines and to
enable those sites to move tokens in response to project needs.
To make this token transfer possible, the
!Commands.System_Maintenance'Spec_View.Units.Accept_Tokens and
Donate_Tokens procedures have been changed.
RATIONAL May 1992 35\f
Rational Environment Release Information
For example, assume that you have a Series 400 with twelve Full
Session tokens and a Series 300 with six Login tokens. To
transfer two tokens from the Series 400 to the Series 300,
perform the following steps:
* On the donating Series 400, execute the Donate_Tokens command,
specifying Full Session for the product:
Donate_Tokens (Product => "Full Session",
Donation => 2, -- number to
donate
Resulting_Remote_Count => 8, -- original 6 plus
2 new
Remote_Machine_Id => Id of the accepting
300,
Remote_Site => ">>SITE ID<<",
Response => "<PROFILE>");
The output generated by this command indicates that two tokens
have been donated, resulting in ten tokens remaining on the
current Series 400. It also supplies the completed
Accept_Tokens command to be run on the accepting system:
92/05/18 12:47:03 ::: [Donate_Tokens ("Full Session", 2, 8,
345678,
92/05/18 12:47:03 ... "XYZ000001", "<PROFILE>")].
92/05/18 12:47:03 +++ Donation of 2 tokens for Full Session
has resulted
92/05/18 12:47:03 ... in 10 tokens.
92/05/18 12:47:03 +++ Running Snapshot daemon.
Run the following on the remote machine:
Accept_Tokens (Product => "Full Session",
Donation => 2,
Resulting_Count => 8,
Code => "16A8AE0E1E838FB5");
92/05/18 12:47:15 ::: [end of Donate_Tokens].
* On the receiving Series 300, execute the Accept_Tokens command
generated in the previous step:
Accept_Tokens (Product => "Full_Session",
Donation => 2,
Resulting_Count => 8,
Code => "16A8AE0E1E838FB5",
Authorization => "",
Response => "<PROFILE>");
Upon acceptance of the token(s), the Environment automatically
changes the token kind to Login.
Note that the site ID must be the same on both the donating and
accepting machines. (You can use Show_Site to display the site ID
for a machine.) Note also that the Donate_Tokens and
36 May 1992 RATIONAL\f
Release D_12_6_5
Accept_Tokens commands must be run on the same day.
7.14.2. Token Changes to RXI
Beginning with D_12_6_5, the most recent release of RXI (10_9_0)
is delivered with the Environment. Although RXI must still be
separately installed, it is now authorized on all D_12_6_5
systems. Thus, product tokens are no longer required. This change
is in response to the evolution of RXI as one of the primary
access mechanisms to the Environment.
All problem reports concerning the improper consumption of tokens
by RXI now are considered closed. (PRS numbers 2604297-Rati-Pbk,
4123589-Blut-Jgp, 6398339-Blut-Med, and others)
For more information about RXI and D_12_6_5, see section 6.6.1.
7.15. Miscellaneous Changes to System Management
You now can set the timeout value for logging in through the
console command interpreter as part of machine initialization.
The default setting is 60.0 (1 minute). To change the setting,
edit the specification for
!Machine.Initialization.Rational.Servers in either of the
following ways:
* Change the value for the Console_Timeout paramater directly
* Insert a notation such as the following at the end of the
specification:
--| Parameter Console_Timeout => "2 * 60.0"
The new value takes effect the next time you reboot your machine.
The !Machine.Initization.Rational.Terminals procedure now
generates messages that properly reflect the parameters of the
Terminal.Set_Login_Disabled procedure, which is called by
Rational.Terminals. (PRS number 6242437-Blut-Vo)
A problem has been fixed in which the software flow control on
port 16 failed for Series 300C, 300S, 400C, and 400S systems.
(PRS numbers 9123690-0164-4 and 9123690-0165-8 and CSR number
5559)
Procedure Log_Reader.Load_Logs has been fixed so that it no
longer loads the error logs for the current day unless the
current day is between Start_Time and Stop_Time. The full
pathname for Load_Logs is
!Tools.System_Availability'Spec_View.Units.Log_Reader.Load_Logs.
(PRS number 9123690-0173-8 and CSR number 5990)
RATIONAL May 1992 37\f
Rational Environment Release Information
The Action Manager now detects and recovers gracefully from
certain types of invalid data. (PRS number 9123690-0152-5 and CSR
number 4741)
The comments in the specification for the
System_Utilities.Get_Board_Info function have been improved. In
particular, they now explain that board number zero (0) is IOA
ONLY in a Series 100 and that the number one (1) board is
SYS/IOC, which is the SYSBUS board for a Series 100 and the IOC
board for a Series 200, 300, or 400. For additional information,
see package System_Utilities in the updated System Management
Utilities book (Volume 10 of the ERM) or in online help. (PRS
numbers 9123690-0155-0 and 9123690-0155-1)
The Check_Universe_Acls procedure has been fixed so that it now
reports the correct access information for
!Machine.Initialization. The full pathname for
Check_Universe_Acls is
!Commands.System_Maintenance'Spec_View.Units.Check_Universe_Acls.
(PRS number 9176782-Gato-Gbd)
The directory daemon has been enhanced to perform more
consistency checking. Whenever a potential problem is detected,
the directory daemon now attempts to log a meaningful error
message and to proceed with the collection.
A problem has been fixed in which the directory manager sometimes
would detect an inconsistency erroneously when the version of an
object was being changed (that is, when an existing object was
being edited). This error would cause the following to be logged
in the system's error log:
Directory inconsistency exception in Object_Perform
Calling task (16#xxxxxxx#) will be stopped in wait service
(CSR numbers 5260 and 5261)
7.16. Changes to CMVC
The Cmvc.Initial procedure has been fixed so that when it is used
to create a new path in an existing subsystem, it no longer looks
at the System_Object_Type and Create_Load_View parameters unless
they are needed. Now Cmvc.Initial will ignore the default value
of the System_Object_Type parameter if the subsystem already
exists. If the subsystem exists and is either a Combined or
System subsystem, Cmvc.Initial will ignore the Create_Load_View
parameter because there is no choice of which kind of view to
create. (PRS number 7311575-Wash-Jim)
Cmvc.Copy, Make_Path, Make_Subpath, and Make_Spec_View now accept
a single space as the null string in the View_To_Import
parameter. Furthermore, log messages have been corrected so that
if an invalid value is entered for the View_To_Import, the
resulting message now includes the closing parenthesis. (PRS
38 May 1992 RATIONAL\f
Release D_12_6_5
Number 2809652-Clem-Jim)
Cmvc.Copy, Make_Path, Make_Subpath, Release, and Make_Spec_View
now properly copy Ada units from any directory in the subsystem,
not just those units in the Units directory. In particular for
Make_Spec_View, these sibling directories are treated like the
Units directory and only those items specified in the
State.Exports file are copied. This file is resolved in the
context of the Units directory; to include a unit outside this
directory you must provide an appropriate relative pathname-for
example, ^.Subdirectory_Name.Simple_Name-or a fully qualified
pathname. (PRS numbers 0-0358-2 and 9123690-0156-6 and CSR number
4971)
To create objects in a world or subsystem view, you now need only
Create access to that world or view. This change fixes a problem
introduced in D_12_5_0 in which Owner access was required. (PRS
numbers 9123690-0171-3 and CSR number 5841)
7.17. Update to !Tools.Math_Support
An update to the !Tools.Math_Support subsystem is included in the
D_12_6_5 release.
* In package Generic_Primitive_Functions:
- The Scale function has been corrected for very large and
very small scales.
- The Remainder function has been improved in cases where
arguments are several orders of magnitude apart.
- The Truncate function has been simplified.
* The implementation of package Generic_Elementary_Functions has
been replaced by a package with higher accuracy. The new
implementation was developed by Peter Tang and Kenneth Dritz,
from the Argonne National Laboratory, with minor adjustments
for the R1000. This change fixes several errors in domain
checking and a major error in the code for Tangent.
For more details, see the online information in:
!Tools.Math_Support- .R1000_Code1_1_0.Units.Release_Note
7.18. Miscellaneous Changes
7.18.1. Change to Library_Object_Editor
The specification for procedure
!Tools.Library_Object_Editor.Display has been changed to match
the Environment's implementation. In particular, the In_Place
RATIONAL May 1992 39\f
Rational Environment Release Information
parameter has been added to the procedure's specification:
procedure Display (Library : Directory.Object;
Selection : Directory.Object :=
Directory.Nil;
In_Place : Boolean := False;
Force_Redraw : Boolean := False);
The In_Place parameter specifies whether the current window frame
should be used. The default is False.
7.18.2. Change to Code_Segment_Object_Editor
The specification to procedure
!Tools.Code_Segment_Object_Editor.Edit has been changed to match
the Environment's implementation. In particular, a parameter,
The_Offset, has been added:
procedure Edit (The_Segment : Integer;
The_Offset : Integer := 0;
In_Place : Boolean := False);
Treating a segment as a file, The_Offset allows "editing" from a
place other than the beginning of the segment.
8. Documentation
8.1. New Printed Documentation
The D_12_6_5 release of the Environment is accompanied by three
updated volumes of the Rational Environment Reference Manual
(ERM):
* Volume 4: Session and Job Management (SJM)
* Volume 5: Library Management (LM)
* Volume 10: System Management Utilities (SMU)
These books have been significantly rewritten and feature:
* A new, easier-to-read format
* Greatly expanded "how to use" information, in the form of:
- New Key Concepts sections for each book
- Extensive introductions to major packages
* A quick reference for parameter-value conventions (naming
conventions) at the end of each book
40 May 1992 RATIONAL\f
Release D_12_6_5
* Two previously undocumented packages, Remote and
Remote_Passwords (see SJM)
* Corrections and clarifications to existing information
Each customer site should receive one copy of each volume for
every system under an active support contract. If you have not
received your new documentation or if you would like to order
additional documentation, please contact your Rational
representative.
8.2. New Online Documentation
The D_12_6_5 release of the Environment includes new online help
for all the packages documented in the SJM, LM, and SMU books:
* Session and Job Management (SJM):
Job Log
Profile Program
Remote Remote_Passwords
Search_List What
* Library Management (LM):
Access_List Access_List_Tools
Archive Compilation
File_Utilities Library
Links Switches
Xref
* System Management Utilities (SMU):
Daemon Message
Operator Queue
Scheduler System_Backup
System_Utilities Tape
Terminal
D_12_6_5 also includes a revision of the online information about
machine initialization in
!Machine.Initialization.Guide_To_Machine_Initialization. You can
obtain this information by requesting online help for
!Machine.Initialization.
To obtain online help for a particular package or command, use
the What.Does command, supplying all or part of the name of the
package or command in question.
8.3. New Help for Switches
D_12_6_5 includes new online help for many switches. To obtain
help for a particular switch, place the cursor on the switch in
RATIONAL May 1992 41\f
Rational Environment Release Information
question and execute !Commands.Common.Explain (generally
available through the [#Explain#] key or the [#Object#] - [#?#]
key combination).
8.3.1. Session Switches
The following session switches have new help:
Command_Cg.Check_Compatibility Command_Cg.Elab_Order_Listing
Command_Cg.Page_Limit Command_Cg.Retain_Delta1_
Compatibility
Command_Cg.Terminal_Echo Profile.Log_File
Profile.Reaction Session_Ftp.Remote_Directory
Session_Ftp.Remote_Machine Session_Ftp.Remote_Roof
Session_Ftp.Remote_Type
8.3.2. Library Switches
The following library switches have new help:
Directory.Create_Internal_Links Ftp.Remote_Directory
Ftp.Remote_Machine Ftp.Remote_Roof
Ftp.Remote_Type R1000_Cg.Delta1_Code_View_
Compatibility
R1000_Cg.Elab_Order_Listing R1000_Cg.Page_Limit
R1000_Cg.Retain_Delta1_Compatibility R1000_Cg.Terminal_Echo
Semantics.Reject_Inevitable_Exceptions
Semantics.Reject_Undefined_Pragmas
42 May 1992 RATIONAL\f
Release D_12_6_5
Appendix A
Guide to Machine Initialization
D_12_5_0 changed the software that is automatically executed by
the Environment during the boot process. These changes apply to
D_12_5_0 and all subsequent releases (including D_12_6_5). In
particular, the software was reorganized to make it easier to:
* Install layered products
* Distinguish Rational-specific, site-specific, and
machine-specific customizations
* Configure a network of printers for large sites
The following subsections describe the D_12_5_0 mechanisms for
initializing an R1000. Change bars indicate sections that have |
been added to this document since D_12_5_0; the initialization |
mechanisms themselves have not changed. You can read this |
document online by traversing to |
!Machine.Initialization.Guide_To_Machine_Initialization or by |
executing What.Does ("!Machine.Initialization"). |
See also the "Installation Procedure" for specific steps to
convert any existing initialization software to the D_12_5_0
mechanisms.
A.1. Overview
Each time an R1000 is booted, software is executed that
initializes layered products, sets various system parameters (for
example, disk-collection thresholds and snapshot intervals),
starts servers, enables terminals, and so on.
In Environment releases prior to D_12_5_0, the boot process
automatically executed !Machine.Initialize, which in turn
executed a family of procedures (with names of the form
!Machine.Initialize_@).
In D_12_5_0 and subsequent releases, !Machine.Initialize is no
longer used. Instead, all system-initialization software resides
in the world !Machine.Initialization, which is structured as
shown:
!Machine.Initialization : Library (World);
Local : Library (World);
Rational : Library (World);
Site : Library (World);
Start : Ada (Load_Proc);
The D_12_5_0 (or later) boot process automatically executes the
Start procedure, which in turn executes all the procedures that
reside in (or are referenced in) the Local, Rational, and Site
worlds:
RATIONAL May 1992 43\f
Rational Environment Release Information
* The world Rational contains or references software that
initializes Rational products and provides standard settings
for many system parameters. Users should not modify the
objects in this world.
* The worlds Site and Local provide a place for system managers
to put objects that customize the initialization process. Such
objects can be used to override various standard system
parameter settings, to initialize customer-written
applications, and to specify terminal and printer
configurations:
- The world Site is intended for customer-written objects
that are common to two or more machines at a given site.
- The world Local is intended for customer-written objects
that apply only to the current R1000.
The following subsections give more detail about these worlds.
A.1.1. World !Machine.Initialization.Rational
The Rational world contains objects supplied by Rational that
perform basic initialization services for the current R1000.
These objects include:
* Loaded main procedures that are executed by
!Machine.Initialization.Start whenever the system is booted.
* "_Start" files that reference procedures located elsewhere in
the Environment. These are text files whose names end with
_Start; the procedures they reference are executed by
!Machine.Initialization.Start.
On a typical system, this world contains objects such as the
following:
!Machine.Initialization.Rational : Library (World);
Clean_Machine_Temporary : C Load_Proc;
Cross_Compilers : C Load_Proc;
Design_Facilities : C Load_Proc;
Dtia : C Load_Proc;
Finish_Install : C Load_Proc;
Log_Previous_Outage_Start : Text;
Mail_Start : Text;
Network : C Load_Proc;
Parameters : C Load_Proc;
Printers : C Load_Proc;
Servers : C Load_Proc;
Teamwork_Interface : C Load_Proc;
Terminals : C Load_Proc;
The procedures that are supplied or referenced in this world:
44 May 1992 RATIONAL\f
Release D_12_6_5
* Perform cleanup and compaction
* Initialize the installed Rational products, such as CDFs, RDF,
Rational Networking, and so on
* Initialize servers, including the archive and FTP servers
* Set standard values for various system parameters, such as the
medium-term scheduler, snapshot intervals and warnings,
disk-collection thresholds, and so on
* Initialize terminals and printers according to user-specified
requirements (given in files in the Site and Local worlds)
For more specific information, you can browse the comments in
each object in this world.
A.1.2. Worlds !Machine.Initialization.[Site,Local]
The Site and Local worlds are where system managers can create
objects to control sitewide or machine-specific initialization
and configuration. These objects may include:
* Ada procedures that supplement or override the basic
initialization services performed by objects in the Rational
world. All procedures in the Site and Local worlds are
executed by !Machine.Initialization.Start each time the system
is booted.
* "_Start" files that reference procedures located elsewhere in
the Environment. These are text files whose names end with
_Start; the procedures they reference are executed by
!Machine.Initialization.Start. Using a "_Start file" is
equivalent to calling Program.Run or Program.Run_Job to
execute the referenced procedure. (See section A.3.2.)
* Configuration files that tell the Environment how to enable
and configure ports for login and ports for printing. These
are text files that are read by two of the procedures executed
by !Machine.Initialization.Start. A default file for enabling
login ports is created in the Local world during installation.
(See sections A.4 and A.5.)
* Text files that tell the Environment how to initialize layered
products such as the Cross-Development Facility or the
Rational Design Facility. (See the comments in the
specifications of the Cross_Compilers and Design_Facilities
procedures in world !Machine.Initialization.Rational.)
At most sites, system managers will use the Site and/or Local
worlds as a place for procedures (or "_Start" files) that:
* Set password policy
RATIONAL May 1992 45\f
Rational Environment Release Information
* Set login limits
* Start server programs for site-specific networking, databases,
and applications (for example, a login monitor or network
security server)
At some sites, system managers may need to use these worlds for
procedures that:
* Provide nonstandard daemon settings-for example:
- The time at which daily and weekly clients run. (The
standard times are 3:00 a.m. for daily clients and 2:30
a.m. for weekly clients.)
- How often snapshots are taken. (The standard snapshot
interval is every 30 minutes.)
- Whether (and when) to send a snapshot warning, snapshot
start messages, and snapshot finish messages. (The standard
is to send a warning 20 seconds before the next snapshot
and to notify users only when the snapshot has finished.)
- The interval for daemon warnings. (The standard is to send
a warning 2 minutes before the daily clients begin.)
- Whether to send disk-collection threshold warnings. (The
standard is to warn users when collection thresholds have
been passed.)
- What kinds of system log messages appear on the operator
console. (The standard is to route only warning, problem,
and fatal messages to the operator console.)
- Whether clients should perform access-list compaction. (The
standard is for all relevant clients to perform access-list
compaction.)
* Provide customized disk-collection thresholds (see also
section A.3.4). Note, however, that values set by the
procedure in world Rational are calculated based on your disk
configuration and should be sufficient; see your Rational
technical representative if you want to use different
thresholds.
* Provide nonstandard medium-term scheduler settings. (Use the
Scheduler.Display command to see the standard settings.) Note,
however, that values set by the procedure in world Rational
should be sufficient; see your Rational technical
representative if you want to use different settings.
46 May 1992 RATIONAL\f
Release D_12_6_5
A.2. Setting Up the Site and Local Worlds
If you have a new R1000, you can use the following guidelines to
set up your Site and Local worlds:
1. Decide whether you need to provide any system customizations
such as those listed in section A.1.2. Create the appropriate
procedures and/or "_Start" files, using the hints given in
section A.3.
2. Inspect the default Terminal_Configuration file that was
created in the Local world during installation. This file
enables ports 235 through 249 for login. Edit this file if you
want to enable a different set of ports and/or specify further
connection or communication information; see section A.4.
3. Decide whether to implement a printer-configuration mechanism
to enable users to use !Commands.Abbreviations.Print and to
facilitate the use of networked printers. Create the
appropriate files; see section A.5.
4. If you have layered products such as the CDF or RDF, inspect
the comments in the specifications of the Cross_Compilers and
Design_Facilities procedures in world
!Machine.Initialization.Rational. Create any files required
for initializing these products (for example, a text file that
registers an RDF customization).
If you are upgrading from a release prior to D_12_5_0, the Local
world will already contain several objects that contain
customizations:
* A Terminal_Configuration file is created automatically in the
Local world, enabling the same set of ports that were enabled
at the time of installation. This file also preserves any
nondefault communication characteristics that were in effect
for RS232 ports.
* The !Machine.Initialize_Site procedure is automatically moved
into the Local world, as described in the "Installation
Procedure."
After your R1000 has been upgraded to D_12_5_0 or a more recent
release, you can use the following guidelines to set up your Site
and Local worlds:
1. Inspect the Initialize_Site procedure that has been copied
into the Local world during installation. Edit this procedure
to preserve any system customizations that are still
appropriate. You may want to split this procedure into
separate procedures and move appropriate procedures into the
Site world. See the "Installation Procedure" for specific
recommendations for handling this procedure. See also section
A.3 for information about initialization procedures and
"_Start" files.
RATIONAL May 1992 47\f
Rational Environment Release Information
2. Inspect the default Terminal_Configuration file that was
created in the Local world during installation. Edit this file
if you want to enable a different set of ports and/or specify
further connection or communication information; see section
A.4.
3. Decide whether to implement a printer-configuration mechanism
to enable users to use !Commands.Abbreviations.Print and to
facilitate the use of networked printers. Create the
appropriate files; see section A.5.
4. If you have layered products such as the CDF or RDF, inspect
the comments in the specifications of the Cross_Compilers and
Design_Facilities procedures in world
!Machine.Initialization.Rational. Create any files required
for initializing these products (for example, a text file that
registers an RDF customization).
A.3. Hints for Implementing System Customizations
This section provides information about:
* Writing customized initialization procedures in the Site and
Local worlds; see section A.3.1.
* Writing "_Start" files that reference procedures that reside
in other Environment libraries; see section A.3.2.
* Controlling the order in which the customized initialization
procedures and the "_Start" files are processed by the Start
procedure; see section A.3.3.
* Customizing disk-collection thresholds; see section A.3.4.
A.3.1. Writing Customized Initialization Procedures
You can write procedures in the Site or Local worlds to implement
system customizations such as password policies, system daemon
settings, and so on. All procedures that appear in these worlds
are executed by the Start procedure each time the R1000 boots.
Customized initialization procedures can contain calls to
procedures in various standard Environment packages. Some useful
packages include:
* Package Daemon, which contains procedures that schedule
clients and warnings
* Package Operator, which contains procedures that set password
policy and login limits
* Package Scheduler, which contains procedures that control the
medium-term scheduler
48 May 1992 RATIONAL\f
Release D_12_6_5
* Package Program, which contains procedures that execute other
programs
Note that:
* You do not have to provide initialization procedures for
configuring login ports and printer ports; it is recommended
that you use configuration files instead (see sections A.4 and
A.5).
* You do not have to write an initialization procedure "from
scratch" for customizing disk-collection thresholds; if you
must customize these thresholds, it is recommended that you
edit the sample initialization procedure provided in the Local
world (see section A.3.4).
When writing customized initialization procedures:
* You can create separate procedures or put all calls in a
single procedure. Separate procedures take longer to execute
but make it easier to see what operations are being performed.
* You must not duplicate procedure names across the Rational,
Site, and Local worlds.
* You can specify the relative execution order of procedures
using annotations (see section A.3.3).
A.3.2. Using "_Start" Files to Reference Initialization
Procedures
As an alternative to writing procedures directly in the Site and
Local worlds, you can create "_Start" files in one or both worlds
to reference customized initialization procedures that reside
elsewhere in the Environment. "_Start" files are processed by the
Start procedure each time the R1000 boots, and the procedures
they reference are executed.
When writing "_Start" files:
* You must choose filenames that use the _Start suffix.
* You must not duplicate filenames across the Rational, Site,
and Local worlds.
* You must use annotations to reference the procedure to be
executed, as illustrated below.
* You may use annotations to control the order in which the
Start procedure executes the referenced procedures (see
section A.3.3).
Referencing a procedure in a world or directory: A "_Start" file
with the following contents illustrates the basic set of
RATIONAL May 1992 49\f
Rational Environment Release Information
annotations required to reference a procedure that resides in an
Environment world or directory:
--|Procedure_Name Initialize_Routine
--|Procedure_Context !Commands.Example
--|Parameters Notify => "manager",
--|Parameters Effort_Only => False
* The --|Procedure_Name annotation specifies the name of the
referenced procedure. If the procedure resides directly in a
library, you supply the procedure's simple name; if it resides
in a package, supply the name in the form
Package_Name.Procedure_Name.
* The --|Procedure_Context annotation specifies the Environment
world or directory that contains the referenced procedure.
* Each of the --|Parameters annotations specifies the value to
be used for one of the procedure's parameters. Note that
string values must be enclosed in quotation marks, and commas
must be included to separate multiple parameters.
Referencing a procedure in a subsystem: A "_Start" file with the
following contents illustrates how to reference a procedure that
resides in an Environment subsystem. Note that you must replace
the --|Procedure_Context annotation with the --|Subsystem and
(optional) --|Activity annotations:
--|Procedure_Name Excelan_Boot_Server
--|Subsystem !Targets.Implementation.Motorola_68k_Download
--|Activity !Machine.Release.Current.Activity
--|No_Wait
* The --|Subsystem annotation specifies the name of the
subsystem that contains the procedure. (When this annotation
is specified, the --|Procedure_Context annotation is ignored.)
* The --|Activity annotation specifies the activity to be used
to obtain the view name and construct the full pathname of the
procedure. If you omit this annotation,
!Machine.Release.Current.Activity is used.
* Note that Excelan_Boot_Server is a parameterless procedure;
otherwise, one or more --|Parameters annotations would be
present.
* The --|No_Wait annotation permits concurrent execution (see
section A.3.3). This annotation is present because this
procedure starts a server.
Specifying further information: "_Start" files may also contain
annotations that control the order in which the Start procedure
will execute the referenced procedures. See section A.3.3.
50 May 1992 RATIONAL\f
Release D_12_6_5
Using a "_Start" file is equivalent to executing the referenced
procedure via Program.Run_Job or Program.Run. See the comments in
the specification of !Machine.Initialization.Start for additional
annotations that specify the equivalent of the Options parameter
in the Program.Run_Job procedure and the Context parameter in the
Program.Run and Program.Run_Job procedures.
A.3.3. Controlling the Order of Execution
You can specify the relative execution order of all
initialization procedures (including those referenced in "_Start"
files). To do this, you include annotations in the appropriate
procedure specifications or "_Start" files:
* To specify that procedure A cannot run until procedure B has
finished, you include the annotation --|Prerequisite B in the
specification of procedure A (or in the "_Start" file that
references procedure A).
If procedure B is referenced in a "_Start" file, you specify
the filename as the annotation's argument: --|Prerequisite
B_Start.
Note that the argument of this annotation is a simple name and
that all three worlds (Rational, Local, and Site) are searched
for that simple name. Therefore, simple names must be unique
across these three worlds if you want to use this annotation.
* To specify that procedure A must finish before any other
procedure can start executing, you include the annotation
--|Wait in the specification of procedure A (or in the
"_Start" file that references procedure A).
Using this annotation is equivalent to executing procedure A
using Program.Run.
* To specify that procedure A is to execute as a separate job
concurrent with other procedures, you include the annotation
--|No_Wait in the specification of procedure A (or in the
"_Start" file that references procedure A).
Using this annotation is equivalent to executing procedure A
using Program.Run_Job.
If none of the annotations listed above are present in a given
procedure or "_Start" file, the --|Wait annotation is assumed.
That is, procedures are executed sequentially unless told
otherwise.
If a circular dependency results from a combination of
annotations, it will be reported and ignored, so that each
procedure will run.
RATIONAL May 1992 51\f
Rational Environment Release Information
Note that you can execute the Start command with the Effort_Only
parameter set to True to test the execution order that results
from your annotations.
See the comments in the specification of the
!Machine.Initialization.Start procedure for a complete
description of annotation usage, along with examples.
A.3.4. Customizing Disk-Collection Thresholds
You can customize the disk-collection thresholds for the
particular needs of your site. To implement a change in your
disk-collection thresholds:
1. Create an empty Ada unit in the Local world.
2. Copy the contents of the
!Machine.Initialization.Local.Local_Gc_Thresholds_Sample file
into the empty Ada unit.
3. In the Ada unit, edit the Thresholds1 and Thresholds2 arrays
to specify the desired thresholds.
4. Promote the Ada unit.
Note, however, that values set by the procedure in world Rational
are calculated based on your disk configuration and should be
sufficient; see your Rational technical representative if you
want to use different thresholds.
A.4. Enabling and Configuring Login Ports
D_12_5_0 and subsequent releases provide a file-driven mechanism
in !Machine.Initialization for enabling and configuring ports for
login.
At the very least, you must ensure that this mechanism has enough
information to enable the desired login ports (see section
A.4.1). In addition, you may optionally use this mechanism to
specify:
* Connection and terminal-type characteristics for Telnet and
RS232 ports, such as logoff on disconnect, disconnect on
logoff, and so on
* Communication characteristics for RS232 ports, such as flow
control, parity, and so on
Such information is specified using the options described in
section A.4.4.
52 May 1992 RATIONAL\f
Release D_12_6_5
A.4.1. Enabling Ports for Login
Ports for terminal devices must be enabled for login each time an
R1000 boots. Accordingly, the !Machine.Initialization.Start
procedure calls a procedure called Terminals in the Rational
world. This procedure in turn consults a file called
Terminal_Configuration in the Local world to determine which
ports to enable for login. This file-driven mechanism takes the
place of a procedure such as !Machine.Initialize_Terminals, which
enables terminals through calls to the Operator.Enable_Terminal
procedure.
The Terminal_Configuration file is created automatically in the
Local world during installation:
* On a new machine, a Terminal_Configuration file is created
that enables ports 235 through 249 for login.
* On an R1000 that is being upgraded from a previous Environment
release, the Terminal_Configuration file contains entries for
the same set of ports that were enabled at the time of
installation. (This file also preserves any nondefault
communication characteristics that were in effect for RS232
ports; see section A.4.4.)
You can edit the Terminal_Configuration file at any time to
change which ports are enabled. The changes take effect the next
time you boot the R1000. Alternatively, you can execute the
Rational.Terminals procedure to make the changes take effect
without booting the R1000. Note that you must keep the
Terminal_Configuration file in the Local world, even if you want
to enable the same ports on all machines at a given site.
Following is a sample Terminal_Configuration file containing
basic enabling information:
16 => (Enable)
224 .. 249 => (Enable)
-- Ports 250 and 251 are for printers; disable them for login
250..251 => (Login_Disabled)
As shown, the Terminal_Configuration file consists of:
* Comments preceded with Ada comment notation (--)
* Entries of the general form: Port_Range => (Options), where:
- Port_Range can be a single port number or a range of port
numbers
- Options must be enclosed in parentheses
The options that pertain to enabling and disabling ports are
summarized in Table A-1.
RATIONAL May 1992 53\f
Rational Environment Release Information
Table A-1 Options for Enabling and Disabling Ports
------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
| Option | Description |
------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|Enable |When specified for a given port, enables the |
| |port for login. Note that the port cannot |
| |subsequently be enabled for any other device, |
| |such as a printer. |
------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|Login_ |When specified for a given port, prevents the |
|Disabled |port from being enabled for login-for example, |
| |by subsequent usage of the |
| |Operator.Enable_Terminal command. Note that the|
| |port can subsequently be enabled for other |
| |devices, such as printers. |
------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|Disable |When specified for a given port, disables the |
| |port for all devices. Note that the port can |
| |subsequently be enabled for any device, |
| |including login. Specifying this option is |
| |equivalent to having no entry for the port in |
| |the file. |
------------------------------------------------------------
Port 16 is always enabled for login, regardless of whether an
entry exists for it. An entry for port 16 is included in the
automatically created Terminal_Configuration file for
explicitness.
Do not assign the Enable option to any port that you plan to
enable for a printer or other device (such as a CDF). Instead,
you can assign the Login_Disabled option or the Disable option to
those ports, or you can simply omit entries for them from the
file. Assigning the Login_Disabled option is recommended if you
want to ensure that printer ports cannot be enabled for login
even if the print spooler is killed.
A.4.2. Customizing Port Characteristics
You can add information to the Terminal_Configuration file to
specify connection characteristics for RS232 ports and
communication characteristics for RS232 and Telnet ports. Such
information is specified through the options listed in section
A.4.4.
54 May 1992 RATIONAL\f
Release D_12_6_5
The simplest way to specify multiple options is to assign them
directly to a port or range of ports:
* Multiple options in a single entry must be enclosed in
parentheses.
* Multiple options must be separated by commas.
* The options can extend over several lines, although the entry
itself must start on a new line.
For example, the following entry assigns several connection
characteristics to ports 224..249 and then enables those ports:
224..249 => (Logoff_On_Disconnect,
Disconnect_On_Logoff,
Enable)
You can organize recurrent sets of options and improve
readability in the Terminal_Configuration file by defining an
abbreviation for each set of options and then assigning each
abbreviation to a port or range of ports:
* Abbreviation entries are of the general form Abbreviation =
Options. Note that the equals sign (=) is used to define
abbreviations; the => symbol is used for port assignment.
* Existing abbreviations can be nested in the definition of new
abbreviations.
For example, the following entries create the abbreviations
User_Ports and Telnet_Ports, assigning the Telnet_Ports
abbreviation to ports 224..249:
-- Port settings for user login ports
User_Ports = (Logoff_On_Disconnect, Disconnect_On_Logoff)
-- Port settings for Telnet ports
Telnet_Ports = (Terminal_Type => Xrterm, User_Ports)
224..249 => (Telnet_Ports, Enable)
When adding entries to a Terminal_Configuration file, bear in
mind that:
* Nondefault communication characteristics for RS232 ports must
be set each time an R1000 boots. Consequently, if a port is to
have nondefault values for any of the options listed in Table
A-4, you must include these options in the entry for that
port. Omitting an option causes its default value to be set.
* Connection and terminal-type characteristics persist across
boots, retaining the last values that were set for them. Thus,
in principle, the options listed in Tables A-2 and A-3 need to
be set only once and then can be omitted from the
RATIONAL May 1992 55\f
Rational Environment Release Information
Terminal_Configuration file. However, you may choose to
include values for these options in the file to ensure that
booting the system resets them to the proper values in case
they had been changed.
* The options for each port are set in the order in which they
are assigned in the Terminal_Configuration file. Similarly,
the options in an abbreviation are set in the order in which
they are declared. If a single port number is included in the
ranges of more than one entry, that port takes the options of
the last entry in which it appears.
A.4.3. A Sample Terminal_Configuration File
The following sample file shows how a system manager can use
abbreviations to organize port information meaningfully. Note
that a number of connection options have been explicitly set to
ensure that booting the system sets them to a known value. Note
also that specifying the Disable option for the printer ports is
not absolutely necessary; however, specifying this option ensures
that no previous entry in the file had inadvertently enabled
these ports.
-- Operator line 16 settings
Operator_Port = (~Logoff_On_Disconnect,
~Disconnect_On_Logoff,
~Login_Disabled)
-- User login port settings
User_Ports = (Logoff_On_Disconnect, Disconnect_On_Logoff,
~Login_Disabled, ~Log_Failed_Logins,
~Disconnect_On_Failed_Login,
~Disconnect_On_Disconnect)
-- Dial-in port connection settings
Dialin_Ports = (Terminal_Type => VT100,
Input_Rate => Baud_2400, Output_Rate =>
Baud_2400,
Parity => None, Bits_Per_Char => Char_8,
Stop_Bits => 1,
User_Ports)
-- Telnet port settings
Telnet_Ports = (Terminal_Type => Xrterm, User_Ports)
-- Printer port settings
Printer_Ports = (Login_Disabled)
-- Ports not in use
Unused = (Login_Disabled)
16 => (Operator_Port, Enable)
17..31 => (Dialin_Ports, Enable)
56 May 1992 RATIONAL\f
Release D_12_6_5
224..249 => (Telnet_Ports, Enable)
250..251 => (Disable, Printer_Ports)
252..255 => (Disable, Unused)
A.4.4. Terminal-Configuration Options
Tables A-2, A-3, and A-4 summarize the connection, terminal type,
and RS232 communication options you can specify in the
Terminal_Configuration file. These options invoke corresponding
procedures in package Terminal.
Table A-2 Boolean Options for Connection Characteristics
------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
| Option | Description |
------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|Disconnect_On_ |When specified for a given port, |
|Disconnect |causes the Environment to respond to |
| |an incoming disconnect signal |
| |received on that port by initiating |
| |an outgoing disconnect signal on that|
| |port. |
------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|Disconnect_On_Failed_ |When specified for a given port, |
|Login |causes the Environment to initiate an|
| |outgoing disconnect signal on that |
| |port when a user repeatedly fails to |
| |log in on that port (for example, by |
| |repeatedly entering an incorrect |
| |password or unrecognized username). |
------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|Disconnect_On_Logoff |When specified for a given port, |
| |causes the Environment to initiate an|
| |outgoing disconnect signal on that |
| |port when a user logs off a session |
| |running on that port. |
------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|Log_Failed_Logins |When specified for a given port, |
| |causes the Environment to write an |
| |entry to the system error log when a |
| |user fails repeatedly to log in on |
| |that port (for example, by repeatedly|
| |entering an incorrect password or |
| |unrecognized username). |
------------------------------------------------------------
RATIONAL May 1992 57\f
Rational Environment Release Information
Table A-2 Boolean Options for Connection Characteristics
(continued)
------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
| Option | Description |
------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|Logoff_On_Disconnect |When specified for a given port, |
| |causes the Environment to respond to |
| |a disconnect received on that port by|
| |logging off that port's session. |
------------------------------------------------------------
Table A-3 Enumeration Option for Specifying Terminal Type
------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|Option => | Description |
| Value | |
------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|Terminal_ |Specifies the output driver type for a given |
|Type |port. Value can be any valid terminal type name, |
| |including (but not limited to): |
| |Cit500r Facit Rational Vt100 Xrterm |
------------------------------------------------------------
Table A-4 Enumeration Options for RS232 Communication
Characteristics
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
| |Default| |
| Option => Value | Value | Description |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|Bits_Per_Char |Char_8 |Specifies the number of data |
| | |bits per character. Value can |
| | |be: Char_5 Char_6 Char_7 |
| | |Char_8 |
-------------------------------------------------------------
58 May 1992 RATIONAL\f
Release D_12_6_5
Table A-4 Enumeration Options for RS232 Communication
Characteristics (continued)
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
| |Default| |
| Option => Value | Value | Description |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|Flow_Control | None |Specifies software flow control |
| | |for data transmitted by the |
| | |R1000 on the specified port. |
| | |Value can be: |
| | |None Xon_Xoff Dtr Rts |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|Input_Rate | Baud_ |Sets the incoming data rate for |
| | 9600 |a given port. Value can be: |
| | |Baud_50 Baud_75 Baud_110|
| | |Baud_134_5 Baud_150 Baud_200|
| | |Baud_300 Baud_600 |
| | |Baud_1200 |
| | |Baud_1800 Baud_2400 |
| | |Baud_9600 |
| | |Baud_19200 Disabled |
| | |Ext_Rec_Clk |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|Output_Rate | Baud_ |Sets the outgoing data rate for |
| | 9600 |a given port. Values are the |
| | |same as for Input_Rate. |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|Parity | None |Sets the parity for transmitted |
| | |and received data on a given |
| | |port. Value can be: None Odd |
| | |Even |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|Stop_Bits | 2 |Sets the number of stop bits for|
| | |a given port. Value is a natural|
| | |number in the range 1..2. |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|Receive_Flow_Control| None |Specifies flow control of data |
| | |received by the R1000 on the |
| | |specified port. Value can be: |
| | |None Xon_Xoff Dtr Rts |
-------------------------------------------------------------
RATIONAL May 1992 59\f
Rational Environment Release Information
Table A-4 Enumeration Options for RS232 Communication
Characteristics (continued)
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
| |Default| |
| Option => Value | Value | Description |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|Receive_Xon_Xoff_ |(17,19)|Specifies flow-control bytes so |
|Bytes | |that the R1000 can regulate the |
| | |data it receives on the |
| | |specified port. Value is (n,m), |
| | |where n and m are natural |
| | |numbers in the range 0..255. |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|Xon_Xoff_Bytes |(17,19)|Specifies the flow-control bytes|
| | |that the R1000 recognizes for |
| | |the specified port. Value is: |
| | |(n,m), where n and m are natural|
| | |numbers in the range 0..255. |
-------------------------------------------------------------
A.5. Configuring Printers
D_12_5_0 and subsequent releases provide a file-driven mechanism
in !Machine.Initialization for configuring a group of networked
and/or local printers. This mechanism allows you to define a
printer name for each printer on the network and to specify how
each printer is to be accessed. Furthermore, you can also
associate a printer name with each user, so that when a given
user enters the Print command (that is,
!Commands.Abbreviations.Print), the print job will be sent by
default to the device that is defined by the associated printer
name.
This file-driven mechanism automatically adds the specified
devices to the appropriate R1000s, creates the necessary print
classes on the appropriate R1000s, and associates each class with
the specified device, thereby creating print queues. Thus, when
you use the file-driven mechanism, you do not need to use
procedures from package Queue (such as Add, Create, Enable, and
Register) to do these things.
Existing sites can choose whether to use this file-driven
mechanism or to continue using procedures from package Queue to
configure printers. However, because the file-driven mechanism
combines class and machine information, it is recommended that
large sites with multiple networked printers use the file-driven
!Machine.Initialization mechanism. Small sites with few printers
60 May 1992 RATIONAL\f
Release D_12_6_5
connected directly to R1000s may want to continue using package
Queue. Sites that want to create a single class with multiple |
devices should also use package Queue. |
Note that the printer configuration (set either through commands |
in package Queue or through the file-driven mechanism) applies to |
both the Queue.Print and Abbreviations.Print commands. The |
ability to associate printer names with usernames is specific to |
the Abbreviations.Print command. |
A.5.1. Where to Specify Printer Information
Each time an R1000 boots, the !Machine.Initialization.Start
procedure calls a procedure called Printers in the Rational
world. This procedure initializes the print spooler on that R1000
based on the information in the following user-created files:
* !Machine.Initialization.Site.Printer_Configuration, which
defines a printer name for each of the devices available on
the network and specifies how each device is to be accessed. A
copy of this file must exist on all R1000s from which users
will enter the Print command and on all R1000s that will
handle print requests for the specified devices.
* !Machine.Initialization.Local.Printer_Configuration, which
defines additional printer names for additional devices
intended only for users of the current R1000.
* !Machine.Initialization.Local.User_Printer_Map, which
associates a default printer name with individual users on the
current R1000. When a user executes the Print command with the
default Printer parameter, the command looks up the user's
name and sends the print request to the corresponding printer.
At a minimum, the Print command requires that one
Printer_Configuration file exist in either the Site or Local
world. If no User_Printer_Map file exists (or if the file exists
but contains no entry for a particular user), the Print command
uses the first printer name defined in the
Site.Printer_Configuration file. If this file doesn't exist, the
first printer name defined in the Local.Printer_Configuration
file is used.
The classes and devices specified in the Printer_Configuration |
files are created when the Printers procedure (that is, |
!Machine.Initialization.Rational.Printers) is executed (normally, |
during machine initialization). The Printers procedure also |
associates usernames with the appropriate printer information. Be |
aware that whenever information is changed in any of the files |
listed above, the Printers procedure must be run in order to |
update the information. |
If you choose not to create any of these files, you will have to:
RATIONAL May 1992 61\f
Rational Environment Release Information
* Create an initialization procedure (in either the Site or
Local world) that uses package Queue to create print queues
each time the system boots.
* Either:
- Use the Queue.Print command instead of the
!Commands.Abbreviations.Print command.
- Use the !Commands.Abbreviations.Print command, but
explicitly specify the class name for the Printer
parameter.
A.5.2. Adding Entries to a Printer_Configuration File
During installation, an empty Printer_Configuration file is
created in the Local world. After installation, you can:
* Add entries to this file to enable the use of the Print
command.
* Move this file (or create an additional file called
Printer_Configuration) in the Site world, if you need to
define sitewide printer information.
Each entry in a Printer_Configuration file defines a printer name
and specifies the characteristics of the device it represents.
Each entry must start on a new line, but the information can
extend over several lines and can include single and in-line
comments. For readability, the entries are often formatted like
command parameters.
Each entry has the general form:
Printer_Name => (Device_Type => Device_Info,
Other_Device_Characteristics,
Laser_Comm => Boolean,
Reverse_Output_Pages => Boolean,
On_Node => R1000_Name)
where:
* Printer_Name is the name by which you want to refer to a given
| device in a Print command. Printer_Name must be a legal Ada
| simple name.
* Device_Type is one of the following four kinds of printer
devices:
- Direct, which specifies a printer connected to an R1000 via
direct line.
62 May 1992 RATIONAL\f
Release D_12_6_5
- Telnet, which specifies a printer connected to an R1000 via
Telnet.
- File, which specifies a file on an R1000 in which
print-spooler output is collected. Subsequent processing is
required to get this output printed.
- Workstation, which specifies a directory on a remote
workstation to which print requests are sent. Such requests
are sent via FTP as individual files; from the remote
directory, they can be printed using the workstation's
print tools.
* Device_Info is further information about the device you
specified. The information depends on the type of device
specified (see the paragraphs below).
* Other_Device_Characteristics are additional entry elements,
separated by commas, that give further information about the
chosen device (see the paragraphs below).
* The Laser_Comm option, when True, specifies that printing will
be done on a laser printer. Omitting this option implies that
printing will be done on a line printer.
For Direct and Telnet devices, setting Laser_Comm to True
specifies that a laser printer is connected; for File and
Workstation devices, setting Laser_Comm to True specifies that
the collected print requests will eventually be printed on a
laser printer.
* The Reverse_Output_Pages option allows you to adjust the order
in which pages are spooled to accommodate the way your printer
stacks pages in its output tray. This option applies only if
the Laser_Comm option is set to True.
- Setting Reverse_Output_Pages to True causes the print
spooler to reverse the order of output pages, so that the
last logical page is printed first. Omitting this option is
equivalent to specifying True.
- Setting Reverse_Output_Pages to False causes the print
spooler to keep the pages of output in the order in which
they appear in the source file.
* The On_Node option specifies the network name of the R1000
that contains the print spooler for the device. Omitting this
option is equivalent to specifying the name of the current
R1000.
The following paragraphs describe printer-configuration file
entries for each of the four kinds of devices. (See also the
comments in the specification of
!Machine.Initialization.Rational.Printers.)
RATIONAL May 1992 63\f
Rational Environment Release Information
A.5.3. Specifying a Directly Connected Printer
To specify a printer connected to an R1000 via direct line, you
specify an entry of the following general form:
Printer_Name => (Direct => Protocol,
Device => Terminal_N,
Laser_Comm => Boolean,
Reverse_Output_Pages => Boolean,
On_Node => R1000_Name)
where:
* Protocol specifies the printer flow control and can be either
Xon_Xoff or Dtr. See the printer manual for details.
* Terminal_N represents the RS232C port to which the printer is
connected (N is the port number). The specified port must not
be enabled for login in the Local.Terminal_Configuration file.
* The Laser_Comm option, when True, specifies that a laser
printer is connected and enables a two-way
printer-communication protocol. Omitting the option is
equivalent to specifying False, which means that a line
printer is connected.
* The Reverse_Output_Pages option allows you to adjust the order
in which pages are spooled to accommodate the way your printer
stacks pages in its output tray, as described in section
A.5.2. This option applies only if Laser_Comm is set to True.
* The On_Node option specifies the network name of the R1000 to
which the printer is directly connected. Omitting this option
is equivalent to specifying the name of the current R1000.
The following entry creates a printer name called Lp, which
represents a line printer that is directly connected to port 30
of an R1000 called Jazmo:
-- Line printer connected to Jazmo
Lp => (Direct => Xon_Xoff,
Device => Terminal_30,
On_Node => Jazmo)
A.5.4. Specifying a Networked Printer
To specify a printer connected to an R1000 via Telnet, you
specify an entry of the following general form:
Printer_Name => (Telnet => Host_Name,
Device => Terminal_N,
Laser_Comm => Boolean,
Reverse_Output_Pages => Boolean,
On_Node => R1000_Name)
64 May 1992 RATIONAL\f
Release D_12_6_5
where:
* Host_Name is the network name of the printer.
* Terminal_N represents the Telnet port to which the printer is
connected (N is the port number). The specified port must not
be enabled for login in the Local.Terminal_Configuration file.
* The Laser_Comm option, when True, specifies that a laser
printer is connected and enables a two-way
printer-communication protocol. Omitting the option is
equivalent to specifying False, which means that a line
printer is connected.
* The Reverse_Output_Pages option allows you to adjust the order
in which pages are spooled to accommodate the way your printer
stacks pages in its output tray, as described in section
A.5.2. This option applies only if Laser_Comm is set to True.
* The On_Node option specifies the network name of the R1000 to
which the printer is connected via Telnet. Omitting this
option is equivalent to specifying the name of the current
R1000.
The following entry creates the printer name Dlaser, which
represents a laser printer that is connected via Telnet to port
226 of an R1000 called Roget. Because of the way this printer
stacks its output, print requests are spooled to this device with
their pages in ascending (rather than reversed) order:
-- Documentation's laser printer
Dlaser => (Telnet => Doc_Laser,
Device => Terminal_226,
Laser_Comm,
Reverse_Output_Pages => False,
On_Node => Roget)
A.5.5. Specifying an Environment File
To specify a file in which to collect print-spooler output, you
specify an entry of the following general form:
Printer_Name => (File => Environment_Pathname,
Laser_Comm => Boolean,
Reverse_Output_Pages => Boolean,
On_Node => R1000_Name)
where:
* Environment_Pathname specifies the file to which output is
written. The pathname must name a file that exists on the
R1000 named by On_Node. Note that the group Spooler must have
access to the specified file.
RATIONAL May 1992 65\f
Rational Environment Release Information
* The Laser_Comm option, when True, specifies that the collected
print requests will eventually be printed on a laser printer.
Omitting the option is equivalent to specifying False, which
means that a line printer will be used.
* The Reverse_Output_Pages option allows you to adjust the order
in which pages are spooled to accommodate the way your printer
stacks pages in its output tray, as described in section
A.5.2. This option applies only if Laser_Comm is set to True.
* The On_Node option specifies the network name of the R1000 on
which the file is located. Omitting this option is equivalent
to specifying the name of the current R1000.
The following entry creates the printer name Hold, which
represents a file on an R1000 called Logo. Low-priority print
requests are sent to this file, where they are held until someone
prints the file using the Print command (specifying a printer
name that represents a connected printer):
-- Place to hold large requests until printers are free in the
evening
Hold => (File => !Machine.Queues.Local.Held_Print_Requests,
On_Node => Logo)
A.5.6. Specifying a Workstation Directory
To specify a directory on a workstation to which print requests
are sent, you specify an entry of the following general form:
Printer_Name => (Workstation => Host_Name,
Path => Directory_Name,
Laser_Comm => Boolean,
Suffix => String,
Reverse_Output_Pages => Boolean,
On_Node => R1000_Name)
where:
* Host_Name is the network name of the workstation to which the
files will be transferred.
* Directory_Name is the pathname of the workstation directory
into which the files will be transferred. The directory
pathname must have syntax appropriate to the workstation and
must have trailing punctuation that permits the name of the
transferred print-request file to be appended.
* The Laser_Comm option, when True, specifies that the collected
print requests will eventually be printed on a laser printer.
Omitting the option is equivalent to specifying False, which
means that a line printer will be used.
66 May 1992 RATIONAL\f
Release D_12_6_5
* The Suffix option allows you to specify a string to be
appended to the filenames that are created on the workstation.
Omitting this option causes no suffix to be appended to the
filenames. The specified suffix can be used by print tools as
a way of identifying which files to print. This is useful when
several printer names send files to the same directory.
* The Reverse_Output_Pages option allows you to adjust the order
in which pages are spooled to accommodate the way your printer
stacks pages in its output tray, as described in section
A.5.2. This option applies only if Laser_Comm is set to True.
* The On_Node option specifies the network name of the R1000
whose print spooler handles the print requests. Omitting this
option is equivalent to specifying the name of the current
R1000.
In addition to creating an entry for each workstation in the |
Printer_Configuration files, you must also create a |
remote-passwords file, containing the username and password to be |
used for accessing each workstation. This remote-passwords file |
must be named Remote_Access and exist in the library |
!Machine.Queues.Ftp. (For information about remote-passwords |
files, see package Remote_Passwords in the Session and Job |
Management book of the Rational Environment Reference Manual.) |
When print requests are sent as files to a workstation, any FTP
messages are directed to a log file that is created in
!Machine.Queues.Ftp. This log file is automatically cleared after
each 100 print requests. Messages pertaining to creating print
classes and enabling devices are directed to the system error
log.
The following two entries create printer names Dc_Laser and
Dc_Lineprinter, both of which direct print requests to a
directory on a UNIX workstation called Enterprise. These print
requests, which are routed through the print spooler on an R1000
called Capitol, are sent as files with different suffixes,
depending on the printer name (_Lsr and _Lpt, respectively):
-- Laser printer attached to workstation in Washington, D.C.,
office;
-- spooled on R1000 called Capitol.
Dc_Laser => (Workstation => Enterprise,
Path => /usr/spool/ratqueue/,
Laser_Comm,
Suffix => _Lsr,
On_Node => Capitol)
-- Line printer attached to workstation in Washington, D.C.,
office;
-- spooled on R1000 called Capitol.
Dc_Lineprinter => (Workstation => Enterprise,
Path => /usr/spool/ratqueue/,
Suffix => _Lpt,
RATIONAL May 1992 67\f
Rational Environment Release Information
On_Node => Capitol)
Print tools on the workstation, such as the following sample, are
required to actually print the requests:
# This program spools print requests placed in
/usr/spool/ratqueue to
# the appropriate printer based on the suffix of the spooled
file.
# It checks the spool directory at 5-minute intervals to see
if any
# new files need printing. This runs as a C-shell script. To
execute,
# type csh and the name of this file.
:
set xFTPxDIRx=/usr/spool/ratqueue #spool directory
#
set xFTPxSUFFIXxLSRx=_Lsr # Laser printer suffix
set xFTPxSUFFIXxLPTx=_Lpt # Line printer suffix
#
set xPRINTxLISTxLSRx=/tmp/rat_print_lsr.$$ # Laser printer
list file
set xPRINTxLISTxLPTx=/tmp/rat_print_lpt.$$ # Line printer
list file
#
set xPRINTxCOMMANDx=/tmp/rat_command.$$ # temporary
print command file
#
set xPRINTxDELAYx=120 # interval to wait before
printing
set xRECHECKxTIMEx=180 # interval for checking print
requests
#
cd $xFTPxDIRx
while (1 == 1)
#
# Creates a list of files to print for each printer.
#
ls $xFTPxDIRx | grep $xFTPxSUFFIXxLSRx > $xPRINTxLISTxLSRx
ls $xFTPxDIRx | grep $xFTPxSUFFIXxLPTx > $xPRINTxLISTxLPTx
#
# Adds the laser- and line-printer files to the print-command
file
# (the device name of each type of printer should be provided
after the -P).
#
cat $xPRINTxLISTxLSRx | sed -e 's^.^lpr -r -Plaser &^' >
$xPRINTxCOMMANDx
cat $xPRINTxLISTxLPTx | sed -e 's^.^lpr -r -Pline &^' >>
$xPRINTxCOMMANDx
#
# Waits the specified amount of time before printing the
requests.
# (This delay allows time for the FTP operation to complete
68 May 1992 RATIONAL\f
Release D_12_6_5
and should
# be adjusted based on the average length of files being
printed.)
#
sleep $xPRINTxDELAYx
#
# Prints the files if there are any to print.
#
set LCNT=`cat $xPRINTxCOMMANDx | wc -l `
if ( $LCNT != 0 ) then
chmod +x $xPRINTxCOMMANDx
$xPRINTxCOMMANDx
endif
#
# Waits the specified amount of time.
#
sleep $xRECHECKxTIMEx
#
# Removes the old temporary files.
#
rm $xPRINTxLISTxLSRx
rm $xPRINTxLISTxLPTx
rm $xPRINTxCOMMANDx
#
end
A.5.7. Associating Default Printers with Individual Users
To associate a default printer with each user, you must create a
file called User_Printer_Map in the Local world and add entries
of the following form:
Username Printer_Name
where:
* Username is either:
- The username for an R1000 user
- The string Others, which represents all users not
explicitly listed by name.
* Printer_Name is defined in a Printer_Configuration file.
Following is a sample User_Printer_Map file:
phil dc_laser
sue dlaser
others lp
See also the comments in the specification of
!Machine.Initialization.Rational.Printers.
RATIONAL May 1992 69\f
Rational Environment Release Information
70 May 1992 RATIONAL\f
Release D_12_6_5
Appendix B
Diagnostic Crash Procedures
B.1. Introduction
The D_12_6_5 release includes enhancements to the process of
analyzing R1000 crashes. In particular:
* Much of the process has been automated so that the system will
capture as much information as possible and often reboot
automatically.
* A series of questions and menus have been added to the
diagnostic crash procedures, which:
- Capture system crash state
- Analyze system hardware
The instructions in this appendix supersede those in your System
Manager's Guide. For convenience, you may want to place a copy of
these procedures with your System Manager's Guide.
B.2. When Your System Crashes
Call the Rational Response Center whenever your R1000 fails. You
will be guided through the most appropriate parts of the
procedures below-in some cases through other undocumented steps
as well-to reach an effective and timely diagnosis of the
problem. For information about contacting the Rational Response
Center, see section B.12.
If your system crashes outside Rational's normal support hours,
follow one of the three options described below. These options
are listed in order, from most desirable to least desirable (in
terms of gathering information needed to determine why your
machine crashed and to prevent additional crashes):
* Wait and contact the Rational Response Center during normal
support hours (see section B.12).
* Gather diagnostic information about your system crash (by
following the diagnostic crash procedures in this appendix)
before you try to reboot the machine.
* Try to reboot the machine immediately without gathering
diagnostic information. Be aware that doing so may lengthen
the time it takes to isolate and resolve the problem.
RATIONAL May 1992 71\f
Rational Environment Release Information
B.3. Using These Diagnostic Crash Procedures
The instructions in this appendix are designed to help you
collect as much diagnostic information as possible about the
state of your machine at the time of a system crash. By following
these procedures, you will help shorten the time to diagnose and,
if necessary, repair your system.
These procedures are organized into sections roughly according to
the order in which you may need to perform them.
No matter why the system crashed, you should always capture
system-state information, as described in section B.4.
Then, if you experienced or are experiencing:
* A power failure, see section B.5.
* Overheating, see section B.6.
* The "connect modem" message, begin with section B.7.
* Any other failure message, begin with section B.8.
* Disk errors, begin with section B.8 and continue through
section B.10.
After executing the procedures in the following sections, fax or
e-mail the information you have gathered to the Rational Response
Center (see section B.12).
Note that when the R1000 CPU stops running, the I/O processor
queries all the boards to determine what caused it to stop. The
message given by the R1000 when it crashes names the board that
detected the specific check; therefore, the named board is not
necessarily the faulty part.
B.4. Saving Information about the System State
When your system fails, you should begin by saving information
about the system state.
1. Write down the crash information displayed on the operator
console. If this information has already scrolled off the
screen, go to step 2, below. In particular, write down the
machine check message (MC), crash reason (CR), trace (TR), and
any other messages (OM) displayed. A sample crash output is
shown below:
MC=> Sequencer has detected a machine check.
**************************************************************
*****
CR=> Booting R1000 IOP after halt of machine crash detected
72 May 1992 RATIONAL\f
Release D_12_6_5
CR=> Boot reason code = 0C, from PC 0001A094
Restarting R1000-200 February 14th, 1992 at 14:14:35
-- you may see the Interactive menu here
-- if so, press [#Return#]
Logical tape drive 0 is a 8MM cartridge tape drive.
Logical tape drive 1 is declared non-existent.
Logical tape drive 2 is declared non-existent.
Logical tape drive 3 is a 1/2 inch 9 track tape drive at
physical
unit 0.
Booting I/O Processor
IOC Bootstrap Version 5.7
Initializing I/O Processor Kernel 0_8_7
Disk Controller 0, Disk 0 is ONLINE and WRITE ENABLED
Disk Controller 0, Disk 1 is ONLINE and WRITE ENABLED
Disk Controller 0, Disk 2 is ONLINE and WRITE ENABLED
Disk Controller 0, Disk 3 is ONLINE and WRITE ENABLED
IOP Kernel is initialized
Initializing diagnostic file system ... [OK]
FREEZE_WORLD.FIU -- several messages like these
overwrite
MF.IOC -- each other
====================================================
CR=> Restarting system after R1000 Processor Halt =>
Processor multi-bit
CR=> memory error
-- previous two lines indicate the crash reason
-- and appear in reverse video
Running post-mortem diagnostics.
TR=> uaddr trace: 4=2A92 3=018D 2=020E 1=0204 -- ucode
M207_36
CR=> Microcode HALT
CR=> The processor got a(n) Halt.
OM=> Post-mortem diagnostics do not apply to this kind of
failure
Saving state of: board JKLMFQTVI, Special Registers,
Trace Rams [OK]
R1000 Crash Save done - tombstone file R1000_DUMP1
created.
2. Write down the context of the crash.
* How long had the R1000 been running since the last boot?
Was the R1000 still booting when it crashed?
Why was it booting?
* Was the Environment up at the time?
Was there anything abnormal about the way the Environment
was functioning?
RATIONAL May 1992 73\f
Rational Environment Release Information
What were users doing? Any unusual activities?
Were any daemons (snapshot, daily, or weekly) running?
Was a tape drive in use?
* Have there been any hardware, firmware, or software changes
to this R1000 within the past week?
* Have there been any problems with or modifications of the
network in the past week?
* What was the temperature in the computer room at the time
of the crash?
* Have there been any problems with the air conditioning
recently?
* Are there other computers (R1000s or not) in the same
building?
Did any of the other computers crash or have power or
environmental problems at the same time?
3. Use the crash reason message (displayed in reverse video below
the line of equal signs) to locate the appropriate recovery
process in section B.9.
B.5. Crash due to Power Failure
Note: A crash due to a power failure does not cause the system to
dial Rational through the system's internal modem, even when the
system is configured to do so for other types of crashes.
B.5.1. Indication of Power Failure
In most cases, a crash due to power failure is reported by the
following message in reverse video on the operator console:
Restarting system after loss of AC power
B.5.2. Recovering from Power Failure
When your system crashes because of a power failure:
1. If power to the system is still off, turn the system's power
keyswitch to OFF.
Turning the power keyswitch to OFF reduces the chance of
accidental damage to the R1000 when the source of power is
restored.
2. Before trying to restart the system, try to determine the
cause and extent of the power failure and to correct the
problem.
74 May 1992 RATIONAL\f
Release D_12_6_5
Determining the cause and extent of the power failure commonly
requires the aid of your site facilities personnel. If the
power failure affected your entire site, your site facilities
personnel should contact your local power company for further
information.
3. Restore power to the R1000 and turn the power keyswitch to ON.
4. After power has been restored, the system will do one of three
things, depending on its configuration:
* Boot automatically
* Begin booting and stop at the Interactive menu:
Options are:
1 => Change BOOT/CRASH/MAINTENANCE options
2 => Change IOP ENVIRONMENT configuration
3 => Enable manual crash debugging (experts only)
4 => Boot IOP, prompting for tape or disk
5 => Boot system
Enter option [Boot System]:
If the system stops at the Interactive menu, press
[#Return#]. The system will display the Crash menu.
* Begin booting and stop at the Crash menu:
Options are:
1 => Enter CLI
2 => Make a CRASHDUMP
3 => Run the FRU tests
4 => Boot DDC configuration
5 => Boot EEDB configuration
6 => Boot STANDARD configuration
Enter option [Boot STANDARD] :
If the system stops at the Crash menu, press [#Return#].
The system will continue booting.
5. If the system does not reboot properly, then:
A. Examine the operator console to see what messages are
displayed.
B. Contact the Rational Response Center (see section B.12).
B.6. Crash due to Overheating
Note: A crash due to overheating does not cause the system to
dial Rational through the system's internal modem (mounted on the
RATIONAL May 1992 75\f
Rational Environment Release Information
PCM card in the PCM unit), even when the system is configured to
do so for other types of crashes.
B.6.1. Indications of Overheating
In most cases, a crash due to overheating causes all of the front
panel lights to be off although the power switch is on.
You can determine if the failure is due to overheating by
examining the state of the LED overtemp indicator. On Series 200
and 300 systems, the overtemp indicator is on the power control
module (PCM) and can be viewed by opening the rear door of the
CPU cabinet. On a Series 400 system, the indicator is on the I/O
panel, visible by opening the front door of the cabinet. (See
your System Manager's Guide if you are unsure of the overtemp
indicator's location.)
Warning: Do not reach inside the CPU bay. Electric-shock hazards
are present inside the R1000 cabinets.
If the overtemp indicator is lit, this means that sensors in the
R1000 had detected that the temperature inside the cabinet was
too high and powered the system off.
B.6.2. Recovering from Overheating
1. Check the room temperature. Note that the room air temperature
must not exceed 85#F (29#C) while the R1000 is operating. (For
detailed environmental requirements, refer to the Rational
R1000 Development System: Site-Planning Guide for your
system.)
2. If the room temperature is correct, the problem might be a fan
failure inside the cabinet, clogged filters, or some other
problem. In this case:
A. Verify that the power keyswitch on the control panel is in
the Off position.
B. Contact the Rational Response Center for assistance (see
section B.12).
3. After the overheating condition has been corrected, power off
and restart the system by following the instructions in steps
3 through 5 of section B.5.2, above.
4. If the system does not reboot properly:
A. Examine the operator console to see what messages are
displayed.
B. Contact the Rational Response Center (see section B.12).
76 May 1992 RATIONAL\f
Release D_12_6_5
B.7. Displays "Connect Modem" Message and Hangs
B.7.1. Indications of "Failure to Connect Modem"
The system crashes, displays a reverse-video error message on the
operator console, and then starts to reboot. Midway through the
boot process, the system pauses and dials the Rational Response
Center, displaying:
Connecting modem
Wait at least three minutes for the call to complete. If you see
the message:
Rational Response Center has instructed this cluster to wait
for call
back
and do not want to wait, you can proceed with booting the system
as follows:
1. Press [#Break#] on the operator console.
2. When the Enter option prompt is displayed, press [#0#] and
[#Return#], then [#Y#] and [#Return#].
The modem connection is broken and the boot process begins.
3. Continue with section B.8, below.
Note: Systems with restricted-access support contracts may not be
configured to use this dial-out capability.
B.8. Other System Failures
When your system crashes, it may display one or two menus or
continue to boot, depending on the setting of the Operator Mode
key, the setting of the boot/crash/maintenance options, and the
type of crash:
* If the Operator Mode key is set to Interactive, the system
displays the Interactive Key menu:
Options are:
1 => Change BOOT/CRASH/MAINTENANCE options
2 => Change IOP ENVIRONMENT configuration
3 => Enable manual crash debugging (experts only)
4 => Boot IOP, prompting for tape or disk
5 => Boot system
Enter option [Boot System]:
Press [#Return#]. This will take you to the Crash menu.
RATIONAL May 1992 77\f
Rational Environment Release Information
* If either the Auto Crash Recovery or the Auto Boot option is
set to No, or if the Operator Mode key is set to Interactive
and you have pressed [#Return#], then the system displays the
Crash menu:
Options are:
1 => Enter CLI
2 => Make a CRASHDUMP
3 => Run the FRU tests
4 => Boot DDC configuration
5 => Boot EEDB configuration
6 => Boot STANDARD configuration
Enter option [Boot STANDARD] :
The Crash menu provides access to the Command Line Interpreter
(CLI), various diagnostic tests, and rebooting options.
The crash reason is displayed above in reverse video. Use the
crash reson to find the relevant subsection of B.9, below.
B.8.1. Redisplaying the Crash Reason
If the crash reason is not visible as captured or if you can
print from the console, then follow the procedures in this
section to redisplay the crash reason and message. The crash
reasons and recovery procedures for each are described in section
B.9.
1. At the Crash menu, enter option 1 (Enter CLI):
Enter option [Boot STANDARD]: 1
Option 1 takes you to the CLI.
2. Enter x tombstone:
CLI> x tombstone
The console displays the Display Tombstone File menu:
Options are:
0 => Exit
1 => Display tombstone file 1
2 => Display tombstone file 2
3 => Display tombstone file 3
4 => Display tombstone file 4
3. Enter option 1 (Display tombstone file 1).
The four tombstone files act as a ring buffer with information
about the most recent crash always in file 1. After entering
option 1, you will see a message and menu like the one below:
78 May 1992 RATIONAL\f
Release D_12_6_5
Analysis of tombstone 1 dated - 12:44:52 24-FEB-92
Options are:
0 => DONE
1 => Show all
2 => Show last console output
3 => Show crash classifications
4 => Show restart output
5 => Show trace
6 => Show Cpu State
7 => Show queues
4. Enter option 4 (Show restart output).
The system displays the text shown in section B.4.
5. Make a note of the crash reason, which is indicated in reverse
video under the line of equal signs. These messages are
described in section B.9, below.
6. If your console is set up in such a way that you can easily
send its output to a file or printer and e-mail or fax the
output to the Rational Response Center, then:
* Enter option 1 (Show all).
* Capture the output in a file or send it to the printer.
If your console is not set up so that you can capture its
output, you can capture this information from the Environment
when your system is running again; see section B.11.
7. Enter option 0 (DONE).
The system returns you to the Display Tombstone File menu.
8. Enter option 0 (Exit).
The system returns you to the CLI> prompt.
9. Enter bye:
CLI> bye
The system returns you to the Crash menu.
10. Continue with section B.9, below. If you suspect disk
problems or encountered disk errors, also see section B.10.
11. Send the information you have gathered to the Rational
Response Center (see section B.12).
RATIONAL May 1992 79\f
Rational Environment Release Information
B.9. Common Crash Reasons and Responses
Once you have determined the crash reason (using the procedure
described in section B.8, above), you can continue recovering
from the crash.
Below are the common crash reasons, listed by number and message,
and the recovery actions for each.
B.9.1. Halt => System Error
From the Crash menu, enter option 6 (Boot STANDARD
configuration):
Enter option [Boot STANDARD] : 6
The system attempts to boot.
If your system will not boot, contact the Rational Response
Center for further instructions (see section B.12).
B.9.2. Halt => I/O Processor Hardware Error
Press the white button to reboot the machine. Choose the Boot
system or Boot STANDARD configuration options in any menus that
you encounter.
If the system still fails to boot or crashes again with the same
reason, call the Rational Response Center (see section B.12).
B.9.3. Halt => I/O Processor Software Error
Press the white button to reboot the machine. Choose the Boot
system or Boot STANDARD configuration options in any menus that
you encounter.
If the system still fails to boot or crashes again with the same
reason, call the Rational Response Center (see section B.12).
B.9.4. Halt => Processor Hardware Error
See section B.9.6, below.
B.9.5. Halt => Processor Multi Bit Memory Error
See section B.9.6, below.
80 May 1992 RATIONAL\f
Release D_12_6_5
B.9.6. Halt => Processor Sysbus Hardware Error
Run the confidence (microdiagnostic) and field-replaceable unit
(FRU) tests, by following the procedure below:
1. From the Crash menu, enter option 3 (Run the FRU tests):
Enter [Boot STANDARD] : 3
The system displays the FRU Main menu:
Rational R1000 FRU diagnostic driver
Initializing ...
Main menu
1 => Display cluster information
2 => Execute confidence test (microdiagnostic)
3 => Execute diagnostics
4 => Execute PM tests (not implemented yet)
5 => Margin cluster clocks/power
6 => Specify test options
7 => Repair assistance (model 100 CPU power control)
8 => Initialize processor state
0 => Exit
2. Enter option 2 (Execute confidence test (microdiagnostic)):
The system displays:
Preparing to run the microdiagnostic (uDIAG)
The long version stress tests the DRAMs but runs 2 minutes
longer
3. When prompted to run the long version, enter y:
Do you want to run the long version [N] ? y
The system displays several messages and returns you to the
FRU Main menu:
LOAD_HRAM_32_0.FIU ...
File : DIAG.M200_UCODE
Bound : November 15, 1989 13:02:00
Delta : RM:<MICROCODE.DIAG.IOC_DELTA>UCODE.DB.1
Mom : RM:<MICROCODE.DIAG.IOC_MOM>UCODE.DB.4
Loading Register Files and Dispatch Rams .... [OK]
Loading Control Store ............ [OK]
PREP_WRITE_REG.TYP...
Main menu
1 => Display cluster information
2 => Execute confidence test (microdiagnostic)
3 => Execute diagnostics
4 => Execute PM tests (not implemented yet)
5 => Margin cluster clocks/power
6 => Specify test options
7 => Repair assistance (model 100 CPU power control)
RATIONAL May 1992 81\f
Rational Environment Release Information
8 => Initialize processor state
0 => Exit
4. Enter option 3 (Execute diagnostics).
The system displays the Diagnostic execution menu:
Diagnostic execution menu
1 => Test the foreplane
2 => Run all tests
3 => Run all tests applicable to a given FRU (board)
4 => Run a specific test
0 => Return to main menu
5. Enter option 2 (Run all tests).
6. When prompted for the maximum test phase, enter 2:
Enter maximum test phase (1-3) : 2
The system displays a long series of messages, such as those
shown here:
Running FRU P1DCOMM...
...
Phase 1 passed
...
Phase 2 passed
After about 20 minutes, the system then returns you to the
Diagnostic execution menu.
If the system halts with an error, the test has failed; skip
to step 9.
7. Enter option 0 (Return to main menu).
The system returns you to the FRU Main menu.
8. Enter option 0 (Exit).
The system returns you to the Crash menu.
9. If either the confidence or the FRU tests failed, call the
Rational Response Center before attempting to reboot the
system (see section B.12).
If the confidence and FRU tests passed, enter option 6 (Boot
STANDARD configuration):
Enter [Boot STANDARD] : 6
The system attempts to continue booting.
82 May 1992 RATIONAL\f
Release D_12_6_5
B.9.7. Halt => Processor Microcode Error
See section B.9.10, below.
B.9.8. Halt => Processor Software Error
See section B.9.10, below.
B.9.9. Halt => Shutdown from Environment
This message indicates that the system was deliberatley shutdown
with the Operator.Shutdown command. If the system was shutdown
because of a problem, then see section B.9.10, below.
B.9.10. Halt => Processor Crash Error
1. Make a crash dump tape. Note: Even if your site does not allow
crash dump tapes to be sent to Rational, you should still make
the tape because it might be possible for someone to analyze
it at your site.
A. From the Crash menu, enter option 2 (Make a CRASHDUMP):
Enter option [Boot STANDARD] : 2
B. Mount a tape.
* If you have a 9-track tape drive, mount a 2,400-foot
9-track tape.
* If you have an 8-mm tape drive, mount an 8-mm tape
cartridge.
C. Make sure the tape is write-enabled.
* If you are using a 9-track tape, insert the
write-enable ring into the hub of the tape reel.
* If you are using an 8-mm tape, slide the write-protect
tab away from the center of the cartridge.
D. If your tape drive has a door, close it.
The system responds by displaying:
Tape unit number (0..3) [0] ?
E. Enter the unit number of your tape drive and press
[#Return#].
* If you are making the crash dump tape on a 9-track tape
drive, the tape drive is probably configured as Unit 0.
RATIONAL May 1992 83\f
Rational Environment Release Information
* If you are making a crash dump tape on an 8-mm tape
drive, the tape drive is probably configured as Unit 0
on a series 300 or 400 system or Unit 3 on a series 200
system.
F. The system may respond by displaying:
Tape density is currently 6250 BPI,
do you want to change it [N] ?
If so, verify the density setting.
* If you are using a 9-track tape drive, verify that its
density is set to 6,250 BPI.
* If you are using an 8-mm tape drive, the density is not
selectable.
G. Press [#Return#] to continue. The system responds by
displaying:
Volume Id, (1..6 characters) ?
H. Enter a six-character tape name (volume identification). For
example:
910704
I. When prompted for comments with a ) prompt, enter comments
that could help someone isolate or reproduce this problem.
Include the following in your comments:
* The machine's name and cluster ID.
* The date and time, using this format: 31 Mar 92 22:17.
* The reason the system started to reboot (found in the
reverse-video message and in the Restarting system
after ... message).
* The name of the company or organization that
owns/operates the R1000.
* The location of the R1000 installation.
* Your name.
* The information about the state of the machine and what
caused the problem that you have gathered so far
(except for the trace information).
J. End your comments by entering, on a new line, a second
right parenthesis next to the ) comment prompt.
For example:
84 May 1992 RATIONAL\f
Release D_12_6_5
) Mariner, 902469
) 31 Mar 92 22:17
) WCS TAGSTORE PARITY ERROR
) ACME Widgets, Inc.
) Rockville, MD
) J. Smith
)
) There were no users on the machine.
) A backup was in progress.
) There had been a power failure two hours earlier.
))
Several messages are displayed while the crash dump is
made. Wait for the crash dump to complete (about 15
minutes). The system automatically unloads your tape when
it is done.
After the system finishes making the tape, it returns you to
the Crash menu.
K. Prepare a label for the tape with the words "Crash Dump"
and the following items:
* The machine's name and cluster ID.
* The date and time, using this format: 31 Mar 92 22:17.
* Your site's configuration. This can be determined later
by executing the Show_Default command from the EEDB:
prompt.
* A brief, one-line summary of why the system started to
reboot.
* The CSR number, if you have one.
L. Dismount and store the tape as follows:
i. Remove the tape from the tape drive and put the label on
the 9-track tape reel (or on the 8-mm tape cartridge).
ii. Remove the write-enable ring from the 9-track tape reel
(or slide the write-protect tab toward the center of the
8-mm tape cartridge), thereby write-protecting the tape.
iii. Put the 9-track tape reel or (8-mm cartridge) in a
safe storage container.
At this point you have saved the volatile system state,
both in your observations and on the crash dump tape.
2. Enter option 6 (Boot STANDARD configuration):
Enter option [Boot STANDARD] : 6
RATIONAL May 1992 85\f
Rational Environment Release Information
The system attempts to continue booting.
3. Contact the Rational Response Center for instructions on
having your crash dump tape analyzed (see section B.12).
B.9.11. Machine Check (Parity Error)
This message indicates that there was a problem with the CPU
hardware. The confidence test may automatically run or the
Rational Response Center may be called via the modem. If the test
passes, the system may automatically reboot or display the Crash
menu, in which case you should enter 6 (Boot STANDARD
configuration) and press [#Return#]. If the confidence tests
fail, see section B.9.6.
B.9.12. Any Other Reason
Call the Rational Response Center (see section B.12).
If you are unable to reach someone, then:
1. From the Crash menu, enter option 2 (Make a CRASHDUMP):
Enter option [Boot STANDARD] : 2
The system requests that you load a tape, enter some
information, and then returns to the Crash menu (for more
details, see section B.9.10, above).
2. Run the confidence (microdiagnostic) and field-replaceable
unit (FRU) tests by following the instructions for "0205
Have_Sysbus_Hardware_Error" in section B.9.6, above.
3. If the confidence and FRU tests fail, call the Rational
Response Center (see section B.12).
Otherwise, attempt to reboot the system.
4. Fax or e-mail the information you have gathered to the
Rational Response Center (see section B.12).
B.10. If You Suspect Disk Errors
If there were any disk errors, or if you suspect disk problems,
run the disk exerciser (Diskx) and Checkdisk from the CLI.
B.10.1. Running Diskx
You should run the disk exerciser (Diskx) on all disks for at
least 5 minutes. Diskx is a read-and-write test, but it uses only
a small test area of each disk for writes, so it will not harm
86 May 1992 RATIONAL\f
Release D_12_6_5
user data on the disks.
To run Diskx:
1. Enter the CLI. To enter the CLI from the Crash menu, enter
option 1 (Enter CLI):
Enter option [Boot STANDARD] : 1
2. At the CLI> prompt, enter x diskx:
CLI> x diskx
3. Press the space bar to cause the latest output to be
displayed. Output similar to the following will appear:
u0 bytes=> 1246208 Soft=> 0 Hard=> 0 C=> 705 T=>
25 S=> 6
u1 bytes=> 1203200 soft=> 0 hard=> 0 C=> 73 T=>
14 S=> 8
u2 bytes=> 1206272 soft=> 0 hard=> 0 C=> 611 T=>
3 S=> 24
u3 bytes=> 1243208 soft=> 0 hard=> 0 C=> 634 T=>
11 S=> 10
4. Press [#Control#][#G#] to stop Diskx.
The system returns you to the CLI> prompt.
5. Write down the results and any messages where soft or hard
does not equal zero (0).
6. Enter bye to return to the Crash menu:
CLI> bye
B.10.2. Running Checkdisk
You should run Checkdisk on all disks or at least on each disk
you suspect.
Note: Checkdisk may take up to 30 minutes per disk per pass.
To run Checkdisk:
1. Enter the CLI. To enter the CLI from the Crash menu, enter
option 1 (Enter CLI):
Enter option [Boot STANDARD] : 1
2. At the CLI> prompt, enter x checkdisk:
CLI> x checkdisk
RATIONAL May 1992 87\f
Rational Environment Release Information
3. When prompted, request that only new errors be reported.
4. Run at least one pass. The system returns you to the CLI>
prompt.
5. Write down the HDA numbers.
6. Write down any other results.
7. Enter bye to return to the Crash menu:
CLI> bye
B.11. Recovering Crash Information from the Environment
If your console is not set up in such a way that you can capture
its output, you can obtain the crash information displayed in
section B.8 from the system error logs when the system boots.
To obtain the crash information from system error logs:
1. From an Environment command window, execute the following
command:
Operator.Internal_System_Diagnosis
The system opens an I/O window containing an EEDB: prompt.
2. Enter kernel and press [#Promote#]:
EEDB: kernel [#Promote#]
The system displays a Kernel: prompt.
3. Enter show_error_log and press [#Promote#]:
Kernel: show_error_log [#Promote#]
The system displays a range such as:
first entry => 1; last entry => 440
4. Enter the first entry of 1 and press [#Promote#]:
FIRST [-10]: 1 [#Promote#]
5. Enter the number of the last entry (here 440) and press
[#Promote#]:
LAST [-9]: 440 [#Promote#]
The system displays a message such as the following and
returns you to the Kernel: prompt:
88 May 1992 RATIONAL\f
Release D_12_6_5
11:59:29 --- CRASH_ANALYZER INFO Analysis for Tombstone dated
11:59:29 ... CRASH_ANALYZER INFO 11:27:52 22-JAN-1992
11:59:30 --- CRASH_ANALYZER INFO
11:59:30 --- CRASH_ANALYZER INFO CRASH REASON (based on last
micro-PC)
11:59:30 --- CRASH_ANALYZER INFO
-------------------------------------
11:59:30 --- CRASH_ANALYZER INFO 0206: cpu microcode error;
refer to
11:59:30 --- CRASH_ANALYZER INFO
11:59:30 --- CRASH_ANALYZER INFO LAST CONSOLE OUTPUT
11:59:31 --- CRASH_ANALYZER INFO -------------------
11:59:31 --- CRASH_ANALYZER INFO 2KREAD_NOVRAM_DATA.VAL
...
11:59:38 --- CRASH_ANALYZER INFO MACHINE CRASH, I/O ADAPTOR
11:59:38 --- CRASH_ANALYZER INFO Restarting system after
operations console
11:59:39 --- CRASH_ANALYZER INFO
11:59:39 --- CRASH_ANALYZER INFO R1000 cpu analysis
11:59:39 --- CRASH_ANALYZER INFO ------------------
11:59:39 --- CRASH_ANALYZER INFO UCODE TRACE (last 20 entries)
11:59:39 --- CRASH_ANALYZER INFO -----------------------------
11:59:40 --- CRASH_ANALYZER INFO Microcode trace for Wcs
version M207_17
11:59:40 --- CRASH_ANALYZER INFO 8A1
...
11:59:43 --- CRASH_ANALYZER INFO 34CF
11:59:43 --- CRASH_ANALYZER INFO 34D0
11:59:44 --- CRASH_ANALYZER INFO C 210
11:59:44 --- CRASH_ANALYZER INFO 206
11:59:44 --- CRASH_ANALYZER INFO
11:59:44 --- CRASH_ANALYZER INFO Micro Stack contents :
11:59:45 --- CRASH_ANALYZER INFO 0 - 34D0
...
11:59:47 --- CRASH_ANALYZER INFO 12 - 51F
11:59:48 --- CRASH_ANALYZER INFO 13 - 51F
11:59:48 --- CRASH_ANALYZER INFO 14 - 51F
11:59:48 --- CRASH_ANALYZER INFO 15 - 51F
11:59:48 --- CRASH_ANALYZER INFO
11:59:49 --- CRASH_ANALYZER INFO UCODE STATE
11:59:49 --- CRASH_ANALYZER INFO -----------
11:59:49 --- CRASH_ANALYZER INFO Top => 04350C04 00000A80
(15)
...
12:00:01 --- CRASH_ANALYZER INFO
Kernel:
6. Enter quit and press [#Promote#]:
Kernel: quit [#Promote#]
The system returns you to the EEDB: prompt.
7. Enter quit and press [#Promote#]:
RATIONAL May 1992 89\f
Rational Environment Release Information
EEDB: quit [#Promote#]
The system returns you to the Environment level.
8. Send to the Rational Response Center all the lines of the
system error log that have the words "Crash_Analyzer Info" in
them.
B.12. Contacting the Rational Response Center
Send the information you have gathered above to the Rational
Response Center in Santa Clara, California.
* Via e-mail (TCP/IP Internet):
support@rational.com
* Via fax (addressed to the "Response Center"):
+1-408-496-3636 or
+1-408-496-3637 (use this second number only if the first line
is down, not just busy)
Standard CCITT Group III telephone facsimile
9600 bps, automatic fall-back to 7200/4800/2400 bps
Unattended, 24-hour answering
* Via postal or other delivery service:
RATIONAL
Attention: Response Center
3320 Scott Boulevard
Santa Clara, California 95054-3197
USA
* Via telephone:
+1-408-496-3610 From anywhere
1-800-433-5444 From U.S. except California, Alaska, and Hawaii
1-800-533-5444 From California
90 May 1992 RATIONAL\f
Release D_12_6_5
Appendix C
Problem Reports Closed in D_12_6_5
D_12_6_5 closes many problem reports and customer-service
requests. The following two subsections list:
* Software problem reports closed
* Documentation problem reports closed
C.1. Software Problem Reports Closed
Table C-1 lists the problem reports closed by D_12_6_5. It
includes the PRS number of the problem, a brief description of
the problem, and the section of this release information in which
the problem is discussed in more detail (when applicable).
Table C-1 Software Problems Fixed by D_12_6_5
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
| PRS Number | PRS Summary |Secti|
| | | on |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|none |Csr5215: Internal_Error elaborating |7.6.2|
| |generics | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|none |Csr5260: Directory manager crash |7.15 |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|none |Csr5261: Directory manager crash |7.15 |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|none |Csr6016: Sequential_Io.Read does not |7.9 |
| |work | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|12729-Star |Kernel elaborator assumes exceptions fit|7.6.3|
| |in 48 bits | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|0-0301-9 |Add function to return if user is in a |6.1.2|
| |specified ACL group | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|0-0358-2 |Goal parameter for Cmvc.Make_Spec_View |7.16 |
| |is ignored for other directories | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|10270-Shei-Swb|Text of error message needs improvement |7.6.1|
-------------------------------------------------------------
RATIONAL May 1992 91\f
Rational Environment Release Information
Table C-1 Software Problems Fixed by D_12_6_5 (continued)
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
| PRS Number | PRS Summary |Secti|
| | | on |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|1000000-Sier- |Problem with attribute in record clause |7.6.1|
|Geb | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|1000001-Sier- |Access_List commands print incorrect |7.8 |
|Geb |symbols in logs | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|1000002-Sier- |Compilation used ::: for messages that |7.6 |
|Geb |should have --- | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|1140702-Gato- |Csr5310: Representation clause allowed |7.6.1|
|Gbd |after forcing occurrence | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|1711335-Gato- |Default expression on |7.11 |
|Gbd |System_Backup.Backup | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|1704151-Shei- |Error message: Reformat failed - please |7.1 |
|Jst |abandon image | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|1739656-Gato- |Csr6645: R1000 code generator fails with| |
|Gbd |!Lrm.System.Operand_Class_Error | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|2437110-Sier- |Parser/Pretty_Printer destroys an image |7.1 |
|Geb | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|2604297-Rati- |RXI tokens transfer during failed login |7.14.|
|Pbk | |2 |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|2617411-Gato- |Bad online documentation of |8.3 |
|Gbd |Reject_Undefined_Pragmas switch | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|2679572-Roge- |Ada bodies copied despite ACL |7.8 |
|Srp |restrictions | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
92 May 1992 RATIONAL\f
Release D_12_6_5
Table C-1 Software Problems Fixed by D_12_6_5 (continued)
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
| PRS Number | PRS Summary |Secti|
| | | on |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|2809652-Clem- |Cmvc.Make_Path is inflexible in its |7.16 |
|Jim |View_To_Import parameter | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|2949267-Etoi- |Definition on <*Program_Library> locks |7.6 |
|Hts |the program library | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|3068569-Cook- |Semantics bug |7.6.2|
|Swb | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|3289131-Gato- |Security problem: A way to find out user|7.4 |
|Bas |passwords | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|3336165-Shei- |Treatment of expression prompts in |7.7.2|
|Jst |semantics could be better | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|4123589-Blut- |RXI tokens are not consumed |7.14.|
|Jgp | |2 |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|4289272-Voya- |Login displays password-expiration |7.4 |
|Cmd |warning with wrong password | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|4967545-Voya- |Code generator fails when task entry is |7.6.2|
|Phil |promoted to coded | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|5172201-Cook- |Parser problem |7.1 |
|Swb | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|5360143-Rati- |Job.Kill is ignored by Common.Definition|7.4 |
|Jls | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|5367576-Blut- |Links.Edit and Display should require |7.8 |
|Smp |Owner access | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
RATIONAL May 1992 93\f
Rational Environment Release Information
Table C-1 Software Problems Fixed by D_12_6_5 (continued)
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
| PRS Number | PRS Summary |Secti|
| | | on |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|5700190-Etoi- |Compiler bugs: anomalies found when |7.6.1|
|Tnu |using representation clauses | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|6242437-Blut- |Typo in |7.15 |
|Vo |!Machine.Initialization.Rational. | |
| |Terminals | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|6265678-Sier- |Incremental edit fails invalidly |7.2 |
|Geb | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|6398339-Blut- |RXI tokens are consumed erroneously at |7.14.|
|Med |login |2 |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|6452721-Shei- |Problem with Ada.Make_Inline and |7.2 |
|Jst |Sm_Subunits attributes | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|6821610-Stan- |Compilation.Load generates semantically |7.6.3|
|Deg |incorrect spec | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|7030779-Zebr- |Format causes most of the image to be |7.1 |
|Lore |deleted | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|7039962-Sier- |Error message: Reformat failed - please |7.1 |
|Geb |abandon image | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|7135597-Gato- |Unsuccessful login message should not |6.4 |
|Gbd |include user name | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|7311575-Wash- |Cmvc.Initial is unfriendly |7.16 |
|Jim | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|7483032-Gato- |Field needs crash-dump tape tools in |7.13.|
|Jls |default Environment |1, B |
-------------------------------------------------------------
94 May 1992 RATIONAL\f
Release D_12_6_5
Table C-1 Software Problems Fixed by D_12_6_5 (continued)
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
| PRS Number | PRS Summary |Secti|
| | | on |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|7733953-Gato- |System-boot prompts and questions need |7.13.|
|Vnv |to be simplified |1, B |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|8068463-Mago- |Pretty printer bug |7.1 |
|Sdj | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|8277786-Voya- |Csr6102: System hangs; task |7.6.1|
|Bas |In_Wait_Service | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|9123690-0128-6|Code generator fails on unit that should|7.6.1|
| |never have been installed | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|9123690-0128-9|Private types and generic formals (LRM |7.6.1|
| |7.4.1 (4)) | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|9123690-0131-7|Options parameter for |7.6.4|
| |Program_Library.Verify not documented | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|9123690-0131-8|New Archive options not documented in |7.5 |
| |the specification | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|9123690-0133-9|Problem in restoring a system backup |7.11 |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|9123690-0134-5|Problem with Ada.Show_Unused and |7.2 |
| |enumeration literals | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|9123690-0135-8|Bad default parameter on |7.11 |
| |System_Backup.Backup | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|9123690-0136-8|Csr3956: Performance issue |7.7.1|
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|9123690-0138-2|"<IMAGE>" in a searchlist can crash the |7.4 |
| |Environment | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
RATIONAL May 1992 95\f
Rational Environment Release Information
Table C-1 Software Problems Fixed by D_12_6_5 (continued)
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
| PRS Number | PRS Summary |Secti|
| | | on |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|9123690-0142-3|Problem in installing a unit under |7.6.1|
| |Delta2 | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|9123690-0143-2|Suggested enhancements for coded units |7.7.2|
| |with statement prompts | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|9123690-0145-5|R1000 code generator fails with |7.6.2|
| |Constraint_Error (Variant) | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|9123690-0148-4|A way to find the sources that made |6.2.3|
| |Load_Proc is needed | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|9123690-0150-4|Bug in Library.Create |7.8 |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|9123690-0151-1|Csr4723: Private parts required to be |7.6.2|
| |open for generics | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|9123690-0152-5|Csr4741: System hangs |7.15 |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|9123690-0152-8|Csr4735: Bad compiler-error message |7.6.1|
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|9123690-0153-1|Csr4836: Compilation.Parse fails because| |
| |of excessive nesting | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|9123690-0155-0|Information for IOC NOVRAM is incorrect |7.15 |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|9123690-0155-1|Pm_Report calls fails to get IOC NOVRAM |7.15 |
| |information | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|9123690-0155-9|Load_Proc Compute_Recoding does not | |
| |behave properly | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
96 May 1992 RATIONAL\f
Release D_12_6_5
Table C-1 Software Problems Fixed by D_12_6_5 (continued)
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
| PRS Number | PRS Summary |Secti|
| | | on |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|9123690-0156-3|Csr4845: Problem in installing package |7.6.1|
| |with renames | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|9123690-0156-6|Csr4971: Cmvc.Make_Spec_View has |7.16 |
| |problems | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|9123690-0156-7|Csr4786: All work lost after doing |7.1 |
| |Common.Format | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|9123690-0157-9|Csr5005: Problem with error marks |7.6.1|
| |disappearing | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|9123690-0158-6|Suggested enhancement: Improved |7.11 |
| |operations for verifying system backup | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|9123690-0159-0|Csr4740: Runaway jobs and disk space |7.3.1|
| |problems | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|9123690-0159-1|Csr5142: Runaway jobs and disk space |7.3.1|
| |problems | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|9123690-0160-1|Csr4788: 8-mm tape will not unload after|6.2.2|
| |aborted backup | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|9123690-0160-3|Csr4168: Attempt to reference offset | |
| |above TOS | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|9123690-0160-7|Csr4626: Debug_Tools.Get_Exception_Name |7.3 |
| |fails if Retain_Delta1_Compatibility is | |
| |False | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|9123690-0161-1|Dependency Object Editor demotes in |7.2 |
| |incorrect order | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
RATIONAL May 1992 97\f
Rational Environment Release Information
Table C-1 Software Problems Fixed by D_12_6_5 (continued)
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
| PRS Number | PRS Summary |Secti|
| | | on |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|9123690-0163-9|Csr5454: Definition fails on generic |7.1 |
| |instantiations | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|9123690-0164-4|Port 16 dies after five minutes of use |7.15 |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|9123690-0165-3|Csr5501: Definition on exception takes |7.1 |
| |you nowhere | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|9123690-0165-6|Csr5588: Analyze_Crashdump runs all |7.12.|
| |night |2 |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|9123690-0165-8|Csr5559: Xon/Xoff port 16 does not work |7.15 |
| |for Series 300s or 400s | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|9123690-0166-0|Editor jobs cannot be killed |7.4 |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|9123690-0166-5|Remote passwords should be able to be |7.4 |
| |used from *SYSTEM jobs | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|9123690-0166-6|Csr5666: Unhandled-exception program |7.6.2|
| |error | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|9123690-0167-7|Csr5538: Assertion_Error from locally | |
| |renamed private type | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|9123690-0168-1|Csr5723: Elaboration of Unbounded_String|7.6.3|
| |bombs in D_12_5_0 | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|9123690-0168-2|Csr5773: Print command ignores option |7.10 |
| |for sets of Ada units | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|9123690-0168-8|Csr5710: Problem exists with FTP queues |7.10 |
-------------------------------------------------------------
98 May 1992 RATIONAL\f
Release D_12_6_5
Table C-1 Software Problems Fixed by D_12_6_5 (continued)
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
| PRS Number | PRS Summary |Secti|
| | | on |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|9123690-0169-0|Csr5707: Definition problem with |7.1 |
| |exception defined in generic | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|9123690-0169-8|Invalid rename statement not detected by|7.6.1|
| |compiler | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|9123690-0171-3|Csr5841: CMVC problems with D_12_5_0 |7.16 |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|9123690-0171-8|Csr5650: Unsatisfiable import |7.6.3|
| |requirements | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|9123690-0172-6|Csr5917: Jobs hang on quit (IN FA |7.3.1|
| |QUEUE); debugger hangs | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|9123690-0173-8|Csr5990: Log_Reader.Load_Logs always |7.15 |
| |adds today's log | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|9123690-0175-9|Code vanishes when [#Format#] is pressed|7.1 |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|9123690-0180-7|Csr4844: Semantic errors with valid |7.6.1|
| |representation clause | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|9123690-0181-8|Csr6261: Semanticizing problem; image |7.1 |
| |destroyed | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|9213690-0183-3|Csr6091: System hangs, idle; Job 4 stuck|7.3.1|
| |attempting entry | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|9176782-Gato- |Problem with Check_Universe_Acls and |7.15 |
|Gbd |system access to | |
| |!Machine.Inititalization | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|9723630-0011-5|No function exists to check if User_Id |6.1.2|
| |is in a group | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
RATIONAL May 1992 99\f
Rational Environment Release Information
Table C-1 Software Problems Fixed by D_12_6_5 (continued)
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
| PRS Number | PRS Summary |Secti|
| | | on |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|9723630-0025-8|Login sequence: Welcome output before |6.4.2|
| |username prompt | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|9723630-0074-7|A way to modify the login banner should |6.4.1|
| |be added | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|9723630-0120-7|!Commands.Dependents.Find consumes |7.2 |
| |actions | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|9723630-0122-0|Cannot browse to generic type |7.1 |
| |declarations | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|9924694-Mago- |Bug in incremental semantics |7.2 |
|Sdj | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
Table C-2 lists the problem reports that have been investigated
and closed because of one of the following reasons: the problem
could not be reproduced in D_12_6_5; the problem has been fixed
in a previous Environment release; there is not enough
information about the problem to proceed.
Table C-2 Not Reproducible in D_12_6_5
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
| PRS Number | PRS Summary |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|6583-Star |Unhandled exception in R1000 code generator |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|6705-Star |Anomaly in Search_List and name resolution |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|12676-Star |Unhandled exception during code generation of |
| |variant records |
-------------------------------------------------------------
100 May 1992 RATIONAL\f
Release D_12_6_5
Table C-2 Not Reproducible in D_12_6_5 (continued)
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
| PRS Number | PRS Summary |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|0-0004-1 |Interface crash |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|0-0174-0 |Problem with access controls on release tapes |
| |of the Environment |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|0-0192-3 |Incremental promote fails for function |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|0-0245-0 |Tape automatically unloaded |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|0-0245-3 |Add_To_Acl interface needed |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|0-0245-8 |Problem with verification of backup tapes |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|0-0264-4 |Error promoting an anonymous Ada object from |
| |archived state |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|0-0297-1 |Use clause removed |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|0-0298-3 |Several Archive.Copy procedures in one job |
| |often fail |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|0-0311-2 |Illegal links are not detected |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|1013207-Zebr- |Load_Procs do not archive well |
|Jim | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|1460343-Sier- |Promoting modified activity results in |
|Geb |Lock_Error |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|1516292-Wash- |Inability to find cause of Storage_Error |
|Jim | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
RATIONAL May 1992 101\f
Rational Environment Release Information
Table C-2 Not Reproducible in D_12_6_5 (continued)
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
| PRS Number | PRS Summary |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|1773909-Shei- |New Print command dies on Ada unit |
|Jst | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|1934610-Wash- |Networking will talk but will not listen |
|Jim | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|2300105-Shei- |Problem with Archive.Copy and session switches|
|Jst | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|2465646-Mago- |Unhandled exception in code generation |
|Sdj | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|2474799-Wash- |Exception encountered during |
|Jim |R1000_Code_Generator.Initialize |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|2606070-Rati- |Links.Delete does not accept wildcards |
|Jls | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|2785456-Wood- |Unhandled exception from the Core Editor |
|Peg | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|2823763-Jazm- |Windows larger than 80 columns wide occur in |
|Smc |RXI |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|29236-Capi-Ray|Problem with activity when spec/load views are|
| |on different lines |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|3036900-Wash- |Inconsistency in Common.Promote and |
|Jim |Ada.Code_Unit |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|3330141-Clem- |Problem with Archive.Copy and |
|Jmk |!Machine.Tcp_Ip_Name_Server |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|345551-Zebr- |Editor.Char.Tab_Backward does not work on |
|Jim |empty space |
-------------------------------------------------------------
102 May 1992 RATIONAL\f
Release D_12_6_5
Table C-2 Not Reproducible in D_12_6_5 (continued)
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
| PRS Number | PRS Summary |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|3560244-Pica- |Debugger cannot show locations of breakpoints |
|Jim | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|3758781-Wood- |Nonexistent_Page_Error after user interrupt |
|Jim | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|3780027-Rati- |Window commands do not accept numeric |
|Jls |arguments |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|4452630-Calv- |Changed option of Archive no longer seems to |
|Jim |work |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|4489106-Shei- |Problem with Activity Editor selections |
|Jst | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|4697876-Gato- |Csr5082: Index error for |
|Gbd |Name_Gen.Importing.Note_Used_Imports |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|4761811-Roge- |RXI seems to hang/break R1000 connection |
|Smc | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|4971889-Clem- |Common.Promote only does Format |
|Jim | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|5250100-Zebr- |Assertion_Error deletes Load_Proc |
|Jim | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|5384534-Smau- |Queue.Display does not end its line in the |
|Phil |message window |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|5390266-Blut- |Problem with Time_Utilities and Log.Put_Line |
|Smp |around midnight |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|6123643-Rang- |Generic instantiation fails (error in checking|
|Oper |array bounds) |
-------------------------------------------------------------
RATIONAL May 1992 103\f
Rational Environment Release Information
Table C-2 Not Reproducible in D_12_6_5 (continued)
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
| PRS Number | PRS Summary |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|6194736-Roge- |RWI cursor gets confused by a command window |
|Smc |attached to a message window |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|6517153-Flor- |Problem using Set_Target_Key with '?' |
|Jst | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|6801458-Gato- |Editor error after [#Object#] - [#G#] |
|Jls |performed on message window |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|6862896-Blut- |Output to message window is lost for most |
|Smp |commands |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|7067816-Wash- |Disappearing procedure and Ada.Install_Stub |
|Jim | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|7102190-Zebr- |Problem in compilation |
|Jim | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|7245446-Voya- |Editor exception is using screen cursors |
|Jim | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|7677278-Cook- |File_Utilities.Find/Text_Coupler (?): Bad |
|Jst |error message |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|7746569-Pica- |Console_Io does not appear |
|Jim | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|778583-Voya_ |RWI does not always redraw correctly |
|Drl | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|7821978-Clem- |Resolving "<TEXT>" fails |
|Marl | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|7872950-Shei- |Ada front-end bug |
|Swb | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
104 May 1992 RATIONAL\f
Release D_12_6_5
Table C-2 Not Reproducible in D_12_6_5 (continued)
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
| PRS Number | PRS Summary |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|8181636-Shei- |Archive option Changed_Objects not working |
|Jst | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|9123690-0126-0|Csr2952: System_Report.Generate (Tape_Mounts) |
| |crossing 12 P.M. |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|9123690-0128-7|Crashes that look like Operator shutdown of |
| |system occur |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|9123690-0132-1|Csr3614: Primary backup hangs after recovery |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|9123690-0132-2|Problem with remote-password prompt window |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|9123690-0138-1|System crashes when rebooting |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|9123690-0138-5|Delta2 Cmvc.Initial complains about ACLs |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|9123690-0140-0|Csr3985: RXI does not pick up defaults file |
| |for menu fonts |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|9123690-0140-6|*Kernel Shutdown should be removed from Kernel|
| |CI |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|9123690-0140-8|Csr4067: Duplicate error logs created by |
| |reboot server |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|9123690-0143-3|Csr4075: System hung |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|9123690-0144-8|Csr4327: Error message no tokens available is |
| |incorrect |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|9123690-0146-2|Cmvc.Show, Check_In, and Check_Out will not |
| |raise exceptions |
-------------------------------------------------------------
RATIONAL May 1992 105\f
Rational Environment Release Information
Table C-2 Not Reproducible in D_12_6_5 (continued)
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
| PRS Number | PRS Summary |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|9123690-0146-5|Csr4470: User Rational is using |
| |layered-product tokens |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|9123690-0149-1|Cannot demote or promote unit(s) from |
| |installed state |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|9123690-0150-9|Csr4572: Bug in Transport_Interchange.Convert |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|9123690-0151-5|Reject_Inevitable_Exceptions rejects correct |
| |code |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|9123690-0154-1|Machine appears stuck (IN_FA_QUEUE) |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|9123690-0154-3|Csr4934: Delayed secondary backup does not |
| |delay |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|9123690-0155-5|Compiler: Type Identity has an index with |
| |different bounds |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|9123690-0156-4|Csr4655: Problem with PM report |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|9123690-0156-5|Unexpected exception |
| |R1000_Code_Generator.Initialize during boot |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|9123690-0157-3|Csr5058: Internal error: Unsatisfiable import |
| |requirement |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|9123690-0158-0|Csr5077: Check_Universe_Acls results in |
| |unhandled exception |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|9123690-0159-2|Problem with derived type of String |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|9123690-0159-7|Csr5174: Wrong profile used |
-------------------------------------------------------------
106 May 1992 RATIONAL\f
Release D_12_6_5
Table C-2 Not Reproducible in D_12_6_5 (continued)
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
| PRS Number | PRS Summary |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|9123690-0161-8|Csr5042: Installing a unit returns Spec of |
| |with ... |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|9123690-0165-5|Csr5540: Missing Controlled_Operations in |
| |D_12_5_0 |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|9123690-0174-6|Csr2242: Cmvc.Make_Path does not work with |
| |archived units |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|9123690-0176-9|Bug in package Window_Io |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|9123690-0178-2|Archive fails to restore because of bad |
| |Tool_State switches |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|9123690-0178-3|Diff never completes in Cmvc.Check_In |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|9123690-0178-4|!Lrm.System.Operand_Class_Error and |
| |Illegal_Reference raised |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|9123690-0178-8|Code-generation error |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|9123690-0178-9|Semantically incorrect Ada unit executable on |
| |Rational |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|9123690-0179-0|Library.Create_World can create an incorrect |
| |world |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|9123690-0180-1|Error during incremental changes |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|9123690-0180-3|Disable_Job does not work from Kernel prompt |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|9445015-Shei- |Editing switch files without proper ACLs locks|
|Dian |switch file |
-------------------------------------------------------------
RATIONAL May 1992 107\f
Rational Environment Release Information
Table C-2 Not Reproducible in D_12_6_5 (continued)
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
| PRS Number | PRS Summary |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|9723630-0009-2|Ugly message logged on demote |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|9723630-0021-9|Problem with accepting changes between |
| |different subpaths |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|9723630-0023-8|Cmvc.Accept_Changes bug |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|9723630-0090-5|Erasedisk should be modified to allow |
| |different number of passes |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|9723630-0096-2|Crash during D_12_1_1 installation with |
| |message kernel assert failure |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|9723630-0114-1|Archive.Restore giving layout error |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
|9723630-0123-0|Csr2410: Editor job hogs CPU |
-------------------------------------------------------------
C.2. Documentation Problem Reports Closed
Table C-3 lists the problems reports that have been closed by the
release of new online and printed documentation for the Session
and Job Management (SJM), Library Management (LM), and System
Management Utilities (SMU) books of the Rational Environment
Reference Manual (ERM). The table includes the PRS number of the
problem, a brief description of the problem, and the document in
which the problem has been fixed. All problems indicated as fixed
in a specific document also have been fixed in online help.
108 May 1992 RATIONAL\f
Release D_12_6_5
Table C-3 Documentation Problems Fixed by D_12_6_5
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
| PRS Number | PRS Summary |Book |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|5653-Star |Problem with |DEB |
| |!Tools.Debug_Tools.Get_Exception_Name | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|5742-Star |Debugger documentation for Put is |DEB |
| |inaccurate | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|6559-Star |Debugger documentation has an error |DEB |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|7025-Star |Newly created session defaults need |SJM |
| |documentation | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|7074-Star |Package descriptions lack an overview of|SJM, |
| |package contents |LM, |
| | |SMU |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|9759-Star |Maximum for Job_Page_Limit is not |SJM, |
| |documented |LM |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|10138-Star |Default parameter value for Profile.Warn|SJM |
| |is incorrect | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|10240-Star |Description of Library.Space does not |LM |
| |match the specification | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|10522-Star |Documentation for Overwrite option of |LM |
| |Archive.Restore is incorrect | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|10557-Star |Documentation for Compilation.Load is |LM |
| |insufficient | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|11456-Star |Typo on page SMU-1 |SMU |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|12059-Star |Documentation for pragma Main and pragma|LM |
| |Loaded_Main is insufficient | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
RATIONAL May 1992 109\f
Rational Environment Release Information
Table C-3 Documentation Problems Fixed by D_12_6_5 (continued)
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
| PRS Number | PRS Summary |Book |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|0-0244-9 |Documentation for Overwrite option of |LM |
| |Archive commands is incorrect | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|0-0282-4 |Misleading documentation on page LM-316 |LM |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|0-0282-7 |Documentation of the File, Directory, |SMU |
| |and Ada daemons is incorrect | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|0-0284-2 |No error message is given when |LM |
| |Archive.Copy is used on nonexistent | |
| |objects | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|0-0317-9 |Description of |LM |
| |Format.Consistent_Breaking library | |
| |switch has an error | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|0-0334-5 |Example on page SMU-38 is incorrect |SMU |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|0-0358-6 |Online help for |SMU |
| |!Commands.Terminal.Set_Logoff_On_ | |
| |Disconnect is incorrect | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|1495461-Gato- |Online help for Mail session switches is|Onlin|
|Rjg |missing |e |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|2023294-Roge- |Reject_Undefined_Pragmas library switch |Onlin|
|Jaf |displays incorrect help |e |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|3201747-Voya- |Documentation of interaction of |SMU |
|Phil |Enable_Privileges and editors is | |
| |inadequate | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|729632-Gato- |Documentation is incorrect for Overwrite|LM |
|Vnv |option of Archive | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
110 May 1992 RATIONAL\f
Release D_12_6_5
Table C-3 Documentation Problems Fixed by D_12_6_5 (continued)
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
| PRS Number | PRS Summary |Book |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|8466957-Rati- |Suggested enhancement to documentation |LM |
|Jls |for package Archive | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|8594091-Rati- |Incorrect explanation for |SJM |
|Pbk |Session.Prompt_Delimiters session switch| |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|8692100-Gato- |Online help crossed for |Onlin|
|Mpr |Session.Window_Frames and |e |
| |Window_Default_Sort_Order session | |
| |switches | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|9123690-0131-5|Dcoumentation is insufficient for prefix|LM |
| |expressions in Archive | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|9123690-0131-9|Operator.Enable_Privileges does not work|SMU |
| |for members of group Privileged | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|9123690-0136-2|Csr3923: Documentation is insufficient |Secti|
| |for enabling a laser printer |on A |
| | |and |
| | |SMU |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|9123690-0137-2|Csr3975: Session.Search_Regular_Expr |SJM |
| |session switch does not work | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|9123690-0166-4|Csr5617: Session switches do not apply |SJM |
| |when Ftp.Get is run under *SYSTEM | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|9723630-0021-2|Format.Alignment_Threshold switch |LM |
| |description is insufficient | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|9723630-0036-0|No documentation exists for Host |SMU |
| |parameter of Queue.Add | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|9723630-0058-1|Documentation is incorrect for |SJM |
| |Log.Set_Output and Log.Set_Error | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
RATIONAL May 1992 111\f
Rational Environment Release Information
Table C-3 Documentation Problems Fixed by D_12_6_5 (continued)
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
| PRS Number | PRS Summary |Book |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
|9723630-0099-2|Spec and documentation for Tape.Write do|SMU |
| |not match | |
-------------------------------------------------------------
112 May 1992 RATIONAL\f
Release D_12_6_5
Contents
1. Overview 1
2. Supported Configurations and Upgrades 2
3. Compatibility 3
4. Upgrade Impact 5
4.1. Impact of Specification Changes 6
4.1.1. Upgrading from D_12_5_0 6
4.1.2. Upgrading from D_12_2_4 6
4.1.3. Upgrading from D_12_1_1 7
4.2. Impact of Implementation Changes 7
5. Known Problems and Limitations 7
5.1. Problem Installing the Cross-Development Facility 8
5.2. Errors Reported When Archiving Switch Files to
Non-D_12_6_5 Machines 10
5.3. Limitation in Archiving between Machines Running
Different Releases 10
5.4. Problem with Record Representation Clauses and
Long_Integer Type 11
5.5. Problem Using DFS Tools with Coprocessors 11
5.6. Problems with Documentation Tools 11
5.7. Problem When Initializing Session Switch Files 12
6. New Environment Interfaces 12
6.1. New Declarations in Package Access_List_Tools 12
6.1.1. Function Grants 13
6.1.2. Function Is_In_Group 13
6.1.3. Function Is_Valid_Group 13
6.1.4. Procedure Remove 13
6.1.5. Procedure Set 14
6.1.6. Procedure Set_Default 14
6.2. New Procedures in System_Maintenance Subsystem 14
6.2.1. Procedure Last_Gasp_Destroy 14
6.2.2. Procedure Release_Tape_User 15
6.2.3. Procedure Show_Load_Proc_Unit_Names 15
6.2.4. Procedure Show_Tape_Users 16
6.3. New Features in Package Dfs 16
6.3.1. Support Tools 17
6.3.2. Dfs_Release File 17
6.4. New Login_Policy World 18
6.4.1. Establishing a Login Policy 18
6.4.2. Specifying the Login Message 20
6.5. New Telnet_Tools Subsystem 21
6.6. Products Now Delivered with the Environment 21
6.6.1. Rational X-Interface and Windows-Interface 21
6.6.2. Documentation Tools 22
7. Changes from D_12_5_0 22
7.1. Changes to Package Common 23
7.2. Changes to Editing Ada Units 23
7.3. Changes to Debugging 24
7.3.1. Quitting While the Debugger is Running 24
7.4. Changes to Session and Job Management 25
7.5. Archive Changes 25
7.5.1. Copying Ada Units with Subobjects 25
7.5.2. Archiving Library Switch Files 26
RATIONAL May 1992 iii\f
Rational Environment Release Information
7.6. Compilation Changes 26
7.6.1. Installing Units 26
7.6.2. Coding Units 28
7.6.3. Loading and Executing Units 29
7.6.4. Program Libraries 30
7.7. Changes to Library Switches 30
7.7.1. New Switch: Semantics.Limit_Semantic_Messages 30
7.7.2. New Switch: Semantics.Reject_Statement_Prompts 31
7.7.3. Change to Default Value of
R1000_Cg.Retain_Delta1_Compatibility Switch 31
7.8. Changes to Other Library Management Facilities 32
7.9. Changes to Device Input and Output 33
7.10. Changes to Printing 33
7.11. Changes to System Backups 33
7.12. Changes to the Diagnostic File System (DFS) 34
7.12.1. Renamed Procedures 34
7.12.2. Analyze_Crashdump Prompts for Input 34
7.13. Changes to Crash Analysis 34
7.13.1. Changes to the Crash Analysis Procedures 34
7.13.2. Change to Crashdumps and Tombstones 35
7.14. Changes to Token Policies 35
7.14.1. Transferring Tokens between Series 400 and 300 35
7.14.2. Token Changes to RXI 37
7.15. Miscellaneous Changes to System Management 37
7.16. Changes to CMVC 38
7.17. Update to !Tools.Math_Support 39
7.18. Miscellaneous Changes 39
7.18.1. Change to Library_Object_Editor 39
7.18.2. Change to Code_Segment_Object_Editor 40
8. Documentation 40
8.1. New Printed Documentation 40
8.2. New Online Documentation 41
8.3. New Help for Switches 41
8.3.1. Session Switches 42
8.3.2. Library Switches 42
A Guide to Machine Initialization 43
A.1. Overview 43
A.1.1. World !Machine.Initialization.Rational 44
A.1.2. Worlds !Machine.Initialization.[Site,Local] 45
A.2. Setting Up the Site and Local Worlds 47
A.3. Hints for Implementing System Customizations 48
A.3.1. Writing Customized Initialization Procedures 48
A.3.2. Using "_Start" Files to Reference Initialization
Procedures 49
A.3.3. Controlling the Order of Execution 51
A.3.4. Customizing Disk-Collection Thresholds 52
A.4. Enabling and Configuring Login Ports 52
A.4.1. Enabling Ports for Login 53
A.4.2. Customizing Port Characteristics 54
A.4.3. A Sample Terminal_Configuration File 56
A.4.4. Terminal-Configuration Options 57
A.5. Configuring Printers 60
A.5.1. Where to Specify Printer Information 61
A.5.2. Adding Entries to a Printer_Configuration File 62
A.5.3. Specifying a Directly Connected Printer 64
iv May 1992 RATIONAL\f
Release D_12_6_5
A.5.4. Specifying a Networked Printer 64
A.5.5. Specifying an Environment File 65
A.5.6. Specifying a Workstation Directory 66
A.5.7. Associating Default Printers with Individual
Users69
B Diagnostic Crash Procedures 71
B.1. Introduction 71
B.2. When Your System Crashes 71
B.3. Using These Diagnostic Crash Procedures 72
B.4. Saving Information about the System State 72
B.5. Crash due to Power Failure 74
B.5.1. Indication of Power Failure 74
B.5.2. Recovering from Power Failure 74
B.6. Crash due to Overheating 75
B.6.1. Indications of Overheating 76
B.6.2. Recovering from Overheating 76
B.7. Displays "Connect Modem" Message and Hangs 77
B.7.1. Indications of "Failure to Connect Modem" 77
B.8. Other System Failures 77
B.8.1. Redisplaying the Crash Reason 78
B.9. Common Crash Reasons and Responses 80
B.9.1. Halt => System Error 80
B.9.2. Halt => I/O Processor Hardware Error 80
B.9.3. Halt => I/O Processor Software Error 80
B.9.4. Halt => Processor Hardware Error 80
B.9.5. Halt => Processor Multi Bit Memory Error 80
B.9.6. Halt => Processor Sysbus Hardware Error 81
B.9.7. Halt => Processor Microcode Error 83
B.9.8. Halt => Processor Software Error 83
B.9.9. Halt => Shutdown from Environment 83
B.9.10. Halt => Processor Crash Error 83
B.9.11. Machine Check (Parity Error) 86
B.9.12. Any Other Reason 86
B.10. If You Suspect Disk Errors 86
B.10.1. Running Diskx 86
B.10.2. Running Checkdisk 87
B.11. Recovering Crash Information from the Environment 88
B.12. Contacting the Rational Response Center 90
C Problem Reports Closed in D_12_6_5 91
C.1. Software Problem Reports Closed 91
C.2. Documentation Problem Reports Closed 108
RATIONAL May 1992 v\f
Rational Environment Release Information
vi May 1992 RATIONAL\f
%!PS-Adobe-2.0
%%Title: !DOCUMENTATION.RELEASE_NOTES.DELTA3_0.DEVEL_WORKING.UNITS.TRIGGER'V(30)
%%Creator: COMPOSE 10.7.12
%%CreationDate: May 20, 1992 at 1:18:15 PM
%%For: JAF_QUIET
%%Pages: (atend)
%%DocumentFonts: (atend)
%%EndComments
/SelectFont {findfont exch dup neg 0 0 3 -1 roll 0 0 MAT astore makefont setfont} bind def
/BeginPage {/State save def /INITIAL-MATRIX matrix currentmatrix def 1 -1 scale 0.5 setlinewidth} bind def
/PositionPage {{-90 rotate pop} {0 exch neg translate} ifelse} bind def
/EndPage {State restore showpage} def
/WS {0 32 4 -1 roll widthshow} bind def
/MX {0 rmoveto} bind def
/LTAB {gsave exch (.) stringwidth pop sub exch {dup 2 div dup 0 rmoveto (.) show 0 rmoveto} repeat pop grestore} bind def
/MAT matrix def
/FINDSCALE {gsave newpath 0 0 moveto (X) false charpath
flattenpath pathbbox /CAPHEIGHT exch def pop pop pop newpath 0 0 moveto
(x) false charpath flattenpath pathbbox /XHEIGHT exch def pop pop pop
grestore XHEIGHT CAPHEIGHT XHEIGHT sub 3 div add CAPHEIGHT div } bind def
/CAP-ENCODING [ StandardEncoding aload pop ] def
8#141 1 8#172 {CAP-ENCODING exch dup 1 string dup 0 4 -1 roll 8#40 sub put cvn put} for
/COPYFONT {dup length dict /TMPDICT exch def {1 index /FID ne {TMPDICT 3 1 roll put} {pop pop} ifelse } forall TMPDICT }bind def
/SYM {save exch /newfont currentfont maxlength dict def currentfont
{exch dup /FID ne {dup /Encoding eq {exch dup length array copy newfont 3 1 roll put}
{exch newfont 3 1 roll put} ifelse } {pop pop} ifelse} forall
newfont /Encoding get 8#377 3 -1 roll put /NEWFONT newfont definefont setfont
(\377) show restore} bind def
%%EndProlog
%%Page: 1 1
BeginPage
792 false PositionPage
72 72 moveto
20 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( ) show
116.630 328 moveto
(Rational Environment Release Information) show
227.560 372 moveto
(Release D_12_6_5) show
72 756 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( ) show
EndPage
%%Page: 2 2
BeginPage
792 false PositionPage
72 72 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( ) show
72 144 moveto
(Copyright ) show
/copyright SYM 7.470 MX
( 1992 by Rational) show
72 192 moveto
(Part Number: 508-003207-006) show
72 216 moveto
(May 1992 \050Software Release D_12_6_5\051) show
72 540 moveto
9 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(IBM is a registered trademark and RISC System/6000 is a trademark of International Business Machines Corporation.) show
72 562 moveto
(PostScript is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated.) show
72 584 moveto
(Rational and R1000 are registered trademarks and Rational Environment is a trademark of Rational.) show
72 606 moveto
(Sun Workstation is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems, Inc.) show
72 628 moveto
(UNIX is a registered trademark of UNIX System Laboratories, Inc.) show
287.480 688 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Rational) show
259.660 700 moveto
(3320 Scott Boulevard) show
229.255 712 moveto
(Santa Clara, California 95054-3197) show
72 756 moveto
( ) show
EndPage
%%Page: 1 3
BeginPage
792 false PositionPage
72 36 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
389.560 MX
(Release D_12_6_5) show
72 76 moveto
15 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(1. Overview) show
72 100 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(The D_12_6_5 release of the Rational Environment) show
/trademark SYM 10.769 MX
( is primarily a maintenance release that:) show
72 124 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Fixes a large number of problems from previous releases, enabling existing commands to) show
96 137 moveto
(work correctly. Some of these fixes introduce new features \050see section 6\051; other fixes) show
96 150 moveto
(involve changed features \050see section 7\051.) show
96 168 moveto
(Efforts to fix problems have been focused in:) show
96 186 moveto
(\261) show
18.500 MX
(System reliability.) show
120 204 moveto
(Several problems that could cause the Environment to crash have been fixed; and the) show
120 217 moveto
(Environment has been made more robust in many \050previously fatal\051 error conditions.) show
96 235 moveto
(\261) show
18.500 MX
(The Ada compilation system.) show
120 253 moveto
(In select cases, some changes may cause code that used to compile to no longer) show
120 266 moveto
(compile. For details, see section 7.6.) show
72 284 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Changes the default value of the R1000_Cg.Retain_Delta1_Compatibility library switch) show
96 297 moveto
(\050from True to False\051 so that, by default, the R1000 code generator takes advantage of) show
96 310 moveto
(numerous features and bug fixes introduced in the D_12_1_1 compiler. These features and) show
96 323 moveto
(bug fixes may cause the code generator to emit code that is not compatible with releases) show
96 336 moveto
(prior to D_12_1_1; see section 7.7.) show
72 354 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Introduces various new Environment interfaces, including:) show
96 372 moveto
(\261) show
18.500 MX
(New procedures and functions in packages Access_List_Tools, System_Maintenance,) show
120 385 moveto
(and Dfs; see sections 6.1, 6.2, and 6.3.) show
96 403 moveto
(\261) show
18.500 MX
(A new world \050!Machine.Login_Policy\051, in which you can place subprograms and files) show
120 416 moveto
(that control login policies and messages; see section 6.4.) show
96 434 moveto
(\261) show
18.500 MX
(A new subsystem \050!Tools.Telnet_Tools\051, which provides tools for writing programs) show
120 447 moveto
(that use the Environment's networking facilities; see section 6.5.) show
72 465 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Delivers the Documentation Tools, Rational X Interface \050RXI\051, and Rational Windows) show
96 478 moveto
(Interface \050RWI\051 products with the standard Environment. Product authorization tokens are) show
96 491 moveto
(no longer required to use these products. See sections 3 and 7.14.) show
72 509 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Introduces three expanded and up-to-date volumes of the) show
11 /Palatino-Italic SelectFont
( Rational Environment Reference) show
96 522 moveto
(Manual) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(:) show
96 540 moveto
(\261) show
18.500 MX
(Volume 4: Session and Job Management \050SJM\051) show
96 558 moveto
(\261) show
18.500 MX
(Volume 5: Library Management \050LM\051) show
96 576 moveto
(\261) show
18.500 MX
(Volume 10: System Management Utilities \050SMU\051) show
96 594 moveto
(New online help is also provided for each of the packages described in these books; see) show
96 607 moveto
(section 8.) show
72 631 moveto
11 /Palatino-BoldItalic SelectFont
(Note:) show
11 /Palatino-Italic SelectFont
( This release information can be found in the !Machine.Release.Release_Notes world in line-printer) show
72 644 moveto
(\050Environment_Release12_6_5_Lpt\051 and PostScript) show
0 -2.750 rmoveto
8 /Palatino-Italic SelectFont
/registered SYM 5.976 MX
11 /Palatino-Italic SelectFont
0 2.750 rmoveto
( \050Environment_Release12_6_4_Ps\051 formats.) show
72 684 moveto
15 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(2. Supported Configurations and Upgrades) show
72 708 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(D_12_6_5 supports the following configurations of the R1000:) show
72 732 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Series 100) show
72 756 moveto
(RATIONAL) show
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( May 1992) show
348.558 MX
(1) show
EndPage
%%Page: 2 4
BeginPage
792 false PositionPage
72 36 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Rational Environment Release Information) show
72 72 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Series 200 \050Models 10, 20, and 40\051) show
72 90 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Series 300 System \050300S\051) show
72 108 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Series 300 Coprocessor \050300C\051 for the IBM) show
0 -2.750 rmoveto
8 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
/registered SYM 5.976 MX
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
0 2.750 rmoveto
( RISC System/6000) show
/trademark SYM 10.769 MX
( and Sun Workstation) show
0 -2.750 rmoveto
8 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
/registered SYM 5.976 MX
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
0 2.750 rmoveto
96 121 moveto
(servers) show
72 139 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Series 400 System \050400S\051) show
72 157 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Series 400 Coprocessor \050400C\051 for the IBM RISC System/6000 and Sun Workstation servers) show
72 181 moveto
(D_12_6_5 supports two kinds of tape drive:) show
72 205 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(The 9-track tape drive, which is standard on the Series 100 and 200, and an optional) show
96 218 moveto
(upgrade to the Series 300S) show
72 236 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(The 8-millimeter tape drive, which is standard on the Series 300S, 300C, 400S, and 400C,) show
96 249 moveto
(and an optional upgrade to the Series 200) show
72 273 moveto
(D_12_6_5 also supports the optional expansion of memory from 32 megabytes to 64 megabytes) show
72 286 moveto
(to improve system performance. This upgrade applies to all series except the Series 100. The) show
72 299 moveto
(combinations of configurations and upgrades supported by D_12_6_5 are shown in Table 1.) show
167.035 318 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
0 15 rmoveto
10 /Palatino-BoldItalic SelectFont
(Table 1 Configurations and Upgrades Supported by D_12_6_5) show
306 345 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
0 -15 rmoveto
136.700 367 moveto
10 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(Configuration) show
220.905 355 moveto
(8-mm Tape) show
233.545 367 moveto
(Drive) show
285.140 355 moveto
(9-Track Tape) show
301.945 367 moveto
(Drive) show
368.680 355 moveto
(32-Mb) show
363.950 367 moveto
(Memory) show
437.080 355 moveto
(64-Mb) show
432.350 367 moveto
(Memory) show
newpath 126 373 moveto
360 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 126 343 moveto
360 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 126 373 moveto
0 -30 rlineto stroke
newpath 486 373 moveto
0 -30 rlineto stroke
newpath 212.400 373 moveto
0 -30 rlineto stroke
newpath 280.800 373 moveto
0 -30 rlineto stroke
newpath 349.200 373 moveto
0 -30 rlineto stroke
newpath 417.600 373 moveto
0 -30 rlineto stroke
newpath 126 373 moveto
360 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 126 343 moveto
360 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 126 373 moveto
0 -30 rlineto stroke
newpath 486 373 moveto
0 -30 rlineto stroke
newpath 212.400 373 moveto
0 -30 rlineto stroke
newpath 280.800 373 moveto
0 -30 rlineto stroke
newpath 349.200 373 moveto
0 -30 rlineto stroke
newpath 417.600 373 moveto
0 -30 rlineto stroke
130 385 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Series 100) show
216.400 385 moveto
(N/A) show
284.800 385 moveto
(Standard) show
353.200 385 moveto
(Standard) show
421.600 385 moveto
(N/A) show
newpath 126 391 moveto
360 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 126 373 moveto
360 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 126 391 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 486 391 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 212.400 391 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 280.800 391 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 349.200 391 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 417.600 391 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
130 403 moveto
(Series 200) show
216.400 403 moveto
(Upgrade) show
284.800 403 moveto
(Standard) show
353.200 403 moveto
(Standard) show
421.600 403 moveto
(Upgrade) show
newpath 126 409 moveto
360 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 126 391 moveto
360 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 126 409 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 486 409 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 212.400 409 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 280.800 409 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 349.200 409 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 417.600 409 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
130 421 moveto
(Series 300S) show
216.400 421 moveto
(Standard) show
284.800 421 moveto
(Upgrade) show
353.200 421 moveto
(Standard) show
421.600 421 moveto
(Upgrade) show
newpath 126 427 moveto
360 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 126 409 moveto
360 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 126 427 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 486 427 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 212.400 427 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 280.800 427 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 349.200 427 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 417.600 427 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
130 439 moveto
(Series 300C) show
216.400 439 moveto
(Standard) show
284.800 439 moveto
(N/A) show
353.200 439 moveto
(Standard) show
421.600 439 moveto
(Upgrade) show
newpath 126 445 moveto
360 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 126 427 moveto
360 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 126 445 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 486 445 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 212.400 445 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 280.800 445 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 349.200 445 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 417.600 445 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
130 457 moveto
(Series 400S) show
216.400 457 moveto
(Standard) show
284.800 457 moveto
(N/A) show
353.200 457 moveto
(Standard) show
421.600 457 moveto
(Upgrade) show
newpath 126 463 moveto
360 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 126 445 moveto
360 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 126 463 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 486 463 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 212.400 463 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 280.800 463 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 349.200 463 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 417.600 463 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
130 475 moveto
(Series 400C) show
216.400 475 moveto
(Standard) show
284.800 475 moveto
(N/A) show
353.200 475 moveto
(Standard) show
421.600 475 moveto
(Upgrade) show
newpath 126 481 moveto
360 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 126 463 moveto
360 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 126 481 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 486 481 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 212.400 481 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 280.800 481 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 349.200 481 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 417.600 481 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 126 481 moveto
360 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 126 463 moveto
360 0 rlineto stroke
72 545 moveto
15 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(3. Compatibility) show
72 569 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(D_12_6_5 is fully compatible with all production versions of Rational layered-software products) show
72 582 moveto
(\050Table 2\051.) show
72 756 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(2) show
348.308 MX
(May 1992 ) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( RATIONAL) show
EndPage
%%Page: 3 5
BeginPage
792 false PositionPage
72 36 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
389.560 MX
(Release D_12_6_5) show
219.705 72 moveto
0 15 rmoveto
10 /Palatino-BoldItalic SelectFont
(Table 2 Compatibility with D_12_6_5) show
306 99 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
0 -15 rmoveto
225.535 121 moveto
10 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(Rational Product) show
357.060 109 moveto
(Compatible) show
366.505 121 moveto
(Release) show
newpath 186 127 moveto
240 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 186 97 moveto
240 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 186 127 moveto
0 -30 rlineto stroke
newpath 426 127 moveto
0 -30 rlineto stroke
newpath 342 127 moveto
0 -30 rlineto stroke
newpath 186 127 moveto
240 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 186 97 moveto
240 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 186 127 moveto
0 -30 rlineto stroke
newpath 426 127 moveto
0 -30 rlineto stroke
newpath 342 127 moveto
0 -30 rlineto stroke
190 139 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(CDF: Mc68020_Bare) show
346 139 moveto
(5_1_2 or later) show
0 -2.500 rmoveto
7 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(*) show
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
0 2.500 rmoveto
newpath 186 145 moveto
240 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 186 127 moveto
240 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 186 145 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 426 145 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 342 145 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
190 157 moveto
(CDF: Mc68020_Os2000) show
346 157 moveto
(6_1_3 or later) show
newpath 186 163 moveto
240 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 186 145 moveto
240 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 186 163 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 426 163 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 342 163 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
190 175 moveto
(CDF: Mc68020_Hp_Unix) show
346 175 moveto
(6_2_4 or later) show
newpath 186 181 moveto
240 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 186 163 moveto
240 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 186 181 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 426 181 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 342 181 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
190 193 moveto
(Design Facility: 2167) show
346 193 moveto
(6_0_7 or later) show
newpath 186 199 moveto
240 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 186 181 moveto
240 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 186 199 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 426 199 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 342 199 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
190 211 moveto
(Design Facility: 2167A) show
346 211 moveto
(6_2_5 or later) show
newpath 186 217 moveto
240 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 186 199 moveto
240 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 186 217 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 426 217 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 342 217 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
190 229 moveto
(Design Tools) show
346 229 moveto
(10_2_9 or later) show
newpath 186 235 moveto
240 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 186 217 moveto
240 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 186 235 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 426 235 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 342 235 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
190 247 moveto
(Documentation Tools) show
346 247 moveto
(10_2_9 or later) show
0 -2.500 rmoveto
7 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(\262) show
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
0 2.500 rmoveto
newpath 186 253 moveto
240 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 186 235 moveto
240 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 186 253 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 426 253 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 342 253 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
190 265 moveto
(Mail) show
346 265 moveto
(11_4_5 or later) show
newpath 186 271 moveto
240 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 186 253 moveto
240 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 186 271 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 426 271 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 342 271 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
190 283 moveto
(Rational Publishing Interface) show
346 283 moveto
(1_0_2 or later) show
newpath 186 289 moveto
240 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 186 271 moveto
240 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 186 289 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 426 289 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 342 289 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
190 301 moveto
(Rational Teamwork Interface) show
346 301 moveto
(2_1_2 or later) show
newpath 186 307 moveto
240 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 186 289 moveto
240 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 186 307 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 426 307 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 342 307 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
190 319 moveto
(Rational X Interface) show
346 319 moveto
(10_5_2 or later) show
0 -2.500 rmoveto
7 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(\262) show
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
0 2.500 rmoveto
newpath 186 325 moveto
240 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 186 307 moveto
240 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 186 325 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 426 325 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 342 325 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
190 337 moveto
(Rational Windows Interface) show
346 337 moveto
(10_1_1 or later) show
0 -2.500 rmoveto
7 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(\262) show
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
0 2.500 rmoveto
newpath 186 343 moveto
240 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 186 325 moveto
240 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 186 343 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 426 343 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 342 343 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
190 355 moveto
(Remote Compilation Facility) show
346 355 moveto
(1_1_1 or later) show
newpath 186 361 moveto
240 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 186 343 moveto
240 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 186 361 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 426 361 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 342 361 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
190 373 moveto
(RCF: Ibm_Rs6000_Aix) show
346 373 moveto
(1_1_0 or later) show
newpath 186 379 moveto
240 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 186 361 moveto
240 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 186 379 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 426 379 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 342 379 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
190 391 moveto
(RPC) show
346 391 moveto
(1_0_2 or later) show
newpath 186 397 moveto
240 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 186 379 moveto
240 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 186 397 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 426 397 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 342 397 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
190 409 moveto
(Software Analysis Workstation) show
346 409 moveto
(6_0_0 or later) show
newpath 186 415 moveto
240 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 186 397 moveto
240 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 186 415 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 426 415 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 342 415 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
190 427 moveto
(Target Build Utility) show
346 427 moveto
(10_0_3 or later) show
newpath 186 433 moveto
240 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 186 415 moveto
240 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 186 433 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 426 433 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 342 433 moveto
0 -18 rlineto stroke
newpath 186 433 moveto
240 0 rlineto stroke
newpath 186 415 moveto
240 0 rlineto stroke
72 457 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
0 -2.750 rmoveto
72 478.250 moveto
8 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(*) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
0 2.750 rmoveto
( Before attempting to install new or changed CDF products or customizations, see section 5.1.) show
0 -2.750 rmoveto
72 502.250 moveto
8 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(\262) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
0 2.750 rmoveto
( Beginning with D_12_6_5, the most recent releases of Documentation Tools, RXI, and RWI are) show
72 518 moveto
(delivered with the Environment. Thus, compatibility with these products is no longer an issue.) show
72 531 moveto
(For more information, see sections 6.6 and 7.14.) show
72 571 moveto
15 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(4. Upgrade Impact) show
72 595 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(The Environment can be upgraded from to D_12_6_5 without forcing you to Archive.Save and) show
72 608 moveto
(Archive.Restore your applications. You will not have to modify or recompile any of your own) show
72 621 moveto
(tools, with the possible exception of:) show
72 645 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Tools written against the unit specifications listed in \252Impact of Specification Changes,\272) show
96 658 moveto
(below.) show
72 676 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Customizations of unit bodies listed in \252Impact of Implementation Changes,\272 below.) show
72 700 moveto
(The new declarations listed in section 6 are all installed upward-compatibly and therefore have) show
72 713 moveto
(no impact on user-written tools.) show
72 756 moveto
(RATIONAL) show
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( May 1992) show
348.558 MX
(3) show
EndPage
%%Page: 4 6
BeginPage
792 false PositionPage
72 36 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Rational Environment Release Information) show
72 72 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Rational does not provide tools for reverting to previous releases of the Environment. You will) show
72 85 moveto
(be able to revert to the previous release, however, if you make a complete backup of the) show
72 98 moveto
(Environment, including the Diagnostic File System \050DFS\051, before you upgrade.) show
72 136 moveto
13 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(4.1. Impact of Specification Changes) show
72 160 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(The installation process for D_12_6_5 changes several Environment specifications. The) show
72 173 moveto
(installation process attempts to make all changes incrementally; however, if incremental) show
72 186 moveto
(changes fail, the installation process overwrites the necessary specifications. Overwriting these) show
72 199 moveto
(specifications will cause the demotion of any customer-created tools written against them. The) show
72 212 moveto
(installation process tries to recompile such tools automatically; however, depending on the) show
72 225 moveto
(nature of the tools, some may require modification before they can be recompiled. Units that) show
72 238 moveto
(cannot be recompiled during installation are listed in the installation log.) show
72 262 moveto
(The unit specifications that are overwritten depend on the release from which you are) show
72 275 moveto
(upgrading.) show
72 312 moveto
12 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(4.1.1. Upgrading from D_12_5_0) show
72 336 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(The following unit specifications are overwritten when you upgrade from D_12_5_0 to) show
72 349 moveto
(D_12_6_5:) show
72 373 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(!Commands.Library'Spec) show
72 391 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(!Commands.System_Backup'Spec) show
72 409 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(!Tools.Access_List_Tools'Spec) show
72 427 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(!Tools.Code_Segment_Object_Editor'Spec) show
72 445 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(!Tools.Library_Object_Editor'Spec) show
72 482 moveto
12 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(4.1.2. Upgrading from D_12_2_4) show
72 506 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(In addition to the unit specifications overwritten when upgrading from D_12_5_0, upgrading) show
72 519 moveto
(from D_12_2_4 overwrites the following unit specification:) show
72 543 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(!Commands.Abbreviations.Print'Spec) show
72 561 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(!Commands.Access_List'Spec) show
72 579 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(!Commands.Archive'Spec) show
72 597 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(!Commands.Queue'Spec) show
72 615 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(!Commands.Remote_Passwords'Spec) show
72 633 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(!Tools.Networking.Tcp_Ip_Boot'Spec) show
72 651 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(!Tools.Networking.Transport'Spec) show
72 669 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(!Tools.Networking.Transport_Defs'Spec) show
72 687 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(!Tools.Networking.Transport_Name'Spec) show
72 711 moveto
(Furthermore, the units in !Machine.Initialize@ are either demoted or moved to other locations to) show
72 724 moveto
(accommodate the D_12_5_0 mechanisms for initializing an R1000; for complete details, see) show
72 756 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(4) show
348.308 MX
(May 1992 ) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( RATIONAL) show
EndPage
%%Page: 5 7
BeginPage
792 false PositionPage
72 36 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
389.560 MX
(Release D_12_6_5) show
72 72 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Appendix A, \252Guide to Machine Initialization,\272 or the online information in) show
72 85 moveto
(!Machine.Initialization.Guide_To_Machine_Initialization.) show
72 109 moveto
(If you are upgrading from D_12_2_4, you should also see the release information for D_12_5_0;) show
72 122 moveto
(release information is located online in !Machine.Release.Release_Notes.) show
72 159 moveto
12 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(4.1.3. Upgrading from D_12_1_1) show
72 183 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(In addition to the unit specifications overwritten when upgrading from D_12_5_0 and) show
72 196 moveto
(D_12_2_4, upgrading from D_12_1_1 overwrites the following unit specification:) show
72 220 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(!Implementation.Work_Order_Implementation'Spec) show
72 244 moveto
(If you are upgrading from D_12_1_1, you should also see the release information for D_12_2_4) show
72 257 moveto
(and D_12_5_0; release information is located online in !Machine.Release.Release_Notes.) show
72 295 moveto
13 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(4.2. Impact of Implementation Changes) show
72 319 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(The installation process for D_12_6_5 overwrites one Environment unit body \050regardless of the) show
72 332 moveto
(release from which you are upgrading\051:) show
72 356 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(!Commands.Abbreviations.Print'Body) show
72 380 moveto
(Because this body may contain user customizations, its contents are saved in a text file in the) show
72 393 moveto
(same library as the overwritten body. The name of the file is of the form) show
11 /Palatino-Italic SelectFont
( Unit_Name_Vnn) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(, where) show
72 406 moveto
11 /Palatino-Italic SelectFont
(nn) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( is the unit's default version number. These customizations then can be transferred to the new) show
72 419 moveto
(implementation.) show
72 459 moveto
15 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(5. Known Problems and Limitations) show
72 497 moveto
13 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(5.1. Problem Installing the Cross-Development Facility) show
72 521 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(The D_12_6_5 release of the Environment affects the installation of any of Rational's family of) show
72 534 moveto
(Cross-Development Facility \050CDF\051 products. Specifically, you will not be able to install new or) show
72 547 moveto
(changed CDF products or customizations without first making a minor change to the following) show
72 560 moveto
(package specification:) show
96 584 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(!Targets.) show
10 /Courier-BoldOblique SelectFont
(Target_Key) show
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(.Io.Floating_Point.M68k_Floats'Spec) show
72 608 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(As delivered, the CDF products release prior to the D_12_6_5 Environment cannot be promoted) show
72 621 moveto
(to the coded state on a D_12_6_5 system because of changes made to the Environment's) show
72 634 moveto
(compilation system that enable it to comply with validation. Existing CDFs are not affected by) show
72 647 moveto
(this problem unless package M68k_Floats is demoted and an attempt is made to repromote it.) show
72 671 moveto
(The change you need to make to M68k_Floats'Spec follows.) show
72 695 moveto
11 /Palatino-BoldItalic SelectFont
(Note:) show
11 /Palatino-Italic SelectFont
( Changing M68k_Floats'Spec will cause the demotion of M68k_Floats'Body,) show
72 708 moveto
(M68k_Float_Conversions'Body, and M68k_Float_Conversions.Based_Value'Body. Demoting) show
72 721 moveto
(these units will also demote any coded main programs that were coded with the CDF.) show
72 756 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(RATIONAL) show
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( May 1992) show
348.558 MX
(5) show
EndPage
%%Page: 6 8
BeginPage
792 false PositionPage
72 36 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Rational Environment Release Information) show
72 72 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(1.) show
15.750 MX
(Locate the following two representation clauses. They can be found at the beginning of the) show
96 85 moveto
(private part \050line 164 of the unit\051.) show
96 103 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(for Single_Format use) show
96 115 moveto
( record at mod 4;) show
96 127 moveto
( Negative at 0 range 0 .. 0;) show
96 139 moveto
( Exponent at 0 range 1 .. 8;) show
96 151 moveto
( Fraction at 0 range 9 .. 31;) show
96 163 moveto
( end record;) show
96 187 moveto
(for Double_Format use) show
96 199 moveto
( record at mod 4;) show
96 211 moveto
( Negative at 0 range 0 .. 0;) show
96 223 moveto
( Exponent at 0 range 1 .. 11;) show
96 235 moveto
( Fraction_Hi at 0 range 12 .. 31;) show
96 247 moveto
( Fraction_Lo at 0 range 32 .. 63;) show
96 259 moveto
( end record;) show
72 277 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(2.) show
15.750 MX
(Move the representation clause for Single_Format so that it immediately follows the) show
96 290 moveto
(declaration of its type \050line 34 of the unit\051.) show
96 308 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(type Single_Format is -- line 34) show
96 320 moveto
( record) show
96 332 moveto
( Negative : Boolean;) show
96 344 moveto
( Exponent : Single_Exponent;) show
96 356 moveto
( Fraction : Single_Fraction;) show
96 368 moveto
( end record;) show
96 392 moveto
(for Single_Format use -- move rep clause to here) show
96 404 moveto
( record at mod 4;) show
96 416 moveto
( Negative at 0 range 0 .. 0;) show
96 428 moveto
( Exponent at 0 range 1 .. 8;) show
96 440 moveto
( Fraction at 0 range 9 .. 31;) show
96 452 moveto
( end record;) show
96 476 moveto
(function Convert_Out is new Unchecked_Conversion) show
96 488 moveto
( \050Source => Single_Float,) show
96 500 moveto
( Target => Single_Format\051;) show
96 524 moveto
(function Convert_In is new Unchecked_Conversion) show
96 536 moveto
( \050Source => Single_Format,) show
96 548 moveto
( Target => Single_Float\051;) show
72 566 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(3.) show
15.750 MX
(Move the representation clause for Double_Format so that it immediately follows the) show
96 579 moveto
(declaration of its type \050now line 60 of the unit\051.) show
96 597 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(type Double_Format is -- line 60) show
96 609 moveto
( record) show
96 621 moveto
( Negative : Boolean;) show
96 633 moveto
( Exponent : Double_Exponent;) show
96 645 moveto
( Fraction_Hi : Double_Fraction_Hi;) show
96 657 moveto
( Fraction_Lo : Double_Fraction_Lo;) show
96 669 moveto
( end record;) show
96 693 moveto
(for Double_Format use -- move rep clause to here) show
96 705 moveto
( record at mod 4;) show
96 717 moveto
( Negative at 0 range 0 .. 0;) show
96 729 moveto
( Exponent at 0 range 1 .. 11;) show
72 756 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(6) show
348.308 MX
(May 1992 ) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( RATIONAL) show
EndPage
%%Page: 7 9
BeginPage
792 false PositionPage
72 36 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
389.560 MX
(Release D_12_6_5) show
96 72 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
( Fraction_Hi at 0 range 12 .. 31;) show
96 84 moveto
( Fraction_Lo at 0 range 32 .. 63;) show
96 96 moveto
( end record;) show
96 120 moveto
(function Convert_Out is new Unchecked_Conversion) show
96 132 moveto
( \050Source => Double_Float,) show
96 144 moveto
( Target => Double_Format\051;) show
96 168 moveto
(function Convert_In is new Unchecked_Conversion) show
96 180 moveto
( \050Source => Double_Format,) show
96 192 moveto
( Target => Double_Float\051;) show
72 210 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(4.) show
15.750 MX
(Repromote M68k_Floats'Spec.) show
72 228 moveto
(5.) show
15.750 MX
(Repromote M68k_Floats'Body and the other two units that have been demoted,) show
96 241 moveto
(M68k_Float_Conversions'Body and M68k_Float_Conversions.Based_Value'Body.) show
72 259 moveto
(6.) show
15.750 MX
(Repromote any coded main programs that were coded with the CDF.) show
72 283 moveto
(This problem will be fixed in Release6_3_3 of the Bare compiler, which should be available) show
72 296 moveto
(soon. Rational is also in the process of creating a new version of the OS2000 CDF product with) show
72 309 moveto
(this fix in place.) show
72 347 moveto
13 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(5.2. Errors Reported When Archiving Switch Files to Non-D_12_6_5 Machines) show
72 371 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(The D_12_6_5 release of the Environment makes several changes to switches. When combined,) show
72 384 moveto
(two of these changes result in error messages when archiving switch files from D_12_6_5) show
72 397 moveto
(systems to previous releases:) show
72 421 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(The D_12_6_5 release of the Environment changes the way in which switch files are) show
96 434 moveto
(copied. When used to copy a switch file in previous releases, the Archive.Copy procedure) show
96 447 moveto
(copied only switches that had nondefault values. In D_12_6_5, the Archive.Copy) show
96 460 moveto
(procedure copies the entire switch file, including switches that have default values.) show
72 478 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(D_12_6_5 also introduces a new library switch \050see section 7.7\051.) show
72 502 moveto
(As a result of these changes, if you use Archive.Copy to copy library switches from D_12_6_5 to) show
72 515 moveto
(a system running a previous release of the Environment, Archive.Copy may generate errors) show
72 528 moveto
(indicating that certain switches do not exist. These errors can be ignored; the copy operation) show
72 541 moveto
(will complete successfully.) show
72 565 moveto
(Note that these errors are not considered a bug and will not be fixed in future releases.) show
72 603 moveto
13 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(5.3. Limitation in Archiving between Machines Running Different Releases) show
72 627 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(There is a potential problem when performing Archive.Resore operations between two systems) show
72 640 moveto
(that are running different releases of the Environment.) show
72 664 moveto
(Because of changes made in D_12_5_0 \050and perpetuated in D_12_6_5\051 in the way Archive saves) show
72 677 moveto
(subsystem compatibility databases \050CDBs\051, you may experience problems when trying to) show
72 690 moveto
(restore a D_12_5_0 or D_12_6_5 archive on a pre-D_12_5_0 system. For example, the Archive) show
72 703 moveto
(operation may generate internal errors such as:) show
96 727 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(INTERNAL ERROR \050declaration mapping\051: ARCHIVE_IS_BAD restoring) show
72 756 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(RATIONAL) show
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( May 1992) show
348.558 MX
(7) show
EndPage
%%Page: 8 10
BeginPage
792 false PositionPage
72 36 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Rational Environment Release Information) show
96 72 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(!) show
10 /Courier-BoldOblique SelectFont
(Subsystem_Name) show
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(.State.Compatibility.Declaration_Numbers.) show
10 /Courier-BoldOblique SelectFont
(Unit_Name) show
72 96 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(A simple workaround exists. When saving objects to pre-D_12_5_0 systems, specify) show
72 108 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(Version=527) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( in the the Options parameter of Archive.Save. For example, the following) show
72 121 moveto
(operation successfully saves My_View:) show
96 145 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(Archive.Save \050Objects => "My_View",) show
96 157 moveto
( Options => "Version=527",) show
96 169 moveto
( Device => "Machine.Devices.Tape_0",) show
96 181 moveto
( Response => "<PROFILE>"\051;) show
72 205 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(When an attempt is made to restore My_View to a D_12_5_0 or D_12_6_5 system,) show
72 218 moveto
(Archive.Restore checks to see under what version of Archive the object was saved and adjusts) show
72 231 moveto
(accordingly.) show
72 255 moveto
(Note that this problem does) show
11 /Palatino-Italic SelectFont
( not) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( affect:) show
72 279 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Archive.Copy operations, which copy over the network. In this case, Archive checks the) show
96 292 moveto
(version number on each end and uses the lower version number of the two.) show
72 310 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Archive operations on text files, Ada units, or other non-CDB objects.) show
72 328 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Archive operations between systems running D_12_6_5 and D_12_5_0.) show
72 352 moveto
(Note also that this is a compatibility issue with how CDBs are saved and not a bug.) show
72 390 moveto
13 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(5.4. Problem with Record Representation Clauses and Long_Integer Type) show
72 414 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(A record representation clause may not include a component clause corresponding to a) show
72 427 moveto
(component of type Standard.Long_Integer \050or a type derived, directly or indirectly, from type) show
72 440 moveto
(Long_Integer\051 unless an explicit range constraint has been given.) show
72 464 moveto
(An update that fixes this problem is already being developed and will be available shortly.) show
72 488 moveto
(\050PRS number 8391844-Gato-Gbd\051) show
72 526 moveto
13 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(5.5. Problem Using DFS Tools with Coprocessors) show
72 550 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(A problem has been found with the new Diagnostic File System \050DFS\051 tools, located in) show
72 563 moveto
(!Machine.Dfs. Specifically, the Fs_Download procedure does not work correctly when) show
72 576 moveto
(attempting to load a new DFS onto either a series 300C or 400C. This is considered a bug and) show
72 589 moveto
(will be fixed in a future release.) show
72 613 moveto
(Furthermore, the Fs_Download procedure cannot be used to load a new DFS onto a 100. This is) show
72 626 moveto
(a permanent limitation and will not be fixed.) show
72 664 moveto
13 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(5.6. Problems with Documentation Tools) show
72 688 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(The Documentation Tools delivered with the D_12_6_5 release of the Environment include only) show
72 701 moveto
(the Document Formatter; they do not include the Spelling Checker. If you would like to obtain) show
72 714 moveto
(the Spelling Checker, contact your Rational representative.) show
72 756 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(8) show
348.308 MX
(May 1992 ) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( RATIONAL) show
EndPage
%%Page: 9 11
BeginPage
792 false PositionPage
72 36 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
389.560 MX
(Release D_12_6_5) show
72 72 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(For information about the Document Formatter, see section 6.6.2.) show
72 110 moveto
13 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(5.7. Problem When Initializing Session Switch Files) show
72 134 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(A problem has been found in the way in which the Environment initializes session switch files) show
72 147 moveto
(for sessions other than the default session. This problem is not introduced by the D_12_6_5) show
72 160 moveto
(release; however, it has become more obvious with the introduction of new documentation for) show
72 173 moveto
(session switches in the SJM book.) show
72 197 moveto
(Each user's default session \050S_1\051 obtains its initial session-switch values from system-defined) show
72 210 moveto
(default values. If a switch file does not exist for session S_1, the session uses the same) show
72 223 moveto
(system-defined default values.) show
72 247 moveto
(Subsequent sessions for which switch files have not been created use the switch values set for) show
72 260 moveto
(the user's default session, S_1. If a user creates a switch file for any of these subsequent sessions,) show
72 273 moveto
(the initial values are copied from the system-defined default values. This is a bug. Subsequent) show
72 286 moveto
(sessions should copy their initial switch values from the default session, S_1, as described in the) show
72 299 moveto
(new SJM book.) show
72 339 moveto
15 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(6. New Environment Interfaces) show
72 363 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(D_12_6_5 provides a number of new interfaces, including:) show
72 387 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(New procedures and functions in:) show
96 405 moveto
(\261) show
18.500 MX
(Package Access_List_Tools; see section 6.1) show
96 423 moveto
(\261) show
18.500 MX
(Package System_Maintenance; see section 6.2) show
96 441 moveto
(\261) show
18.500 MX
(Package Dfs; see section 6.3) show
72 459 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(New login policy features; see section 6.4.) show
72 477 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(A new subsystem that provides networking tools; see section 6.5.) show
72 495 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(New interface and documentation facilities that were previously delivered separately; see) show
96 508 moveto
(section 6.6.) show
72 546 moveto
13 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(6.1. New Declarations in Package Access_List_Tools) show
72 570 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Package !Tools.Access_List_Tools contains the new procedures and functions described in the) show
72 583 moveto
(following paragraphs.) show
72 607 moveto
(For complete information about this subprograms, see the new documentation for package) show
72 620 moveto
(Access_List_Tools in the Library Management \050LM\051 book or in online help.) show
72 657 moveto
12 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(6.1.1. Function Grants) show
96 681 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(function Grants \050For_List : Acl;) show
96 693 moveto
( Desired : Access_Class;) show
96 705 moveto
( User_Name : String := ""\051 return Boolean;) show
72 756 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(RATIONAL) show
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( May 1992) show
348.558 MX
(9) show
EndPage
%%Page: 10 12
BeginPage
792 false PositionPage
72 36 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Rational Environment Release Information) show
72 72 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Returns a Boolean value indicating whether the speci\256ed access-control list grants the speci\256ed) show
72 85 moveto
(username the desired access rights. This function is useful for restricting jobs that normally) show
72 98 moveto
(have unlimited access, such as servers and other *SYSTEM jobs. For example, you can use this) show
72 111 moveto
(function to cause a job or program to operate on objects only if members of the group) show
72 124 moveto
(Network_Public are permitted the appropriate access to those objects.) show
72 161 moveto
12 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(6.1.2. Function Is_In_Group) show
96 185 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(function Is_In_Group \050User_Name : String;) show
96 197 moveto
( Group_Name : String\051 return Boolean;) show
72 221 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Returns a Boolean value indicating whether the speci\256ed username is a member of the speci\256ed) show
72 234 moveto
(access-control group. This function returns True if the speci\256ed user is a member of the) show
72 247 moveto
(speci\256ed access-control group. This function returns False if an error is detected during the test) show
72 260 moveto
(or if the user is not a member of the speci\256ed access-control group.) show
72 284 moveto
(\050PRS numbers 0-0301-9 and 9723630-0011-5\051) show
72 321 moveto
12 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(6.1.3. Function Is_Valid_Group) show
96 345 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(function Is_Valid_Group \050Name : String\051 return Boolean;) show
72 369 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Returns a Boolean value indicating whether the speci\256ed name is a valid access-control group.) show
72 406 moveto
12 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(6.1.4. Procedure Remove) show
96 430 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(procedure Remove \050Group : String;) show
96 442 moveto
( Initial_Acl : Bounded_String.Variable_String;) show
96 454 moveto
( New_Acl : out Bounded_String.Variable_String;) show
96 466 moveto
( Group_Found : out Boolean\051;) show
72 490 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Removes the entry for the speci\256ed group from the speci\256ed access-control list.) show
72 527 moveto
12 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(6.1.5. Procedure Set) show
96 551 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(procedure Set \050For_Object : Directory.Version;) show
96 563 moveto
( To_List : Acl;) show
96 575 moveto
( Status : in out Simple_Status.Condition;) show
96 587 moveto
( Action_Id : Action.Id\051;) show
72 611 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Setting an object's ACL requires owner access to the nearest world enclosing the object.) show
72 635 moveto
(Note that setting a world's ACL does not require owner access to the world itself, provided that) show
72 648 moveto
(you have owner access to its parent world. This allows you to change the ACL of a world when) show
72 661 moveto
(no one has owner access to it.) show
72 685 moveto
(This procedure is the same as other Set procedures, with the addition of an Action_Id) show
72 698 moveto
(parameter.) show
72 756 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(10) show
343.308 MX
(May 1992 ) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( RATIONAL) show
EndPage
%%Page: 11 13
BeginPage
792 false PositionPage
72 36 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
389.560 MX
(Release D_12_6_5) show
72 73 moveto
12 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(6.1.6. Procedure Set_Default) show
96 97 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(procedure Set_Default \050For_World : Name;) show
96 109 moveto
( To_List : Acl;) show
96 121 moveto
( Status : in out Simple_Status.Condition;) show
96 133 moveto
( Action_Id : Action.Id\051;) show
72 157 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Sets the default access-control list \050ACL\051 for the speci\256ed world or worlds.) show
72 181 moveto
(Setting a world's ACL requires owner access to that world. A world's default ACL is used to) show
72 194 moveto
(initialize the ACLs of new Ada units and \256les created in the world.) show
72 218 moveto
(This procedure does not modify the ACLs of already existing objects whose ACLs were set by) show
72 231 moveto
(the previous default ACL.) show
72 255 moveto
(This procedure is the same as other Set_Default procedures, with the addition of an Action_Id) show
72 268 moveto
(parameter.) show
72 306 moveto
13 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(6.2. New Procedures in System_Maintenance Subsystem) show
72 330 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(!Commands.System_Maintenance'Spec_View contains the new procedures described in the) show
72 343 moveto
(following paragraphs.) show
72 380 moveto
12 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(6.2.1. Procedure Last_Gasp_Destroy) show
96 404 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(procedure Last_Gasp_Destroy \050Name : String\051;) show
72 428 moveto
11 /Palatino-BoldItalic SelectFont
(Caution:) show
11 /Palatino-Italic SelectFont
( Use this procedure only as a last resort.) show
72 452 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Forcibly removes an object from a directory. Use this procedure only when you've tried every) show
72 465 moveto
(other means of deleting an object or set of objects. Normally:) show
72 489 moveto
(\267) show
96 513 moveto
(This procedure should be used only if you are consistently getting Version_Error on a) show
96 526 moveto
(particular object.) show
72 544 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(This procedure can be used instead of elaborating Dir_Tester.) show
72 562 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(This procedure should) show
11 /Palatino-Italic SelectFont
( not) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( be used if you are getting \252Key not found\272 errors.) show
72 586 moveto
(This procedure should be used only by Rational personnel or at their discretion. For a detailed) show
72 599 moveto
(description, including a complete list of steps you should try before using this procedure, see) show
72 612 moveto
(this procedure's specification:) show
96 636 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(!Commands.System_Maintenance'Spec_View.Units.Last_Gasp_Destroy'Spec) show
72 660 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Note that you must be operating in privileged mode to execute this procedure.) show
72 697 moveto
12 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(6.2.2. Procedure Release_Tape_User) show
96 721 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(procedure Release_Tape_User \050Drive : Natural\051;) show
72 756 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(RATIONAL) show
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( May 1992) show
343.558 MX
(11) show
EndPage
%%Page: 12 14
BeginPage
792 false PositionPage
72 36 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Rational Environment Release Information) show
72 72 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Resets the specified tape drive so that it is free, thereby allowing tape-mount requests to) show
72 85 moveto
(proceed without \252Drive is in use\272 errors. This procedure also attempts to rewind the tape.) show
72 109 moveto
(Note that this procedure does not physically reset the drive.) show
72 133 moveto
(Note also that you must be operating in privileged mode to execute this procedure.) show
72 157 moveto
(The fully qualified name of this procedure is:) show
96 181 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(!Commands.System_Maintenance'Spec_View.Units.Release_Tape_User) show
72 205 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(\050PRS number 9123690-0160-1 and CSR number 4788\051) show
72 242 moveto
12 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(6.2.3. Procedure Show_Load_Proc_Unit_Names) show
96 266 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(procedure Show_Load_Proc_Unit_Names \050Load_Proc : String := "<SELECTION>";) show
96 278 moveto
( Response : String := "<PROFILE>"\051;) show
72 302 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Obtains information that allows you to find the objects from which a loaded main program) show
72 315 moveto
(\050Load_Proc or Load_Func\051 was created. Specifically, this procedure obtains the Ada object) show
72 328 moveto
(instance ID numbers for the Ada units that make up the source code for the loaded main) show
72 341 moveto
(program specified in the Load_Proc parameter.) show
72 365 moveto
(The display produced by this procedure includes lines of the form:) show
96 389 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(Library.Resolve \050"<[ADA, 12345,1]>"\051;) show
72 413 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(These lines indicate the Ada object instance ID of one or more of the original Ada source units) show
72 426 moveto
(used to create the loaded main program. If those Ada source units still exist, and if they exist on) show
72 439 moveto
(the current machine, then the Environment pathnames of those units are also displayed.) show
72 463 moveto
(If the original source units do not exist \050because they have been edited, moved, renamed, or) show
72 476 moveto
(deleted\051, or if the loaded main program was copied from another machine, then no pathname is) show
72 489 moveto
(printed. To attempt to locate the source units for a loaded main program that was copied from) show
72 502 moveto
(another machine:) show
72 526 moveto
(1.) show
15.750 MX
(Take the Library.Resolve lines that were printed by the Show_Load_Proc_Unit_Names) show
96 539 moveto
(procedure \050as shown above\051.) show
72 557 moveto
(2.) show
15.750 MX
(Log into each R1000 where the source units might still exist.) show
72 575 moveto
(3.) show
15.750 MX
(Execute the Library.Resolve commands.) show
72 599 moveto
(If the source unit exists on any of these machines, the Library.Resolve command returns the) show
72 612 moveto
(fully qualified pathname of that unit.) show
72 636 moveto
(The fully qualified name of this procedure is:) show
96 660 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(!Commands.System_Maintenance'Spec_View.Units.Show_Load_Proc_Unit_Names) show
72 684 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(\050PRS number 9123690-0148-4\051) show
72 756 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(12) show
343.308 MX
(May 1992 ) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( RATIONAL) show
EndPage
%%Page: 13 15
BeginPage
792 false PositionPage
72 36 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
389.560 MX
(Release D_12_6_5) show
72 73 moveto
12 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(6.2.4. Procedure Show_Tape_Users) show
96 97 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(procedure Show_Tape_Users;) show
72 121 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Displays the current user and session for each tape drive that is defined in the IOP configuation.) show
72 145 moveto
(The fully qualified name of this procedure is:) show
96 169 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(!Commands.System_Maintenance'Spec_View.Units.Show_Tape_Users) show
72 207 moveto
13 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(6.3. New Features in Package Dfs) show
72 244 moveto
12 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(6.3.1. Support Tools) show
72 268 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(The access routines for the Environment's Diagnostic File System \050DFS\051 have been enhanced to) show
72 281 moveto
(make it easier to upgrade the DFS and to aid in problem resolution at the DFS \050and lower\051 level.) show
72 294 moveto
(These changes allow an operator to:) show
72 318 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Read a DFS tape into the Environment.) show
72 336 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Create an Environment MT Image file object, containing the contents of that tape. \050An MT) show
96 349 moveto
(Image object contains an ordered collection of DFS files. Creation of an MT Image object) show
96 362 moveto
(makes it possible to handle a set of DFS files as a single object.\051) show
72 380 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Download to the DFS from the Environment \050either from an arbitrary Environment file) show
96 393 moveto
(object or from an Environment MT Image object created from a DFS tape\051.) show
72 417 moveto
(Support tools to create DFS tapes and move DFS files within the DFS are also provided. These) show
72 430 moveto
(support tools take the form of:) show
72 454 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Several new commands in package !Machine.Dfs'Spec_View.Units.Dfs) show
72 472 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(A new package, !Machine.Dfs'Spec_View.Units.Install_Tools) show
72 496 moveto
(For complete details about the new commands in package Dfs and the new package) show
72 509 moveto
(Install_Tools, see the exported specifications online.) show
72 533 moveto
(For information about changes to existing commands in package Dfs, see section 7.12.) show
72 570 moveto
12 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(6.3.2. Dfs_Release File) show
72 594 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(To aid in tracking updates to the DFS, D_12_6_5 also includes a new Dfs_Release file, which) show
72 607 moveto
(contains the release date, number, and notes for the current DFS release. To read Dfs_Release) show
72 620 moveto
(from the Environment, execute the following command:) show
96 644 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
("!Machine.Dfs'Spec_View.Units".Dfs.Copy) show
96 656 moveto
( \050Dfs_Filename => "Dfs_Release",) show
96 668 moveto
( Env_Filename => ") show
10 /Courier-BoldOblique SelectFont
(Environment filename for output) show
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(",) show
96 680 moveto
( Allow_Overwrite => False\051;) show
72 704 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Then traverse to the file specified in the Env_Filename parameter. The file should contain DFS) show
72 717 moveto
(release information such as the following:) show
72 756 moveto
(RATIONAL) show
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( May 1992) show
343.558 MX
(13) show
EndPage
%%Page: 14 16
BeginPage
792 false PositionPage
72 36 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(Rational Environment Release Information) show
96 72 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(DFS D3.0) show
96 96 moveto
(April 14, 1992) show
96 120 moveto
(DFS release D3.0) show
96 144 moveto
( User interface is now menu driven) show
96 168 moveto
( New program TOMBSTONE for viewing tombstone files from the DFS) show
96 180 moveto
( invoked by using "x tombstone" from the "CLI>" prompt.) show
96 204 moveto
( New program REWRITE for refreshing all data on a disk from the DFS) show
96 216 moveto
( invoked by using "x rewrite" from the "CLI>" prompt. For details and) show
96 228 moveto
( a copy of the standard help dialogue, see below.) show
96 252 moveto
( New IOP Kernels for 300C, 300S, 400C and 400S are provided. The) show
96 264 moveto
( following) show
96 276 moveto
( bug\050s\051 was\050were\051 fixed:) show
96 300 moveto
( PRS => 9123690-0165-8/2,) show
96 312 moveto
( 9123690-0164-4) show
96 324 moveto
( CSR => 5559) show
96 348 moveto
( Software flow control om port 16 has been repaired.) show
72 372 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(This file was originally introduced in release D_12_5_0A.) show
72 410 moveto
13 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(6.4. New Login_Policy World) show
72 434 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(D_12_6_5 includes a new world, !Machine.Login_Policy, in which system managers can create) show
72 447 moveto
(subprograms and files that:) show
72 471 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Establish a policy monitoring and responding to successful and failed login attempts.) show
72 489 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(Specify the login message that is displayed when users connect to the R1000.) show
72 513 moveto
(For security purposes, this world is delivered with Operator access only. As delivered, the) show
72 526 moveto
(Login_Policy contains no procedures; sites that do not take advantage of this feature will notice) show
72 539 moveto
(no change in the system behavior.) show
72 563 moveto
(These features are described in more detail in the following paragraphs.) show
72 600 moveto
12 /Palatino-Bold SelectFont
(6.4.1. Establishing a Login Policy) show
72 624 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(The login manager now contains a call to operator-defined procedures that determine) show
72 637 moveto
(site-specific login policies. Although primarily intended as a mechanism for system managers to) show
72 650 moveto
(react promptly to invalid login attempts, these facilities also provide the basis for additional) show
72 663 moveto
(site-specific features.) show
72 687 moveto
(When a login attempt is made, the Environment's login manager now checks for the existence) show
72 700 moveto
(of operator-defined procedures Successful_Login and Failed_Login in world) show
72 713 moveto
(!Machine.Login_Policy. If these procedures exist, then:) show
72 756 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(14) show
343.308 MX
(May 1992 ) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( RATIONAL) show
EndPage
%%Page: 15 17
BeginPage
792 false PositionPage
72 36 moveto
10 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
389.560 MX
(Release D_12_6_5) show
72 72 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(If the login attempt was successful, the login manager calls Successful_Login.) show
72 90 moveto
(\267) show
17.334 MX
(If the login attempt was not successful, the login manager calls Failed_Login.) show
72 114 moveto
(The user-defined procedures must be placed in !Machine.Login_Policy and have the following) show
72 127 moveto
(specifications:) show
96 151 moveto
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(procedure Successful_Login \050Username : String;) show
96 163 moveto
( Session : String;) show
96 175 moveto
( Time : String;) show
96 187 moveto
( Port : Natural;) show
96 199 moveto
( Network_Name : Transport_Defs.Network_Name;) show
96 211 moveto
( Host_Id : Transport_Defs.Host_Id;) show
96 223 moveto
( Socket_Id : Transport_Defs.Socket_Id;) show
96 235 moveto
( Error_Status : Natural\051;) show
96 259 moveto
(procedure Failed_Login \050Username : String;) show
96 271 moveto
( Session : String;) show
96 283 moveto
( Time : String;) show
96 295 moveto
( Port : Natural;) show
96 307 moveto
( Network_Name : Transport_Defs.Network_Name;) show
96 319 moveto
( Host_Id : Transport_Defs.Host_Id;) show
96 331 moveto
( Socket_Id : Transport_Defs.Socket_Id;) show
96 343 moveto
( Error_Status : Natural\051;) show
72 367 moveto
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(The parameters of these procedures are described below:) show
72 391 moveto
(\267) show
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
17.334 MX
(Username:) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( the name supplied at the ) show
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(Enter username) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( prompt during the attempted login) show
96 404 moveto
(or the null string if this information has not yet been entered.) show
72 422 moveto
(\267) show
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
17.334 MX
(Session:) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( the session specified at the ) show
10 /Courier-Bold SelectFont
(Enter session name) show
11 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
( prompt during the attempted) show
96 435 moveto
(login or the null string if this information has not yet been entered. If a) show
11 /Helvetica-Narrow SelectFont
( [) show
2 /Palatino-Roman SelectFont
(